Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Rotork plc

Rotork plc

ror.l · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ror.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Rotork plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Keeping  
the world 
flowing  
for future 
generations

Annual Report 2019

Rotork is a market-leading 
global provider of mission-
critical flow control and 
instrumentation solutions  
for oil and gas, water  
and wastewater, power, 
chemical process and 
industrial applications.

We help customers  
around the world to  
improve efficiency, reduce 
emissions, minimise their 
environmental impact  
and assure safety.

Cover story
Rotork’s energy-efficient actuators can be powered by 
solar panels and batteries enabling the reliable 
management of water, including in remote locations

Highlights

Financial

£669m

KPI   Revenue

2019

2018

2017

2016

£669.3m

£695.7m

£642.2m

00%

£151m

Adjusted* operating profit

2019

2018

2017

£151.0m

£146.0m

£130.2m

2016

00%

22.6%

KPI   Adjusted* operating profit margin

2019

2018

2017

2016

22.6%

21.0%

20.3%

00%

£124m 

KPI   Profit before tax

2019

2018

2017

£124.1m

£120.7m

£80.6m

2016
*   Adjusted figures exclude the amortisation 
of acquired intangible assets and net 
restructuring costs

00%

See our full KPIs on page 48

Non-financial

50%+

Employees owning shares

23%

Women in senior roles

7.3

Engagement survey score

6.2

Pace of change survey score

-9%

KPI   Carbon emissions (YoY)

-22%

KPI   Lost time injury rate (YoY)

•  Rotork is proud to have well above average employee share ownership.  

We offer employees the opportunity to own Rotork shares in all geographic 
locations where it is practicable to do so 

•  Our Hampton-Alexander ‘Women on Executive Committee and Direct 

Reports’ figure increased in 2019 to 23.1%, from 17.4% in 2018

•  The ‘engagement’ survey question asks employees how they rate Rotork as  
a place to work. Respondents can answer 0-10, where 0 is bad, 10 is good

•  We consider the ‘pace of change’ question in our employee survey as 
important given the initiatives underway at Rotork. Respondents can  
answer 0-10, where 0 represents too slow, 10 too fast

•  We are pleased to report a third successive year’s reduction in our  

carbon emissions, down to 15.3 TnCO2e in 2019

•  The lost time injury rate (LTIR) is a measure of the effectiveness of our health 
and safety procedures. We are pleased to report our LTIR fell 22% in 2019

See our full KPIs on page 48

To view our latest results  
or for more information  
about what we do visit
www.rotork.com

Contents

Overview

2 

Rotork at a glance

Strategic Report

Chairman’s statement

6 
14  Rotork investment proposition
16  Chief Executive’s review
20  Our market dynamics
22  Business model
24  Our Growth Acceleration  

Programme
28  Our strategy
30  Our new market-aligned structure
32  How Rotork manages risk
34  Principal risks and uncertainties
40  Divisional reviews
44 
48  Key performance indicators
51  Viability statement
52 
54  Our people and culture
56  Engaging with our communities

Introducing our stakeholders

Finance review

Embedding  
our Purpose 
and Values

Rotork’s company Purpose is the 
reason we exist, and helps guide both 
our culture and our three Values: 
Stronger Together, Always Innovating 
and Trusted Partner.

More on page

6

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Operating 
responsibly  
for our 
stakeholders

We are committed to maintaining 
positive relationships with our 
shareholders, employees, suppliers, 
customers, communities and society.

More on page

52

1

Delivering  
our Growth 
Acceleration 
Programme

We are encouraged by the early results 
of our Growth Acceleration Programme 
which began in 2018. The programme 
aims to deliver higher revenue growth 
and margins over time.

w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

More on page 

24

Corporate Governance

60  Chairman’s governance overview
62  Corporate governance report
64  Rotork’s Board of directors
75  Audit committee report
80  Nomination committee report
81  Board diversity policy
82  Directors’ Remuneration Report
103  Report of the Directors

Financial Statements

108  Independent auditor’s report to 
the members of Rotork Plc
115  Consolidated income statement
115  Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
116  Consolidated balance sheet
117  Consolidated statement of  

changes in equity

118  Consolidated statement of  

cash flows

119  Notes to the Group financial 

statements

154  Rotork plc Company balance sheet
155  Rotork plc Company statement of 

changes in equity

156  Notes to the Company financial 

statements

162  Ten year trading history
163  Share register information
164  Corporate directory

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rotork 
at a glance

Rotork is a market-leading 
global provider of mission-
critical flow control and 
instrumentation solutions.

Our products and services are used extensively in 
oil and gas, water and waste water, power, 
chemical, process and industrial markets around 
the world to increase operational efficiency, 
reduce environmental impacts, improve product 
quality and provide safer working environments. 
Our new product development allows us to 
expand into exciting high-potential new markets.

Revenue by end market

  Oil & Gas 

Industrial Processes 

  Water & Wastewater 
  Power 
  Other 

51%

22%

13%

11%

3%

!
Our new market focused divisions
On 1 January 2020 Rotork moved to a new 
divisional structure. Our three new divisions are 
Oil & Gas, Water & Power and Chemical, Process 
& Industrial (CPI). Our new end market aligned 
structure will enable us to more closely meet our 
customers’ needs whilst bringing us closer 
through key account management. 

Oil & Gas 
Rotork’s products and services  
are used by oil and gas customers 
across their upstream, midstream 
and downstream segments 
including in offshore and onshore 
production facilities, refining, 
processing, transportation and 
storage and distribution.

Industrial Processes
The general industrial market is an 
increasingly important one for Rotork. Our 
products are used to control processes in 
many markets, including mining, basic 
materials, chemicals, marine, rail, HVAC, 
food and beverage and pharmaceuticals. 

Water & Wastewater
Water production, distribution,  
collection and wastewater treatment  
markets represent significant  
opportunities for Rotork. Applications  
for actuation technologies include  
water treatment plants, pumping  
stations, water pipelines, dams,  
sluice gates and sewage works.

Power
Conventional power stations are  
major users of our products. Whilst 
new plant construction growth is 
forecast to slow, upgrade, renovation 
and maintenance continues. Our 
products are also used in clean power, 
including flue gas desulphurisation, 
concentrating solar and fuel cells.

More on page 31

More on page 20

2

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

A global business with nearly 3,700 employees, we 
serve customers in more than 173 countries through 
our network of 65 offices, 22 manufacturing facilities 
and our relationships with local agents. Our 490 
service engineers are based throughout our network 
providing maintenance, repair and upgrade services.

173

Countries served

3,686

Employees

Americas 
Manufacturing facilities  
Offices  
Employees  

5
12
616

w
e
i
v
r
e
v
O

Europe, Middle  
East and Africa
Manufacturing facilities  
Offices  
Employees  

11
24
2,034

Asia Pacific
Manufacturing facilities  
Offices  
Employees  

6
29
1,036

  Manufacturing facilities

Locations with multiple manufacturing facilities

Our divisions
We have four product divisions and Rotork Site Services which works across  
all four divisions and provides aftermarket services. These are (with their sales):

£353m

Rotork Controls
World-leading electric valve actuators 
and network control systems

£138m

Rotork Fluid Systems
Pneumatic, hydraulic and electro-
hydraulic actuators and control systems

£83m

Rotork Gears
Specialist manufacturer and supplier  
of gearboxes to the valve industry

£109m

Rotork Instruments
Specialist manufacturer of measurement, 
flow and pressure control products

3

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Strategic 
Report

4

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Our Values represent what is 
important to us. Below are two of 
the winning entries from our Rotork 
Values photography competition 
– congratulations to the Rotork 
teams in India and China! 

Rotork Annual Report 2019

5

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rotork delivered strong operating 
margin improvement in 2019 as the 
benefits of the Growth Acceleration 
Programme more than offset a 
challenging trading backdrop, 
particularly in respect of large projects.

Chairman’s 
statement

6

The Group delivered an encouraging set of financial 
results, despite large project activity slowing further 
as geopolitical uncertainty remained high and 
customers exercised more caution on capital 
investment decisions. Our ambitious Growth 
Acceleration Programme made excellent progress, 
with cost and efficiency savings more than offsetting 
increased investments in our people and process 
infrastructure; and substantial working capital 
improvements driving strong cash conversion. 

Adjusted operating margins in 2019 increased by 160 
basis points over the previous year, rising to 22.6% 
from 21.0% in 2018; and cash conversion exceeded 
131%, resulting in £106m of net cash. This was 
achieved despite lower than expected sales, 
demonstrating a welcome increase in the financial 
resilience of the business. Pleasingly, year-on-year 
order growth resumed in the second half of 2019.

During the course of the year we undertook a root 
and branch review of our Purpose, Values, and 
behaviours, with excellent input and buy-in from our 
employees. We unveiled the output of this work in 
the summer, along with a new Code of Conduct, 
and began a global roll-out shortly thereafter. Our 
Purpose is ‘keeping the world flowing for future 
generations’, retaining much of the previous Rotork 
strapline but adding a new element, ‘for future 
generations’, reflecting Rotork’s commitment to 
continuous innovation, financial resilience, and 
environmental sustainability, both in respect of our 
own business and that of our customers. 

Our Values definitions were the subject of significant 
employee input, reflecting Rotork’s historical 
strengths and culture, but building in the objectives 
of a significant programme of internal cultural 
change in our pursuit of higher growth and margins. 
Our Values are ‘Stronger Together’, ‘Always 
Innovating’, and ‘Trusted Partner’, more of which 
later. In assembling the photography for this report 
we have tried to convey a sense of the enthusiasm 
and energy with which our employees have 
embraced these Values. 

The Rotork Board is closely monitoring all aspects of 
climate change for its possible impact on our 
stakeholders. The energy transition is a complex 
subject and we are taking specialist external advice 
to help us understand and assess the opportunities 
and risks for Rotork’s businesses under different 
scenarios. Overall we consider those opportunities to 
be significant and we are positioning Rotork to 
capture them. 

Recognising the importance of Environment, Social & 
Governance (ESG) and sustainability matters, we are 
forming an ESG Board Committee to be chaired by 
our non-executive director Ann Christin Andersen. 
ESG performance will also be an important part of 
the executive directors’ personal strategic objectives 
in 2020. 

We continue to review ways to reduce our net 
carbon footprint, being mindful of the goals of the 
Paris Agreement.

22.6%

Adjusted operating  
profit margin, up 160 
basis points

31.8%

Return on capital 
employed, up 260 
basis points

6.2p

Dividend for 2019,  
up 5.1% year-on-year

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Financial highlights
Order intake increased by 1.5% on the prior year, or 
0.7% on an OCC* basis, with growth resuming in the 
second half following a weaker first half against a 
strong prior-year comparison. Revenue declined by 
3.8% to £669m, or 4.4% on an OCC basis. The 
revenue reduction reflected several factors including 
the benefit in the prior year from delivery of several 
significant oil & gas projects, and selected portfolio 
and product rationalisation. Adjusted operating profit 
increased by £5.0m to £151.0m (OCC up £3.2m) with 
adjusted operating margin 160bps higher year-on-
year at 22.6%. The increase in margin reflected 
procurement savings, productivity and mix. Return on 
capital employed increased by 260bps to 31.8%. 

Sales from end markets other than oil & gas grew in 
the year, driven by the industrial process sector. In 
total, revenues from non-oil & gas markets increased 
from 46% to 49%, with water & waste-water 
increasing to 13% and industrial processes up to 
22%. Oil & gas revenues declined, principally due to 
the high basis of comparison (2018 included several 
large downstream projects which were not repeated). 
Within oil & gas, midstream sales did grow, however. 

Growth Acceleration Programme
Our Growth Acceleration Programme remains on track. 
We have made good progress optimising our 
manufacturing footprint, the rationalisation of our 
supply chain is underway, the lean operating initiatives 
are bearing fruit both from a margin and cashflow 
perspective, and we are now entering the 
implementation stage of our IT infrastructure upgrade 
after having completed a detailed design and review 
process. Our initiatives to accelerate long-term growth 
have gained good traction, with the roll-out of a sales 
organisation focused on end markets (as opposed to 
product groups) now largely complete, and a Group-
wide reorganisation of the new product development 
process now implemented.

Talent and Culture
Rotork has a strong and distinct culture, which is 
widely recognised as a key contributor to the Group’s 
historical success. We have worked hard during the 
year to further define, enhance and develop those 
cultural strengths in support of our more ambitious 
growth and margin agenda. Much of that work, as 
referenced earlier, is reflected in a Group-wide and 
collective effort to define our Values more formally. 

‘Stronger Together’ echoes our longstanding belief in 
‘One Rotork’, recognising that we and our customers 
benefit from us working as one team, locally and 
globally. ‘Always Innovating’ is a reminder of our 
history, the importance of having truly differentiated 
products and solutions, and a passion for continuous 
improvement. And ‘Trusted Partner’ emphasises that 
Rotork takes its responsibilities to all its stakeholders 
and the environment extremely seriously. 

We made progress during the year in respect of 
promoting greater employee diversity, particularly in 
respect of gender balance. Globally, women now 
represent 21.8% of our people, up from 21.4% in 
2018. I would like to thank all our employees for their 

7

continued high level of commitment and 
professionalism throughout 2019.

Board update
The Board comprises two executive directors, five 
independent non-executive directors and myself as 
non-executive Chairman, in full compliance with the 
Governance Code 2018. More than one third of the 
Board are female.

As previously announced Tim Cobbold assumed the 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee in April. In line 
with best practice all members of this Committee are 
Non-Executive and are not serving Executives 
elsewhere. Tim also assumed a Board role for 
employee engagement in line with the latest 
Corporate Governance code. 

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

The annual performance review of the Board took 
place during October and December 2019; see page 
68 of the Corporate Governance Report for more.

Corporate governance
The Board continues to be committed to the highest 
standards of governance and stakeholder 
engagement remains at the forefront of the Board’s 
decision-making. During the year, the Board closely 
monitored the progress being made against the 
Growth Acceleration Programme targets. The 
publication of the new code of conduct and its 
supporting policies was an important milestone this 
year. Further details of this work, our approach to 
governance and our compliance with the Code are 
contained in the Corporate Governance Report on 
pages 62 to 74.

Dividend
Rotork is a strong cash generator, recognises the 
importance of a growing dividend to its shareholders, 
and is committed to a progressive dividend policy, 
subject to satisfying cash requirements which can vary 
significantly from year to year. This year the Board 
recommends a final dividend of 3.9p per share, an 
increase of 5.4% from the 2018 final dividend. With the 
2019 interim dividend of 2.3p, the total dividend for the 
year is 6.2p (2018: 5.9p), a 5.1% increase on 2018. This 
is equivalent to 2.1 times cover based on adjusted 
earnings per share (2018: 2.1 times). The final dividend 
will be payable on 22 May 2020 to shareholders on the 
register on 14 April 2020.

Outlook
Looking ahead, it is too early to assess fully the 
potential impacts of COVID-19. Absent these, we 
were planning for modest sales growth on an OCC 
basis and margin progress in 2020, driven by further 
benefits of our Growth Acceleration Programme 
albeit with margin progress more gradual, reflecting 
our investment plans. 

—
Martin Lamb
Chairman
2 March 2020

*  OCC is organic constant currency results excluding acquisitions 

and disposals and restated at 2018 exchange rates.

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

We’re 
stronger 
together

We put people first,  
we collaborate, inspire  
and support each other  
to win as one team. 

8

Rotork Annual Report 2019

9

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

3,686

Employees globally

Keeping people safe
Rotork’s tunnel ventilation 
products make underground 
mass transit comfortable and 
safe, controlling airflow and  
in an emergency extracting  
smoke and preventing the 
spread of fire.

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

We’re  
always  
innovating

We’re committed to 
continuous improvement, 
thinking differently and finding 
smarter ways to be the best.

10

We’re  

always  

innovating

Rotork Annual Report 2019

11

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

17

New products  
launched during 2019

Helping reduce 
emissions
Rotork’s explosion-proof 
products control the flow of 
hydrogen gas in fuel cell power 
plants which provide low-cost, 
renewable electricity. 

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

We’re  
a trusted 
partner

We’re a responsible business, 
proud of our customer focus. 
We put quality and service at 
our heart.

12

Rotork Annual Report 2019

13

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

490 

Site Services personnel 
providing advanced 
maintenance, repair 
and upgrade services

Controlling renewables
Rotork’s Pakscan Master Station 
with its long-range signalling 
capabilities is the digital control 
system of choice for large-scale 
parabolic trough solar energy 
plants.

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rotork 
investment 
proposition

We believe that the combination of our 
Purpose, our strategy, our culture and  
our Values, our business model and  
our Growth Acceleration Programme 
differentiates us and will drive superior 
value for our shareholders.

Our Purpose
Our Purpose is ‘keeping the world flowing 
for future generations’. Our Purpose is a 
powerful motivator, encouraging us to make 
a positive difference to people’s lives not just 
today, but also into the future. It reflects 
Rotork’s longevity and our intentions as a 
responsible company. The quality of the 
products and services we provide helps 
reduce environmental risks while providing 
vital resources to those who need them.

Global leader in highly 
attractive markets 
Rotork is the world leader in electric valve 
actuators and related network control 
systems. The market in which we operate 
has high barriers to entry and is relatively 
concentrated. Our products are highly 
specified and are used in demanding 
applications in tough environments. 
Actuators are generally considered 
inexpensive when compared to the high 
cost of a facility shutdown. 

More on page 20

High returns with  
room for upside 
Our adjusted operating profit margin was 
22.6% in 2019, up from 21.0% in 2018, 
amongst the highest in the industrial 
goods sector. We target a further increase 
in margin to the mid-20s over time. Our 
Return on Capital Employed (ROCE), at 
31.8% in 2019, is also well above the 
average amongst our peers.

22.6%

Adjusted operating  
profit margin

More on page 48

The Rotork Values
Our Values are important to us and 
our success. They ensure our culture 
is consistent wherever we operate.

14

Rotork Annual Report 2019

High performance 
culture
We use our experience to 
solve problems, effectively  
and efficiently, are easy to do 
business with, and do what 
we say we’ll do.

More on page 22

Exciting growth prospects 
Rotork has a long history of growth. 
External drivers include global GDP growth, 
automation, electrification, digitalisation, 
energy efficiency and emissions reduction. 
Our ambitious Growth Acceleration 
Programme targets additional growth 
through being easier to work with, 
realigning our salesforce, accelerated new 
product development and investment in 
Asia Pacific and in Site Services. 
Additionally, we see significant opportunity 
for value-enhancing bolt-on acquisitions.

8.7% 

20-year basic EPS growth (CAGR)

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Over 50-year dividend 
track record 
We have a strong dividend track record, 
increasing our annual ordinary dividend 
payment to shareholders every year for 
nearly 20 years, and paying extra or special 
dividends on six occasions. The Board 
proposes a 5.4% increase in the final 
dividend in 2019, which would make a 
5.1% increase for the full year.

8.5%

20-year dividend growth (CAGR)

More on page 7

*   We define cash conversion as cash flow from 
operating activities before tax outflows, 
restructuring costs and the pension charge to 
cash adjustment as a percentage of adjusted 
operating profits

15

Strong cash generation  
and balance sheet
Rotork’s businesses are extremely cash 
generative. Cash conversion* averaged 
119% over the last five years. This cashflow 
enables us to fund organic investments and 
pay a progressive annual dividend. Our 
policy is to maintain a strong balance sheet, 
giving us the flexibility to invest and to make 
acquisitions. At the end of 2019 we had a 
net cash balance of £106m.

£106m

Net cash balance

Strong Values,  
performance culture
We are respected and admired for our products, 
people and performance. Rotork has long had a 
widely-admired culture with particular strength 
in sales, operations, Site Services and safety. Our 
new Purpose, Values and behaviours are driving 
a shift towards an even higher performance 
culture that will enable all employees to achieve 
their maximum potential. Our success flows 
from our commitment to engineering excellence, 
and that’s what we will always pursue, safely 
and sustainably. We are committed to improving 
our environmental performance and developing 
products that benefit the environment.

More on page 22

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Our Growth Acceleration Programme 
is on track and already delivering 
great results for our stakeholders.

More on page 24

Chief  
Executive’s 
review

16

This time last year, I wrote in my first annual review 
as Chief Executive of Rotork that the implementation 
phase of our Growth Acceleration Programme had 
started very encouragingly. I am extremely pleased to 
report, one year on, that this momentum has 
continued and the Programme has real traction, as 
evidenced by a 160 basis point adjusted operating 
margin improvement (to 22.6%) and another year of 
impressive cash generation. 

I am particularly pleased with the progress we are 
making redefining our Rotork culture. Rotork has 
always had a strong culture, one characterised by a 
supportive and cooperative approach, teamwork, a 
strong sense of brand loyalty, and a hard-working 
can-do mentality. We are looking to build on these 
positive characteristics, supplementing them with an 
increased appetite for external perspective and a 
greater appreciation of process excellence.

The launches in the summer of our new Purpose and 
Values were important steps on our culture change 
journey. Our Purpose is ‘keeping the world flowing 
for future generations.’ The first half of this 
statement, ‘keeping the world flowing’, has been 
used by Rotork for many years and remains a great 
description of why we exist. The additional element, 
‘for future generations’, reflects Rotork’s longevity 
and intentions as a responsible company, whilst 
reminding that our products and services help secure 
vital resources and reduce environmental risks.

Significant employee consultation went into the 
selection of our Values, which are Stronger Together, 
Always Innovating and Trusted Partner. ‘Values day’ 
was celebrated at 50 Rotork sites around the world 
and we were extremely pleased with the large 
numbers of entries received in our Values 
photography competition – several of the winners 
feature in this 2019 annual report. A sincere thank 
you to all those who submitted photographs.

Health, safety and environment
The health, safety and wellbeing of our people and 
our visitors is our number one priority. We want our 
colleagues to go home in the same condition that 
they arrived for work every day – if not in better 
shape as they carry home a feeling of real 
accomplishment! I am pleased therefore to report a 
reduction in recorded ‘lost time’ incidents in 2019.

We are fully committed to reducing our 
environmental impact by reducing our energy and 
water consumption, waste production and 
preventing pollution. We operate an assembly-only 
philosophy at most of our business units, meaning 
that the majority of our energy use is on lighting, 
heating, cooling and IT systems. Our site 
consolidation efforts and other initiatives contributed 
to excellent progress reducing our environmental 
impact in the year.

Rotork’s overall emissions were 12.8% lower 
year-on-year, and 9.3% lower on a revenue-adjusted 
basis at 15.3 TnCO2e. We reduced our electricity 
consumption by 11.3%, ahead of our target of a 2% 
reduction. Our water usage at 38,890m3 fell by 

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

22.6%

Adjusted operating  
profit margin,  
up 160 basis points

£106m

Net cash balance

50

Sites celebrated 
‘Value Day’ on 
September 12th

Rotork Annual Report 2019

12.4%, and 8.9% on a revenue-adjusted basis. Gas 
consumption (heating, normalised on degree days) 
fell by 1.5%. This was slightly below our 2% target, 
largely reflecting the 19% improvement made in 
2018. Absolute scope 1 and scope 2 emissions have 
decreased by 12.8% compared with 2018. The 
increase from the 2012 baseline year is 4.3%.

Financial performance
Order intake increased 1.5%, or 0.7% on an OCC 
basis, in part reflecting the difficult prior comparison 
we faced in the first half. Group orders grew 3.9% 
year-on-year in the second half. Divisionally, order 
intake was strongest at our highest margin division, 
Rotork Controls. Revenue declined 3.8% year-on-
year, 4.4% on an OCC basis. This reflected a number 
of factors including reduced large project activity 
(particularly impacting Rotork Fluid Systems), order 
phasing, portfolio and product rationalisation and the 
loss of sales to countries subsequently placed under 
sanction.

Adjusted operating margins improved 160bps to 
22.6% benefiting from Growth Acceleration 
Programme savings and mix. It was once again a 
strong year for cashflow with cash conversion of 
131%. Return on capital employed rose to 31.8% 
(2018: 29.2%), reflecting both increased profitability 
and the disposal of several underutilised assets. Our 
balance sheet remains strong, with a net cash 
position of £106m at the year end. This provides 
firepower for our organic investment plans and 
flexibility to pursue targeted M&A.

The realignment of our sales force to focus on end 
markets will be completed shortly. Following this 
important change, and as previously announced, we 
will report under a new divisional structure going 
forward. Our three new divisions are Oil & Gas, 
Water & Power and Chemical, Process & Industrial. 
Rotork Site Services will continue to be managed as a 
separate unit within the divisions. Rotork Site Services 
sales grew strongly in the year and now represent 
20% of the Group total. See page 30 for more 
information.

External environment
The external environment proved to be more 
challenging than expected in 2019. Global economic 
growth lost momentum through the year, and 2019 
is now expected to have seen GDP growth of around 
2.5%, versus earlier forecasts of above 3.0%. The 
year saw the slowest global growth rate since 
2008/09 following the global financial crisis.

There were a number of uncertainties impacting 
customer confidence in 2019: the US-China trade war 
and its possible impact on China’s growth; 
geopolitical tensions in the Middle East; and 
uncertainty associated with the UK exiting the 
European Union. This weak confidence weighed on 
customer capital investment decisions, particularly as 
regards larger projects.

17

Living our Values
Our Values represent what is important 
to us. Above are two of the winning 
entries from our Values photography 
competition – congratulations to the 
Rotork teams in Korea and Singapore!

More on page 6

Turn over to  
continue reading 

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Chief Executive’s review continued

Customers’ operational expenditure drives 75% of our orders

  Small orders <£10k 

25%

 Small to mid-sized orders £10k to 100k 
 Mid to large-sized orders £100k to £1m  20%
5%

50%

  Large orders >£1m  

Majority of activity driven by customers’  
operational (rather than capital) expenditure
We estimate that maintenance, repair and small to  
mid-sized automation/improvement projects 
(individual orders each less than £100k) generate 
75% of Group orders by value in a typical year, and 
that orders above £1m represent only 5% of group 
order intake. A large greenfield project, or a major 
brownfield capacity expansion project would typically 
(but not always) result in a >£1m order. 

Why this matters
Customer capital expenditure budgets are more likely  
than operational budgets to come under pressure 
during uncertain economic times, such as periods of 
slowing growth. Such periods often see an 
acceleration in automation activity as this typically 
represents an attractive return on what can be a 
relatively modest investment. 

18

Growth Acceleration Programme
Our Growth Acceleration Programme, which we 
began to implement in the second half of 2018, is 
designed to deliver sustainable mid to high 
single-digit revenue growth and mid-20s adjusted 
operating margins over time. The programme is not 
about a fundamental reinvention of Rotork, but 
rather refining how we do things, building on our 
strong foundations, through people, processes and 
systems. 

Progress in 2019 was very encouraging. The year was 
about margin improvement, cash generation and 
preparing the Group for sales acceleration. We were 
particularly pleased to report a 160 basis point 
improvement in adjusted operating margin year-on-
year despite revenues declining, and that we finished 
the year with a net cash balance of £106m. Both 
were ahead of our plan.

We made excellent progress on all four pillars of the 
Programme. Our sales force re-alignment (to an 
end-market focus) was rolled out region by region 
and will soon be completed. Over 275 of our sales 
people attended our ‘value selling’ course, and a 
similar number will take it in the first half of 2020. 
Our new product development initiatives are on 
track with the launch of seventeen new products 
during 2019. I was particularly pleased with our 
progress at Rotork Site Services and in Asia Pacific.

Our operational improvement initiatives accelerated 
in 2019. The implementation of mixed-model lean, 
and investment in key locations, facilitated 
manufacturing optimisation including two factory 
closures. Our supply chain improvement work 
delivered the targeted £5m of purchasing savings 
despite our inventory optimisation initiatives yielding 
a better than expected £21m reduction.

Following the success of 2018’s talent acquisition 
and development initiatives, the focus in 2019 was 
more on our culture, with the launches of Rotork’s 
Purpose, Values, behaviours and Code of Conduct 
major highlights. As discussed above, our Values 
were chosen by our people and I was extremely 
pleased by the energy with which our people have 
embraced them.

Having completed the majority of our IT solution 
design workshops, we are now entering the 
implementation stage with our partners Hitachi and 
Microsoft. I am pleased to report that we have 
launched the Global Field Service and Human 
Resources systems to plan. 

 
 
During the year we completed a review of the 
broader flow control and instrumentation space.  
This confirmed the strength of Rotork’s current 
position in highly attractive markets and reinforced 
our confidence in implementing the opportunities 
identified by the Growth Acceleration Programme, 
including refining our view of the key focus areas  
for organic growth and acquisitions. 

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

We are now two years into the five-year Growth 
Acceleration Programme and, whilst there is further 
hard work ahead, we are very much on target.  
A measure that is important to me, and I know is  
to our shareholders, is our productivity. This 
continues to recover. After having receded  
year-on-year for seven years to 2017, adjusted 
operating profit per employee improved from £34k  
in 2017 to £40k in 2019.

Capital deployment strategy
Rotork remains a highly cash generative business and 
our net cash balance increased to £106m at period 
end. Our cash position provides us with considerable 
optionality in uncertain times. The priorities for our 
cash remain unchanged: organic development (new 
markets, new product development); our progressive 
dividend policy; followed by targeted acquisitions. If 
we decide at any point that we have surplus cash, we 
would look to return it to shareholders. 

—
Kevin G. Hostetler
Chief Executive
2 March 2020

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Year 2

Of our 5-year  
Growth Acceleration 
Programme

17

New product 
launches in 2019

?

Did you know?
The most common application of Rotork’s 
products and services across all our end 
markets is the control and management of 
water. Our customers are very large users of 
water, and use our products extensively to 
control their water usage whilst minimising 
their environmental impact. Many of our 
products sold to oil & gas, chemical, industrial 
and power generation customers are used to 
control the flow of their process water. They’re 
making significant efforts to manage their 
environmental impact, including recovery, 
recycling and treating water. 

We’re keeping the world flowing  
for future generations.

Rotork at the Bath Half 
Over 30 members of the Rotork 
Running Club completed the Bath 
Half Marathon in March 2019.  
The team’s efforts helped raise 
£6,000 for a local charity, 
Children’s Hospice South West.

19

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Our market dynamics

Global mega trends driving our growth
Automation,  
Population and 
energy-efficiency, 
middle class growth, 
electrification
urbanisation

Digitalisation, 
industrial internet, 
technology

Global GDP growth continues – with 
developing markets growing faster 
than developed markets, and urban 
areas growing faster than rural areas.

Upgrade from manual to automated 
valves and process control. Move from 
less energy-efficient fluid to electric 
powered controls over time.

Intelligent monitoring of plant. Smart 
diagnostics enabling preventative/
predictive maintenance. Increasingly 
sophisticated flow characterisation.

Demand for oil continues to grow and 
is forecast to do so for years to come. 
Whilst transportation demand may 
slow, other sectors are expected to 
grow rapidly (fibres, plastics, fertilisers 
etc.). Gasification continues, boosted 
by unconventional production.

Lower prices have led to increased 
technology adoption in the 
conservative upstream and placed 
cost reduction through automation at 
the top of the agenda. Downstream, 
pressure on refining margins is driving 
investment in more efficient plant.

The industry is starting to embrace 
new technologies such as data 
analytics, wireless, cloud computing, 
digital twins (of oilfields and process 
plants) and predictive maintenance. 
Demand for smart sensors/devices 
continues to grow.

Middle class growth is driving demand 
for ‘quality of life’ products such as 
appliances, insulation and 
construction materials, chemicals, 
consumer goods, textiles/clothing, 
premium food stuffs, pharmaceuticals, 
transportation equipment etc.

CPI’s customers need to produce higher 
quality products at a competitive price 
with less environmental impact. 
Automation projects, in which Rotork 
products can be key components, can 
be an attractive risk/return way to meet 
the challenge.

Digitalisation is more advanced than 
in our other markets. Rotork 
products enable real-time 
monitoring and allow problems to be 
fixed before they escalate, improving 
safety, productivity and 
performance.

Demand for water infrastructure is 
strong across developing and 
developed markets. Water scarcity is 
an issue globally. Rotork solutions are 
used in purification, distribution, 
waste collection, treatment and 
management (flood/tidal defence).

Water markets are generally highly 
regulated and the scope to increase 
prices is limited. Capital investment is 
typically rewarded however, meaning 
Rotork’s offerings that enable 
automation projects with an attractive 
return are in demand.

Leak detection and monitoring 
remain a major focus. Water 
shortages are driving the 
development of smart grids. The 
water industry was an early adopter 
of secure wireless technologies such 
as the Rotork Pakscan P3 system.

Electricity demand continues to rise 
each year, driven by GDP growth and 
electrification. Renewable generation 
(solar and wind) has become 
competitive with traditional power 
plants in recent years. 

Low wholesale electricity prices and 
fluctuating renewable supply have 
made investment in smaller more 
flexible combined-cycle gas plants 
and peakers more attractive than 
investment in larger plants.

To remain economic, existing large 
traditional power plants need to be 
able to predict and/or rapidly 
respond to changing demand and 
supply, requiring Rotork’s more 
sophisticated actuation solutions.

General 
impact

Oil & Gas

Chemical, 
Process & 
Industrial  
(CPI)

Water & 
Wastewater

Power

20

Globalisation,  

trade, regulatory 

developments

Infrastructure 

investment and 

modernisation

Climate change, 

decarbonisation, 

water scarcity

General 

impact

Economic growth is forecast to be 

Infrastructure investment is forecast to 

Climate change is recognised as a 

fastest in developing markets and 

grow significantly faster than GDP for 

serious global environmental issue, 

particularly in Asia Pacific. Trade 

decades. Whilst Asia dominates, there 

contributed to by greenhouse gas 

tensions appear to have resulted in 

is scope for catch-up in other regions 

emissions by the transportation, 

some investment decision delays.

(e.g. Americas, Africa).

power and industrial sectors.

Oil & Gas

Refining migration West to East, with 

The outlook for LNG-related 

The oil & gas industry is committed 

shutting refineries often converted to 

infrastructure investment is positive. 

to reducing its emissions and 

hydrocarbon storage facilities. Newly- 

Pipelines, liquefaction and re-

developing new products such as net 

built refineries often have high Rotork 

gasification plants are required to 

zero carbon and hydrogen fuels. 

content. Regulations such as IMO 

connect new supply (e.g. North and 

Capture and storage technologies 

2020 will increase demand for cleaner 

South America) with new demand 

can play an important part in 

fuels, including renewable diesel.

(e.g. China, other Asian nations). 

emission reduction.

Chemical, 

Process & 

Industrial 

(CPI)

Trade tensions appear to have reversed 

Rotork’s products and systems are 

Decarbonisation is an opportunity for 

earlier globalisation in some cases. 

used to safely control critical processes 

CPI. The insulation industry is 

Regulatory developments relating to 

in numerous sectors benefiting from 

expected to benefit from energy 

food, chemical and pharmaceutical 

infrastructure spend including mining, 

efficiency efforts. Methane capture 

standards will lead to additional 

metals, pulp & paper, chemicals, glass, 

systems, incorporating numbers of 

investment in process plants, including 

marine and rail.

in automation and quality control.

valves, are under development to 

reduce emissions from cattle manure.

Water & 

Wastewater

Increasing regulations relating to water 

Infrastructure is required to move 

Rising water levels are necessitating 

quality, water re-use and sludge 

water from over-to under-supplied 

flood defence investment. High 

treatment are driving water-related 

areas and in many countries requires 

water usage industries including oil & 

capital expenditure across industry. 

modernisation. Desalination 

gas, power and recycling are 

Rotork is well placed to benefit, for 

investment continues, including in 

investing in more efficient water 

example through the new CK range of 

North Africa and the Middle East. 

treatment and recycling systems.

waterproof electric actuators.

Power

The introduction of tradable carbon 

Whilst fewer large coal, oil and nuclear 

Traditional power stations are 

emission permits in certain countries 

plants are being constructed globally, 

installing flue-gas desulphurisation, 

has put further pressure on traditional 

there is still an enormous installed 

switching to biofuels, and developing 

power generation.

base which requires the maintenance, 

carbon sequestration systems. All 

modernisation and efficiency services 

represent opportunities for our 

provided by Rotork Site Services.

actuation/process control systems.

Global mega trends driving our growth

Population and 

Automation,  

Digitalisation, 

middle class growth, 

energy-efficiency, 

industrial internet, 

urbanisation

electrification

technology

General 

impact

Global GDP growth continues – with 

Upgrade from manual to automated 

Intelligent monitoring of plant. Smart 

developing markets growing faster 

valves and process control. Move from 

diagnostics enabling preventative/

than developed markets, and urban 

less energy-efficient fluid to electric 

predictive maintenance. Increasingly 

areas growing faster than rural areas.

powered controls over time.

sophisticated flow characterisation.

is forecast to do so for years to come. 

technology adoption in the 

new technologies such as data 

Whilst transportation demand may 

conservative upstream and placed 

analytics, wireless, cloud computing, 

slow, other sectors are expected to 

cost reduction through automation at 

digital twins (of oilfields and process 

grow rapidly (fibres, plastics, fertilisers 

the top of the agenda. Downstream, 

plants) and predictive maintenance. 

etc.). Gasification continues, boosted 

pressure on refining margins is driving 

Demand for smart sensors/devices 

by unconventional production.

investment in more efficient plant.

continues to grow.

Chemical, 

Process & 

Industrial  

(CPI)

Middle class growth is driving demand 

CPI’s customers need to produce higher 

Digitalisation is more advanced than 

for ‘quality of life’ products such as 

quality products at a competitive price 

in our other markets. Rotork 

appliances, insulation and 

with less environmental impact. 

products enable real-time 

construction materials, chemicals, 

Automation projects, in which Rotork 

monitoring and allow problems to be 

consumer goods, textiles/clothing, 

products can be key components, can 

fixed before they escalate, improving 

premium food stuffs, pharmaceuticals, 

be an attractive risk/return way to meet 

safety, productivity and 

transportation equipment etc.

the challenge.

performance.

Water & 

Wastewater

Demand for water infrastructure is 

Water markets are generally highly 

Leak detection and monitoring 

strong across developing and 

regulated and the scope to increase 

remain a major focus. Water 

developed markets. Water scarcity is 

prices is limited. Capital investment is 

shortages are driving the 

an issue globally. Rotork solutions are 

typically rewarded however, meaning 

development of smart grids. The 

used in purification, distribution, 

Rotork’s offerings that enable 

water industry was an early adopter 

waste collection, treatment and 

automation projects with an attractive 

of secure wireless technologies such 

management (flood/tidal defence).

return are in demand.

as the Rotork Pakscan P3 system.

Rotork Annual Report 2019

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Globalisation,  
trade, regulatory 
developments

Infrastructure 
investment and 
modernisation

Climate change, 
decarbonisation, 
water scarcity

General 
impact

Economic growth is forecast to be 
fastest in developing markets and 
particularly in Asia Pacific. Trade 
tensions appear to have resulted in 
some investment decision delays.

Infrastructure investment is forecast to 
grow significantly faster than GDP for 
decades. Whilst Asia dominates, there 
is scope for catch-up in other regions 
(e.g. Americas, Africa).

Climate change is recognised as a 
serious global environmental issue, 
contributed to by greenhouse gas 
emissions by the transportation, 
power and industrial sectors.

Oil & Gas

Demand for oil continues to grow and 

Lower prices have led to increased 

The industry is starting to embrace 

Oil & Gas

Chemical, 
Process & 
Industrial 
(CPI)

Water & 
Wastewater

Power

Electricity demand continues to rise 

Low wholesale electricity prices and 

To remain economic, existing large 

Power

each year, driven by GDP growth and 

fluctuating renewable supply have 

traditional power plants need to be 

electrification. Renewable generation 

made investment in smaller more 

able to predict and/or rapidly 

(solar and wind) has become 

flexible combined-cycle gas plants 

respond to changing demand and 

competitive with traditional power 

and peakers more attractive than 

supply, requiring Rotork’s more 

plants in recent years. 

investment in larger plants.

sophisticated actuation solutions.

Refining migration West to East, with 
shutting refineries often converted to 
hydrocarbon storage facilities. Newly- 
built refineries often have high Rotork 
content. Regulations such as IMO 
2020 will increase demand for cleaner 
fuels, including renewable diesel.

The outlook for LNG-related 
infrastructure investment is positive. 
Pipelines, liquefaction and re-
gasification plants are required to 
connect new supply (e.g. North and 
South America) with new demand 
(e.g. China, other Asian nations). 

The oil & gas industry is committed 
to reducing its emissions and 
developing new products such as net 
zero carbon and hydrogen fuels. 
Capture and storage technologies 
can play an important part in 
emission reduction.

Trade tensions appear to have reversed 
earlier globalisation in some cases. 
Regulatory developments relating to 
food, chemical and pharmaceutical 
standards will lead to additional 
investment in process plants, including 
in automation and quality control.

Rotork’s products and systems are 
used to safely control critical processes 
in numerous sectors benefiting from 
infrastructure spend including mining, 
metals, pulp & paper, chemicals, glass, 
marine and rail.

Decarbonisation is an opportunity for 
CPI. The insulation industry is 
expected to benefit from energy 
efficiency efforts. Methane capture 
systems, incorporating numbers of 
valves, are under development to 
reduce emissions from cattle manure.

Increasing regulations relating to water 
quality, water re-use and sludge 
treatment are driving water-related 
capital expenditure across industry. 
Rotork is well placed to benefit, for 
example through the new CK range of 
waterproof electric actuators.

The introduction of tradable carbon 
emission permits in certain countries 
has put further pressure on traditional 
power generation.

Infrastructure is required to move 
water from over-to under-supplied 
areas and in many countries requires 
modernisation. Desalination 
investment continues, including in 
North Africa and the Middle East. 

Rising water levels are necessitating 
flood defence investment. High 
water usage industries including oil & 
gas, power and recycling are 
investing in more efficient water 
treatment and recycling systems.

Whilst fewer large coal, oil and nuclear 
plants are being constructed globally, 
there is still an enormous installed 
base which requires the maintenance, 
modernisation and efficiency services 
provided by Rotork Site Services.

Traditional power stations are 
installing flue-gas desulphurisation, 
switching to biofuels, and developing 
carbon sequestration systems. All 
represent opportunities for our 
actuation/process control systems.

21

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Our business model

Our resources

Brand and reputation
Our well recognised brand is built on our over 60-year 
history. Rotork has a reputation for high quality, reliable 
products and excellent aftermarket service. 

People and culture
Key to our success is our ability to attract, develop and 
retain talented people. Rotork has a strong culture, 
reinforced by our new Values: Stronger Together, Always 
Innovating and Trusted Partner.

Engineering and technology
Rotork engineers design some of the world’s most 
technologically-advanced and innovative industrial valve 
actuation and flow control equipment. 

Asset-light operations
Our factories receive components finished to our exacting 
standards from our supply chain for assembly. This 
enables us to have asset-light operations which produce 
strong cashflows and gives us flexibility to respond to any 
change in market conditions. 

Rotork is one of the 
world’s leading 
automation equipment 
and services companies

Our flow control and instrumentation products 
are used extensively in the oil and gas, chemical 
and process, water and wastewater and power 
markets. Our customers rely on us for 
innovative, high quality engineered solutions 
and services, many of which are used in mission 
and/or safety critical heavy-duty applications.

Global presence
We serve customers in more than 173 countries through 
our network of 65 offices, 22 manufacturing facilities and 
through our local agents.

Rotork’s competitive  
advantage comes from:

Unrivalled installed base
We have the largest installed base of heavy-duty electric 
valve actuators in the world, totalling over two million 
units by our estimates. This installed base offers a clear 
opportunity for aftermarket growth. 

Service offering
Rotork Site Services offers unrivalled technical support 
and aftermarket services as well as our Integrated Asset 
Management solutions.

Our strategic partners
Our partners collaborate with us in technology, product 
concept and design, manufacturing, distribution and 
customer services.

Balance sheet strength
Our strong financial position allows us to invest in new 
product development, faster-growing markets and in our 
Site Service business to deliver further growth, higher 
margins and value creation.

Our new market-focused divisions
We plan to present historical financial information on our 
new market-focused divisions, Oil & Gas, Water & Power 
and Chemical, Process & Industrial, before we report our 
2020 interim results.

22

Product  
quality  
& brand  
reputation

For over 60 years Rotork branded 
products have been widely 
recognised for their reliability, 
durability, innovation and superior 
performance. 

Significant 
barriers  
to entry

Barriers to new competitors 
entering into our markets include 
industry and customer 
certifications, patents and 
copyrights and switching costs.

Unrivalled 
service  
offering

Rotork Site Services, leveraging our 
unequalled installed base, has the 
largest footprint in the industry. 
Rotork Site Services provides 
superior support to customers 
globally 365 days per year.

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Customer 
requirements
Rotork actively listens to its  
customers to deeply understand  
their product and service needs.

Rotork solutions  
& services
We strive to assist innovatively our customers, 
comply with industry standards and improve 
the productivity, environmental performance 
and safety of their operations.

Our people, 
operations & 
products
We invest in our people, our facilities  
and in the development of new  
products and services.

Long-term 
sustainable value 
creation
We aim to create sustainable value  
for all our stakeholders, including  
governments and communities.

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Creating value in 2019

Customers
We develop solutions that improve our customers’ productivity.

£692m

Order intake

17

New product launches

Employees
We create an environment where each and every employee  
is able to be their best.

£188m

Amount paid in  
wages, salaries,  
social security etc.

275

Sales people trained
in value selling

Suppliers
We have a reputation for integrity, fair dealing and ethical behaviour.

£240m

Spend with external 
materials suppliers

300+

Supplier audits 
completed

Governments & communities
We engage positively with the community and offer support  
through donations and volunteering.

£33m

Corporation tax 
(cash paid)

3

Global charity 
partners 

Shareholders
We have a strong track record of creating shareholder value  
and have increased our dividend each year for nearly 20 years. 

£52m

Dividends paid to 
shareholders

38%

Total shareholder 
return

More on page 52

23

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Our Growth 
Acceleration 
Programme

We are extremely encouraged by the 
early results of our Growth Acceleration 
Programme which began in 2018.  
The programme aims to deliver higher 
revenue growth and margins over time.

Our Growth Acceleration Programme is 
designed to deliver sustainable mid to high 
single-digit revenue growth and mid-20s 
adjusted operating margins over time. The 
programme is not about transforming 
Rotork, but rather refining how we do 
things, building on our strong foundations. 
We have grouped the programme’s 
initiatives into four pillars, which we call 
Commercial Excellence, Operational 
Excellence, Talent & Culture and IT & Core 
Business Processes. 

We made excellent progress on all pillars of 
the programme in 2019. The year was 
about margin improvement, cash 
generation and laying the foundations for 
sales acceleration. We were particularly 
pleased to report a 160 basis point 
improvement in adjusted operating margin 
year-on-year. We continue to expect the 
funding of a significant part of the 
programme to be self-financed through 
working capital improvements and cost 
efficiencies, including productivity and 
procurement.

24

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Commercial 
excellence

Operational 
excellence

•  Sales force optimisation – shifting 

to an end-market orientation

•  Value selling training
•  Innovation and new product 

development

•  Site services expansion

•  Targeted manufacturing 

improvements 

•  Supply chain globalisation
•  Footprint optimisation
•  Inventory reduction

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Talent  
& culture

IT & core 
business 
processes

•  Internalising our performance 
appraisal and review processes

•  Aligning our strategy, goals, 

behaviours, and rewards systems

•  Redefining our Rotork culture

•  Improving and standardising  

core business processes,  
enabling back office leverage

•  IT/systems enhancements
•  Emphasising operating efficiencies

Strategy, portfolio and product line assessment
Simplifying our core business and preparing for acceleration

Growth

Margin enhancement

Key enablers

25

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Our Growth Acceleration Programme continued

Commercial  
excellence

Operational  
excellence

Talent & 

culture

IT & core business 

processes

Performance

•  Our objective is to supply the products and services our 

•  Our objective is to improve our operational efficiency 

customers require whilst being straightforward to work with. 
•  We are re-aligning our client facing teams so that they sell to 
specific end markets. During 2019 we successfully completed 
the transition of our Asia Pacific and EMEA salesforces. This 
work will complete in 2020 with the Americas.

•  We are strengthening our engineering capability and the 
processes supporting the team. Engineering resources are 
now concentrated on the most promising products under 
development and on accelerating their commercialisation. 
We launched seventeen new products in 2019.

•  We consider Rotork Site Services to be a key differentiator in 
the industry and are increasing our investment in this area. 

(margins and capital employed) and our cyclical resilience.
•  We rolled out Rotork mixed-model lean to eleven factories 
and to our major subsidiaries. The result was an increase in 
direct labour productivity and first pass yield as well as a 
free-up of factory space (facilitating site rationalisation).

•  Our Global Strategic Sourcing initiative was further 

developed. We are moving from a traditional localised 
purchasing model to a strategic one with larger suppliers 
that offer quality, value and flexibility. We secured £5m of 
purchasing savings despite inventory reduction initiatives. 
•  Inventories were reduced by £21m following the roll-out of 

the Rotork Inventory Optimiser (RIO).

Key metrics 17

New product 
launches 
(10 in 2018)

20%

Rotork Site 
Services’ 
contribution to 
group revenues

160bps

Adjusted 
operating 
margin 
improvement

£5m

Purchasing 
savings in 2019

£21m

Inventory 
reduction in 2019

Performance

•  Our objective is to have the team, culture and performance 

•  Our objective is group-wide IT systems and business 

management approach to achieve our goals and aspirations.

processes that improve our way of working and increase 

•  Following the success of 2018’s talent acquisition and 

our commercial and operational efficiency.

development initiatives, 2019’s focus was more on our 

•  We are developing new IT solutions covering Enterprise 

culture, with the launches of Rotork’s Purpose, Values, 

Resource Planning (ERP), Customer Relationship 

behaviours and Code of Conduct being major highlights.

Management (CRM), Field Service, Business Intelligence and 

•  We completed a number of employee pulse surveys in 2019. 

Human Resources (HR).

We consider the ‘pace of change’ question an important 

•  An encouraging number of solution design workshops were 

indicator given the initiatives underway at Rotork. The most 

completed during 2019, enabling us together with our 

recent score of 6.2 suggests our pace of change is right.

implementation partners (Microsoft and Hitachi) to move 

•  We continue to work to ensure that we have appropriate 

on to construction, implementation and transition phases. 

succession plans and that we develop and retain talent. 

•  We launched our Global Field Service and HR Systems.

Key metrics

6.2

Pace of  

3

New  

change score 

Rotork Values

53

New business 

intelligence 

dashboards

Priorities

Case study

•  To complete our end market re-alignment and to start 
deriving the benefits of our improved market focus.

•  To seek feedback from our customers and our sales people 

•  Further factory improvements, including selective investments 
(including at the Rochester, US, facility). Footprint optimisation 
continues.

and hence ensure that the re-alignment is successful.

•  Deliver further lean ‘Rapid Improvement Events’ and launch 

•  To launch at least 20 new products in 2020.
•  To further grow our team of Site Service technicians, and 

mixed-model lean in the remaining factories.

•  Continue to consolidate our supply chain and build on the 

increase the number of actuators under service agreements.

procurement savings and inventory reduction already achieved.

Priorities

•  Ensure our performance approach and reward systems link to 

•  Our priorities in 2020 include enhancements to our Global 

our Purpose, Values, behaviours and Code of Conduct. 

Human Resources System as well as the roll-out of our 

•  Embed a culture of continuous improvement across Rotork. 

Global CRM System. 

•  Continue our work on succession, development, retention, 

•  We will continue to develop and test our Global ERP System 

and gender balance.

and prepare for our first major factory deployment 

(expected to be in late 2020/early 2021).

Case study

Launch of the IQT3 -61 degrees centigrade actuator
The Controls Division launched the extreme cold temperature 
variant of the popular Rotork IQT3 quarter-turn electric valve 
actuator during 2019. The new product has a patent pending 
and is designed to operate in the toughest conditions without 
additional power supply or gearbox or external heaters.

Inventory optimisation targets beaten
Our Growth Acceleration Programme work identified our 
goods-in inventory as a significant working capital 
reduction opportunity. Increased focus, and RIO, resulted in 
a £21m inventory reduction in 2019. This was significantly 
ahead of our internal targets set at the start of the year. 

26

Launch of our One Rotork Values

Global HR System boosts our efficiency

Over 2,000 Rotork colleagues helped choose our three new 

We launched our Global HR System at the end of the year. 

Values. Fifty Rotork sites around the world ran launch events. 

The new system significantly reduces the administrative 

We launched a Values photography competition for staff to 

burden on our HR, payroll and benefits teams and provides 

submit photos that represented these new Values. The 12  

us with significantly improved business information. It is 

best images featured in our 2020 calendar. A post-launch 

being used by 45 Rotork legal entities and replaces  

pulse survey demonstrated that the Values resonated with  

32 legacy systems.

our people. We are proud that our staff have embraced  

the Values. 

Commercial  

excellence

Operational  

excellence

•  Our objective is to supply the products and services our 

•  Our objective is to improve our operational efficiency 

customers require whilst being straightforward to work with. 

(margins and capital employed) and our cyclical resilience.

•  We are re-aligning our client facing teams so that they sell to 

•  We rolled out Rotork mixed-model lean to eleven factories 

specific end markets. During 2019 we successfully completed 

and to our major subsidiaries. The result was an increase in 

the transition of our Asia Pacific and EMEA salesforces. This 

direct labour productivity and first pass yield as well as a 

work will complete in 2020 with the Americas.

free-up of factory space (facilitating site rationalisation).

•  We are strengthening our engineering capability and the 

•  Our Global Strategic Sourcing initiative was further 

processes supporting the team. Engineering resources are 

developed. We are moving from a traditional localised 

now concentrated on the most promising products under 

purchasing model to a strategic one with larger suppliers 

development and on accelerating their commercialisation. 

that offer quality, value and flexibility. We secured £5m of 

We launched seventeen new products in 2019.

purchasing savings despite inventory reduction initiatives. 

•  We consider Rotork Site Services to be a key differentiator in 

•  Inventories were reduced by £21m following the roll-out of 

the industry and are increasing our investment in this area. 

the Rotork Inventory Optimiser (RIO).

Key metrics 17

New product 

launches 

(10 in 2018)

20%

Rotork Site 

Services’ 

contribution to 

group revenues

160bps

Adjusted 

operating 

margin 

improvement

£5m

Purchasing 

savings in 2019

£21m

Inventory 

reduction in 2019

Performance

Performance

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Growth

Margin enhancement

Key enablers

Talent & 
culture

IT & core business 
processes

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

•  Our objective is to have the team, culture and performance 
management approach to achieve our goals and aspirations.

•  Following the success of 2018’s talent acquisition and 
development initiatives, 2019’s focus was more on our 
culture, with the launches of Rotork’s Purpose, Values, 
behaviours and Code of Conduct being major highlights.
•  We completed a number of employee pulse surveys in 2019. 
We consider the ‘pace of change’ question an important 
indicator given the initiatives underway at Rotork. The most 
recent score of 6.2 suggests our pace of change is right.
•  We continue to work to ensure that we have appropriate 
succession plans and that we develop and retain talent. 

•  Our objective is group-wide IT systems and business 

processes that improve our way of working and increase 
our commercial and operational efficiency.

•  We are developing new IT solutions covering Enterprise 

Resource Planning (ERP), Customer Relationship 
Management (CRM), Field Service, Business Intelligence and 
Human Resources (HR).

•  An encouraging number of solution design workshops were 

completed during 2019, enabling us together with our 
implementation partners (Microsoft and Hitachi) to move 
on to construction, implementation and transition phases. 

•  We launched our Global Field Service and HR Systems.

Key metrics

6.2

Pace of  
change score 

3

New  
Rotork Values

53

New business 
intelligence 
dashboards

Priorities

•  To complete our end market re-alignment and to start 

•  Further factory improvements, including selective investments 

deriving the benefits of our improved market focus.

(including at the Rochester, US, facility). Footprint optimisation 

Priorities

•  To seek feedback from our customers and our sales people 

continues.

and hence ensure that the re-alignment is successful.

•  Deliver further lean ‘Rapid Improvement Events’ and launch 

•  To launch at least 20 new products in 2020.

mixed-model lean in the remaining factories.

•  To further grow our team of Site Service technicians, and 

•  Continue to consolidate our supply chain and build on the 

increase the number of actuators under service agreements.

procurement savings and inventory reduction already achieved.

•  Ensure our performance approach and reward systems link to 

our Purpose, Values, behaviours and Code of Conduct. 
•  Embed a culture of continuous improvement across Rotork. 
•  Continue our work on succession, development, retention, 

•  Our priorities in 2020 include enhancements to our Global 
Human Resources System as well as the roll-out of our 
Global CRM System. 

•  We will continue to develop and test our Global ERP System 

and gender balance.

and prepare for our first major factory deployment 
(expected to be in late 2020/early 2021).

Case study

Case study

Launch of the IQT3 -61 degrees centigrade actuator

Inventory optimisation targets beaten

The Controls Division launched the extreme cold temperature 

Our Growth Acceleration Programme work identified our 

variant of the popular Rotork IQT3 quarter-turn electric valve 

goods-in inventory as a significant working capital 

actuator during 2019. The new product has a patent pending 

reduction opportunity. Increased focus, and RIO, resulted in 

and is designed to operate in the toughest conditions without 

a £21m inventory reduction in 2019. This was significantly 

additional power supply or gearbox or external heaters.

ahead of our internal targets set at the start of the year. 

Launch of our One Rotork Values
Over 2,000 Rotork colleagues helped choose our three new 
Values. Fifty Rotork sites around the world ran launch events. 
We launched a Values photography competition for staff to 
submit photos that represented these new Values. The 12  
best images featured in our 2020 calendar. A post-launch 
pulse survey demonstrated that the Values resonated with  
our people. We are proud that our staff have embraced  
the Values. 

Global HR System boosts our efficiency
We launched our Global HR System at the end of the year. 
The new system significantly reduces the administrative 
burden on our HR, payroll and benefits teams and provides 
us with significantly improved business information. It is 
being used by 45 Rotork legal entities and replaces  
32 legacy systems.

27

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Our strategy

Strategic objectives

Strategic initiatives

Progress in 2019

Performance

Focus for 2020

Links to risks

Accelerated 
growth

Deliver accelerated year-on-year growth 
in revenues and profits through a 
combination of organic growth and 
acquisitions.

Maximise our return on capital through 
optimised manufacturing and supply 
chain processes.

Increased 
margins

Deliver sustainably higher margins 
through simplifying our core business, 
targeted manufacturing improvements 
and development of our global  
supply chain.

Sustainability

Rotork’s approach to sustainability  
is encapsulated in our Purpose:  
‘keeping the world flowing for  
future generations’.

•  Sales growth – Penetrate underserved 
markets and geographies with focused 
commercial activities.

•  Innovation – Accelerate new product 

development and launches with increased 
rigour in processes and lean development 
philosophies. Concentrate our resources on the 
most promising and profitable areas.

•  Sales declined by 4%, reflecting subdued large 

project activity, order phasing, portfolio and product 
rationalisation, the halting of sales to countries since 
placed under sanction, and the strong comparison 
period. 

•  We launched 17 new products and hired a 

professional programme manager to accelerate our 
strategic new product development activities.

•  Service growth – Continue to leverage our 

•  New products included: CK range of electric 

growing installed base in aftermarket parts and 
services as well as Integrated Asset 
Management solutions.

•  Acquisitions – Growth to expand into 

adjacent markets, new geographies, new 
platforms and segments, new offerings and 
technologies.

actuators (reduced weight); PAX pressure regulator 
(zero emission, low power); and low power pumps, 
controllers and solenoid valves (enabling actuators to 
be solar powered). 

•  Rotork Site Services invested in service personnel and 

in its lifetime management offerings.

•  Our M&A pipeline is building and we have continued 
to have conversations and cultivation meetings with a 
number of potential targets.

•  Manufacturing excellence – Consolidate 
operations and develop efficient, effective 
world-class manufacturing facilities.

•  Adjusted operating profit margins increased by  
160 basis points, rising to 22.6% from 21.0%  
in 2018.

•  Cost management – Continued cost 

management, reflecting current market 
conditions and development of the global 
supply chain.

•  Global business systems – Develop and roll 
out our global business systems to enable 
more efficient operations.

•  Our footprint rationalisation plans remain on track 
and we closed two manufacturing sites during the 
year. We broke ground on our Rochester (NY) 
expansion.

•  We rolled out lean to our major and ten smaller 

facilities.

•  We achieved our purchasing savings target and 

delivered cost savings of £5m from sourcing initiatives.

•  Our inventory reduction programme is on track, with 
very encouraging results to date. Average stock turn 
increased.

•  We divested a small non-core distribution business.

•  Balance sheet strength – Build on our track 
record of strong cash generation to bolster 
our balance sheet and ensure we have 
sufficient resources for investment in our 
businesses and in acquisitions.

•  Supplier of choice – Be the supplier of 
choice for our customers, sustaining our 
revenue streams.

•  Employer of choice – Be the employer of 
choice, attracting, developing and retaining 
our talented employees.

•  Protect the environment – Improve our 
environmental performance to secure our 
continued sustainability. Develop and 
promote products that benefit the 
environment.

•  Another strong cash performance resulted in an 

increase in net cash to £106m. Our cash conversion 
KPI shows a conversion of 131% of adjusted 
operating profit to cash.

•  We maintained our focus on customer experience, 

targeting response times and support levels. 

•  We completed three employee pulse surveys and 

produced a series of internal videos featuring senior 
leaders discussing our Values and our objectives. 

•  We are committed to creating a diverse workforce. 
The percentage of females within our apprentice 
intake has increased from 5% in 2018 to 20% in 2019.

•  We reduced our electricity, gas and water 

consumption. Our CSR sub-committee promoted 
improvements in health and safety and training on 
ethical behaviour.

•  Our employees gave their time and money to charities.

28

£669m

Revenue

31.8%

KPI    Return on capital 

employed 

•  The Board has ambitions to return the 

business to higher growth and margin levels.

•  Capturing the benefits of our move to an end 

market segment orientation, embedding 

value selling into Rotork’s DNA.

•  Gaining share in high-growth regions – 

China, India and South East Asia. Developing 

our channel penetration in North America. 

•  Increasing revenues from new products. 

Accelerate new product launches – targeting 

more than 20 in 2020.

•  Increasing the number of actuators under 

service agreements and broadening our 

aftermarket revenue streams.

•  Acquisitions will be considered where 

appropriate to supplement our capability, 

reach and support our plans for growth.

22.6% 

KPI     Adjusted operating 

margin 

£21m

Inventory reduction

•  Continued focus on operational footprint 

optimisation, simplifying our organisational 

structure, reducing the complexity of our 

global supply chain, reviewing our channel 

partners and introducing new systems.

•  Further embed lean/continuous 

improvement into Rotork’s DNA and drive 

additional employee productivity.

•  Deliver incremental purchasing savings and 

inventory reduction.

•  Deliver the Rochester (NY) expansion.

131%

KPI    Cash conversion

15.3 TnCO2e

KPI    Carbon emissions

38,890m3

Water consumption

•  Further reduce inventories across the 

group, thereby freeing up net working 

capital which can be put to use more 

effectively elsewhere.

•  Strengthen the partnership with our 

customers through Rotork Site Services, our 

end market realignment and incorporating 

more customer and market-driven 

innovation into our product development. 

Revisit our digital strategy (including 

e-commerce).

•  Build on the early successes of our internal 

communications strategy. Continue to track 

employee engagement.

Links to 

remuneration

•  Bonus – strategic targets

•  Deferred share bonus 

plan award

•  LTIP – return on capital 

measure

•  Bonus – profit and 

cash generation 

measures

•  Bonus – personal 

performance targets

•  LTIP – total shareholder 

return and earnings 

per share measures

•  Bonus – safety 

measures

•  Bonus – strategic 

targets

•  Deferred share bonus 

plan award

•  LTIP – total shareholder 

return measure

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Strategic objectives

Strategic initiatives

Progress in 2019

Performance

Focus for 2020

Links to risks

Accelerated 

growth

Deliver accelerated year-on-year growth 

in revenues and profits through a 

combination of organic growth and 

acquisitions.

Maximise our return on capital through 

optimised manufacturing and supply 

chain processes.

•  Sales growth – Penetrate underserved 

•  Sales declined by 4%, reflecting subdued large 

markets and geographies with focused 

commercial activities.

•  Innovation – Accelerate new product 

development and launches with increased 

period. 

project activity, order phasing, portfolio and product 

rationalisation, the halting of sales to countries since 

placed under sanction, and the strong comparison 

rigour in processes and lean development 

•  We launched 17 new products and hired a 

philosophies. Concentrate our resources on the 

professional programme manager to accelerate our 

most promising and profitable areas.

strategic new product development activities.

•  Service growth – Continue to leverage our 

•  New products included: CK range of electric 

growing installed base in aftermarket parts and 

actuators (reduced weight); PAX pressure regulator 

services as well as Integrated Asset 

Management solutions.

(zero emission, low power); and low power pumps, 

controllers and solenoid valves (enabling actuators to 

•  Acquisitions – Growth to expand into 

be solar powered). 

adjacent markets, new geographies, new 

•  Rotork Site Services invested in service personnel and 

platforms and segments, new offerings and 

in its lifetime management offerings.

technologies.

•  Our M&A pipeline is building and we have continued 

to have conversations and cultivation meetings with a 

number of potential targets.

Increased 

margins

Deliver sustainably higher margins 

through simplifying our core business, 

targeted manufacturing improvements 

and development of our global  

supply chain.

•  Manufacturing excellence – Consolidate 

•  Adjusted operating profit margins increased by  

operations and develop efficient, effective 

160 basis points, rising to 22.6% from 21.0%  

world-class manufacturing facilities.

in 2018.

•  Cost management – Continued cost 

•  Our footprint rationalisation plans remain on track 

management, reflecting current market 

and we closed two manufacturing sites during the 

conditions and development of the global 

year. We broke ground on our Rochester (NY) 

supply chain.

expansion.

•  Global business systems – Develop and roll 

•  We rolled out lean to our major and ten smaller 

out our global business systems to enable 

facilities.

more efficient operations.

•  We achieved our purchasing savings target and 

delivered cost savings of £5m from sourcing initiatives.

•  Our inventory reduction programme is on track, with 

very encouraging results to date. Average stock turn 

increased.

•  We divested a small non-core distribution business.

Sustainability

Rotork’s approach to sustainability  

is encapsulated in our Purpose:  

‘keeping the world flowing for  

future generations’.

•  Balance sheet strength – Build on our track 

•  Another strong cash performance resulted in an 

record of strong cash generation to bolster 

increase in net cash to £106m. Our cash conversion 

our balance sheet and ensure we have 

sufficient resources for investment in our 

businesses and in acquisitions.

•  Supplier of choice – Be the supplier of 

choice for our customers, sustaining our 

revenue streams.

KPI shows a conversion of 131% of adjusted 

operating profit to cash.

•  We maintained our focus on customer experience, 

targeting response times and support levels. 

•  We completed three employee pulse surveys and 

produced a series of internal videos featuring senior 

•  Employer of choice – Be the employer of 

leaders discussing our Values and our objectives. 

choice, attracting, developing and retaining 

our talented employees.

•  We are committed to creating a diverse workforce. 

The percentage of females within our apprentice 

•  Protect the environment – Improve our 

intake has increased from 5% in 2018 to 20% in 2019.

environmental performance to secure our 

continued sustainability. Develop and 

promote products that benefit the 

environment.

•  We reduced our electricity, gas and water 

consumption. Our CSR sub-committee promoted 

improvements in health and safety and training on 

ethical behaviour.

•  Our employees gave their time and money to charities.

£669m

Revenue

31.8%

KPI    Return on capital 

employed 

•  The Board has ambitions to return the 

business to higher growth and margin levels.

•  Capturing the benefits of our move to an end 
market segment orientation, embedding 
value selling into Rotork’s DNA.

•  Gaining share in high-growth regions – 

China, India and South East Asia. Developing 
our channel penetration in North America. 

•  Increasing revenues from new products. 

Accelerate new product launches – targeting 
more than 20 in 2020.

•  Increasing the number of actuators under 
service agreements and broadening our 
aftermarket revenue streams.

•  Acquisitions will be considered where 

appropriate to supplement our capability, 
reach and support our plans for growth.

22.6% 

KPI     Adjusted operating 

margin 

£21m

Inventory reduction

•  Continued focus on operational footprint 

optimisation, simplifying our organisational 
structure, reducing the complexity of our 
global supply chain, reviewing our channel 
partners and introducing new systems.

•  Further embed lean/continuous 

improvement into Rotork’s DNA and drive 
additional employee productivity.

•  Deliver incremental purchasing savings and 

inventory reduction.

•  Deliver the Rochester (NY) expansion.

131%

KPI    Cash conversion

15.3 TnCO2e

KPI    Carbon emissions

38,890m3

Water consumption

•  Further reduce inventories across the 

group, thereby freeing up net working 
capital which can be put to use more 
effectively elsewhere.

•  Strengthen the partnership with our 

customers through Rotork Site Services, our 
end market realignment and incorporating 
more customer and market-driven 
innovation into our product development. 
Revisit our digital strategy (including 
e-commerce).

•  Build on the early successes of our internal 

communications strategy. Continue to track 
employee engagement.

Links to 
remuneration

•  Bonus – strategic targets

•  Deferred share bonus 

plan award

•  LTIP – return on capital 

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Decline in market sector  
confidence

Increased competition

Geopolitical instability

measure

Failure of an acquisition  
to deliver value

Major in-field product failure

1

2

3

4

7

10

Growth Acceleration  
Programme

1

2

3

5

7

8

9

5

6

9

•  Bonus – profit and 
cash generation 
measures

•  Bonus – personal 

performance targets

•  LTIP – total shareholder 
return and earnings 
per share measures

Decline in market sector  
confidence

Increased competition

Geopolitical instability

Health, Safety & Environment

Major in-field product failure

Failure of a key supplier

Critical IT system failure  
and cyber security

Health, Safety & Environment

Compliance with laws  
and regulations
Critical IT system failure  
and cyber security

•  Bonus – safety 

measures

•  Bonus – strategic 

targets

•  Deferred share bonus 

plan award

•  LTIP – total shareholder 

return measure

See our full KPIs on page 48

See our full principal risks on page 34

29

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Our new 
market-
aligned  
structure

One of the most important Growth 
Acceleration Programme initiatives 
underway is our move from a  
product focused to an end market 
segment focused structure that more 
closely meets customer needs. This 
realignment will soon be completed, 
and our interim results will be reported 
under our new divisional structure.

Product divisions 
Percentage of  
2019 Group revenue
Controls

52%

More on page 40

Fluid 
Systems

20%

More on page 41

Gears

12%

More on page 42

Instruments

16%

More on page 43

30

New end market  
focused divisions  
Percentage of  
2019 Group revenue

Oil & Gas

50%

Chemical,  
Process &  
Industrial (CPI)

27%

Rotork Annual Report 2019

No 1 
Worldwide in Oil & Gas

The Oil & Gas division supplies Rotork’s 
actuation and instrumentation products  
and services to upstream, midstream (incl. 
LNG and pipelines) and downstream oil &
gas customers across the world. 

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

No 1-5
Worldwide in certain niche applications

The CPI division supplies Rotork’s actuation 
and instrumentation products and services  
to a broad spread of industries including 
chemicals, mining, basic materials, marine, 
transport, HVAC, food and beverage,  
and pharmaceuticals. 

Water &  
Power

23%

No 2
Worldwide in Water & Power

The Water & Power division supplies  
Rotork’s actuation and instrumentation 
products and services to water and waste-  
water, conventional power and renewables 
end markets globally. 

31

 
Risk management

How  
Rotork  
manages  
risk

Managing the risks of our business  
is essential to our Purpose of 
‘keeping the world flowing for 
future generations’. Our approach  
to risk is intended to protect the 
interests of all our stakeholders. 

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Managing business risks
As with all businesses, there are certain 
risks and uncertainties that may impact 
Rotork’s ability to achieve our objectives. 
The risk management process is an 
established way of identifying and 
managing risk and is part of our 
governance framework as set out in our 
Corporate Governance Statement, see 
page 62. The continuous improvement 
and execution of a comprehensive and 
robust risk management system is of 
paramount importance. 

We have made a number of 
enhancements during 2019: broadening 
the bottom-up risk assessment process to 
include a review with all central 
functions, greater focus on risk 
mitigations and development of action 
plans to bring risks within appetite for 
those where it is exceeded. Key Risk 
Indicators (KRIs) have also been kept 
under review during 2019 with plans to 
enhance the KRIs further in 2020.

Risk appetite framework
The Board is responsible for determining the nature and 
extent of the risks it is willing to take in achieving our strategic 
objectives. Our Group risk appetite statement sets the right 
tone from the top and supports decision making.

Risk appetite
Rotork is committed to innovation and sustainable growth. Our Purpose, ‘keeping 
the world flowing for future generations’, is reflected in how we review risks. We 
have embarked on our Growth Acceleration Programme, investing in technology, 
people, new products, new service infrastructure and an optimised operating 
footprint. Upholding Rotork’s core Values will be a key driver of our future success. 
We are committed to generating stakeholder value and will only take considered 
risks that fulfil our strategic objectives and do not risk our financial stability. 

The risk appetite framework provides qualitative and quantitative insight on risks 
and supports proactive mitigation planning. The risk appetite framework consists  
of the following steps:

Identify key decisions 

Evaluate decisions against risk appetite

Review key risk indicators

Review and update the risk appetite preferences 

32

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rotork PLC Board
•  Responsible for risk 

management and internal 
controls

•  Responsible for defining risk 
appetite, statements and 
preferences

•  Responsible for promoting  
a risk-aware culture that 
emphasises integrity at all 
levels of business operations

•  Responsible for determining 

our principal risks and 
considering emerging  
risks, ensuring that risk 
management is embedded 
within the core processes of 
the Group

Risk management process

Top down  
risk assessment

Ongoing risk  
mitigation reviews and 
controls testing

Bottom up  
risk assessment

Divisions and businesses 
identify, manage and  
monitor risks

Audit Committee
•  Responsible for reviewing the 

risk management policy

•  Responsible for reviewing the 
effectiveness of internal 
controls

•  Responsible for approving the 
internal audit assurance plans

Rotork Management Board 
(RMB)
•  Responsible for the 

identification, consolidation, 
reporting and management 
of Principal and Key risks

•  Responsible for reporting  

to the Board on the 
management of our Principal 
and Key risks

Functional Management
•  Responsible for identifying 
current and emerging risks 
specific to the relevant 
function/business unit

•  Responsible for implementing 
risk management within the 
designated area of 
accountability

Group Risk & Internal Audit
•  Responsible for supporting 
the delivery of effective risk 
management across the 
group

•  Responsible for monitoring 

risks and providing reporting 
to management

•  Responsible for providing 
independent assurance to 
the Audit Committee over 
internal control effectiveness

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Review and 
update the risk 
appetite 
preferences

Identify key 
decisions

Risk appetite framework

Review  
key risk 
indicators

Evaluate 
decisions  
against risk 
appetite

33

During 2019, we updated the risk 
appetite framework to reflect changes 
to the nature of Rotork’s business and 
our operating environment. This 
included the Board’s risk appetite 
statements and preferences, which 
inform the KRIs monitored by the 
Board. The risk appetite statements 
provide guiding principles to support 
decision-making at both a Board level 
and throughout the Group. 

The Board sets the Group’s risk 
appetite preference, stating whether 
we are tolerant, neutral or averse to a 
particular risk. These preferences guide 
our approach to managing risk. The 
connection between risk appetite and 
how each risk owner manages their 
risks has supported the creation of 
detailed ‘get to green’ action plans, 
where some risks sit outside of 
appetite. We have applied the risk 
appetite framework throughout 2019.

See principal risks and uncertainties  
on pages 34-39

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Principal risks and uncertainties

Our risk management processes are 
dynamic. We will continue to assess and 
prioritise the risks related to the Growth 
Acceleration Programme and their impact on 
the principal risks detailed below. These risks 
are the result of the robust top-down and 
bottom-up risk assessment process 
previously described. These risks include 
those that would threaten the Group’s 
business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity.

Emerging risks and opportunities:
Our risk management process includes 
consideration of risks and opportunities that 
may impact Rotork in the future. In 2019, 
our emerging risk analysis focused on the 
impact of climate related events on our 
business operations, and the risks and 
opportunities associated with technological 
breakthroughs and disruptors in areas such 
as manufacturing and product innovation. 
We continue to reflect on the complex 
global challenges in relation to climate 
change, whilst recognising that there are 
various opportunities for Rotork to support 
our customers to reduce emissions and 
waste and increase efficiencies. Emerging 
risks are identified throughout the year, 
investigated in detail at our divisional and 
functional risk workshops, and with the 
Rotork Management Board and Plc Board 
twice a year. We believe our ability to 
identify those risks and opportunities that 
may pose a future impact to Rotork and our 
stakeholders as being fundamental to our 
successful risk management process. 

Focus for 2020:
In 2020 we intend to review our Key Risk 
Indicators to leverage the improvements 
made in our technology as part of the 
Growth Acceleration Programme and 
underlying data. We will perform a review of 
our emerging risks and opportunities in 
2020, including analysis into the risks and 
opportunities in relation to climate change 
with a view to understanding how those 
risks may impact Rotork, our people, our 
customers and our suppliers in the future. 
The risks associated with the COVID-19 virus 
will be monitored throughout 2020, focused 
on our people, customers and supply chain. 
As our business aligns to our customer base, 
the Rotork Management Board will review 
the risks associated with the Growth 
Acceleration Programme.

t

n

e m e

g

a

n

a

Cha n g e  m

9

I
T
s
e
c
u
r
i
t
y

,

c
o
n
t
i

n
u

i

t

y

a

n

d

s

y

s

t

e

m

i

m

p

l

e

m

e

n

t

a

ti

o

n

Economic & m

ark

e

t c

o

n

d
i
t
i

o

n

s

10

4

2

3

1

y
t
i
l
i

b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e

o

cial r
orate s
Corp

5

6

7

8

Product quality & re l i a b i

i t y

l

Principal risks

Likelihood

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Decline in market sector confidence

Increased competition

Geopolitical instability

Failure of an acquisition to deliver value

Health, Safety & Environment

Compliance with laws and regulations

High

Medium

Low

Major in-field product failure

Potential impact

Failure of a key supplier

Critical IT system failure and cyber security

High

Medium

Low

10

Growth Acceleration Programme

34

 
 
 
 
 
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Risk  
trend

Increasing

No change 

Decreasing

Link to 
strategy

1

2

3

Accelerated growth

Strong margins

Sustainability

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Principal risk

1

2

Economic and market conditions
Decline in market 
confidence

Economic and market conditions
Increased 
competition

Description

Key mitigating 
actions

Risk appetite 
statement

Link to 
strategy

A decline in government and private sector 
confidence and spending will lead to 
cancellations of expected projects or delays to 
existing expenditure commitments. This lower 
investment in Rotork’s traditional market 
sectors would result in a smaller addressable 
market, which in turn could lead to a 
reduction in revenue from that sector.

Increased competition on price or product 
offering leading to a loss of sales globally or 
market share.

•  Product development and innovation to 

•  R&D investment and organic product 

address new markets and new applications 
in existing markets.

•  Geographic and end market diversification 
provides resilience to a reduction in any 
one area but may not fully mitigate a 
change in the larger end markets.

•  Small to mid-sized orders are generally less 

likely to come under pressure during 
uncertain economic times. We estimate 
that 75% of Rotork orders by value are 
small to mid-sized, i.e. less than £100k. 

•  Increased focus on service offerings, to 

capitalise on increased demand for product 
maintenance.

We will in the long term move to increase the 
addressable markets which we serve.

development, or acquisition of companies 
with new products, to maintain 
differentiation from the competition both 
in terms of the features and quality of our 
products and the services we provide.

•  Global Strategic Sourcing team secure 

lower prices for components.

•  Rotork has production or sales and service 
operations in many low cost countries.

We will invest in R&D in order to retain a 
differentiated product portfolio and will 
support this by providing a leading service 
element to our offering. We will invest in new 
products and technologies where there is 
evidence of market opportunity.

Turn over to continue 
reading about our 
principal risks

1 2 3

1 2 3

Values Day!
Rotork colleagues in Rochester, 
US, celebrating the launch of 
Rotork’s new Values.

35

 
Risk  
trend

Increasing

No change 

Decreasing

Link to 
strategy

1

2

3

Accelerated growth

Strong margins

Sustainability

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal risk

3

4

Description

Key mitigating 
actions

Economic and market conditions
Geopolitical 
instability

Economic and market conditions
Failure of an 
acquisition to  
deliver value 

Increasing social and political instability, 
including Brexit, results in disruption and 
increased protectionism in key geographic 
markets. Business disruption would impact 
our sales and might ultimately lead to loss of 
assets located in the affected region.

Failure of an acquisition to deliver the growth 
or synergies anticipated, either due to 
unforeseen changes in market conditions or 
failure to integrate an acquisition effectively. 
Significant financial underperformance could 
lead to an impairment write down of the 
associated intangible assets.

•  Regular review of global markets 

•  Forecast market conditions are considered 

during the due diligence process. 

•  Due diligence processes provide 

information to assist management and 
minimise likelihood of unknown surprises. 

•  During the due diligence process a 100 
day plan is prepared to manage the 
important initial stages of integration. 

•  Careful consideration and negotiation of 
acquisitions by senior management to 
ensure the purchase price represents value 
for money.

•  Effective integration and communication 
of Rotork’s policies and procedures. 

considering social and political risks and 
contingency plans. Market exit strategies 
developed and implemented as required. 

•  Key Risk Indicator monitoring the 

percentage of revenue from high risk 
markets reported quarterly to the Board. 

•  The geographic spread of Rotork’s 

operations and customers limits the 
impact of any one market on the results of 
the Group as a whole. 

•  Group Treasury policy sets cash limits for 

overseas businesses, restricting our 
exposure to any one market. The Treasury 
Committee assesses compliance with 
these limits on a monthly basis. 

•  A Brexit Committee was set up and 

external support was sought to consider 
and put in place the necessary response to 
the risks associated with Brexit.

Risk appetite 
statement

We will continue to operate a geographically 
diverse business and actively pursue 
opportunities and efficiency of our global 
supply chain.

We will pursue acquisition opportunities that 
are in line with our growth agenda and 
review each on its individual merits and 
expected benefits.

Link to 
strategy

1 2 3

1 2 3

Turn over to continue 
reading about our 
principal risks

More on page 46

36

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Risk  
trend

Increasing

No change 

Decreasing

Link to 
strategy

1

2

3

Accelerated growth

Strong margins

Sustainability

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Principal risk

5

6

Corporate social responsibility
Health, Safety and 
the Environment

Corporate social responsibility
Compliance with 
laws and regulations

Description

The nature of Rotork’s core business and 
geographical locations involves potential risks 
to the health and safety of our employees or 
other stakeholders. 

Failure of our staff or third parties who we 
do business with to comply with law or 
regulation or to uphold our high ethical 
standards and Values.

Key mitigating 
actions

A failure of our products or internal 
processes could have an impact on the 
environment. 

•  Compliance with relevant legislation and 

•  New code of conduct launched to all staff 

codes of best practice. 

supporting the Rotork Values.

•  Robust health and safety policy and 

training included in all staff inductions, in 
addition to regular refresher training. 

•  A ‘no tolerance’ culture, supported by a 
tone from the top, reinforcing our high 
ethical standards and Values. 

•  Regular health and safety audits, site 

•  Anti-bribery and corruption training is 

checks and reporting. 

provided to all relevant staff. 

•  Appropriate training is provided for 

known safety risks. 

•  Completion of our Group wide review of 
arrangements with agents/distributors. 

•  Regular communications about accidents 
at work and visible key risk indicators. 

•  Engagement of a third party to provide 

international support and travel advice in 
all markets and geographies. 

•  Due diligence procedures in place for 
agents and acquisition targets before 
engaging in business relationships.

•  Availability and promotion of the ‘Speak 

Up’ policy and hotline. 

•  Proactive culture of 'safety spots' 

•  We are committed to reduce our 

introduced to help reduce safety issues.

•  Monitoring of our energy usage and 

emissions of our sites and implementation 
of more energy efficient solutions.

Risk appetite 
statement

We are fully committed to ensuring the 
health and safety of all our employees and 
other stakeholders and we are committed to 
reducing any negative impact of our 
environmental footprint.

environmental impact and comply with all 
legal and regulatory requirements. 

•  Monitoring of changes in legislation, 
including sanctions, with appropriate 
safeguards put in place.

•  We continue to specifically assess the 
modern slavery risks arising in our 
business and identify appropriate steps to 
address any risks identified.

We have zero tolerance for non-compliance 
with relevant laws and regulations in the 
markets in which we operate.

Link to 
strategy

1 2 3

1 2 3

Turn over to continue 
reading about our 
principal risks

37

 
Risk  
trend

Increasing

No change 

Decreasing

Link to 
strategy

1

2

3

Accelerated growth

Strong margins

Sustainability

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal risk

7

8

Product Quality and reliability
Major in-field 
product failure

Product Quality and reliability
Failure of a key 
supplier

Description

Major in-field failure of a new or existing 
Rotork product potentially leading to a 
product recall, major on-site warranty 
programme or the loss of an existing or 
potential customer.

Failure of a key supplier or tooling failure at a 
supplier causing disruption to manufacturing 
at a Rotork factory.

Key mitigating 
actions

•  Extensive product design review process 
pre-launch, using Rotork’s extensive 
product launch experience. 

•  Dual sourcing for key components 

wherever possible provides mitigation for 
key suppliers or a tooling failure. 

•  Fitting and commissioning products 

wherever possible by Rotork engineers to 
ensure correct operation when first used.

•  A Key Risk Indicator measures single 
sourced critical components and is 
reported quarterly to the Board. 

•  Comprehensive set of quality control 

procedures over suppliers. These include 
supplier visits, audits and a scorecard 
system to measure their performance. 

•  Global service coverage ensures that any 

product failure issues should be dealt with 
quickly and efficiently to minimise any 
reputational impact. 

•  Maintaining safety stock levels sufficient 
to protect against short term disruption. 

•  Regular monitoring and replacement of 

our tooling at all suppliers reduces the risk 
of a tooling failure. 

•  Identification of our critical suppliers and 

components, and improvements in supply 
chain due diligence and monitoring of 
supplier quality.

•  Strengthening of our risk monitoring 

processes, including the ways we identify 
and respond to early warning signs of 
potential supplier failure.

Risk appetite 
statement

We will maintain robust quality control 
procedures over components purchased and 
over our finished products in all of our 
manufacturing locations.

We will use our purchasing power to 
optimise our vendor base, ensure value for 
money and reduce lead times whilst 
maintaining quality.

We will maintain robust quality control 
procedures over components purchased and 
over our finished products in all our 
manufacturing locations.

Link to 
strategy

1 2 3

1 2 3

Turn over to continue 
reading about our 
principal risks

38

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Risk  
trend

Increasing

No change 

Decreasing

Link to 
strategy

1

2

3

Accelerated growth

Strong margins

Sustainability

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Principal risk

9

10

Description

Key mitigating 
actions

IT Security, continuity  
and system implementation
Critical IT system 
failure and cyber 
security 

Failure to provide, maintain and update the 
systems and infrastructure required by the 
Rotork business. Failure to protect Rotork 
operations, sensitive or commercial data, 
technical specifications and financial 
information from cyber-crime.

Change Management
Growth Acceleration 
Programme

The Growth Acceleration Programme and 
other change projects lead to business 
disruption or have a negative effect on 
day-to-day operations.

•  Established security controls, policies and 

•  Growth Acceleration Programme 

workstreams are being managed by a 
dedicated project management office, with 
a mix of Rotork and specific project 
management experience. 

•  There is a defined benefits tracking process 
to monitor outcomes against the initial 
objectives of projects, including monitoring 
any impact on day-to-day operations. 

•  Metrics are in place to predict and monitor 
capacity concerns across all workstreams.

•  Regular governance forums are in place to 

deal with risks and issues in a timely 
manner.

procedures. Dedicated security team using 
monitoring and defence tools.

•  Third party cyber maturity assessments 

performed regularly.

•  Continuously raising cyber security 

awareness through regular training and 
simulated phishing attacks.

•  All new GAP IT services are designed with 

a ‘cloud first’ approach to improve 
security, resilience and availability.

•  All IT services are patched in accordance 

with vendor support contracts and 
external advice.

•  A disaster recovery solution (supported by 
third party service level agreements) is in 
place for all critical systems.

•  Increased security and authentication 
controls implemented for all IT users.

•  Key risk indicators and a cyber security 
report submitted on a quarterly basis to 
the Board.

Risk appetite 
statement

We will continue to review current external 
and internal cyber threats and respond to 
them to ensure that we have appropriate 
processes and controls in place.

We will ensure that management capacity is 
sufficient to implement our strategy and that 
business decisions do not negatively influence 
our day-to-day business.

Link to 
strategy

1 2 3

1 2 3

39

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Divisional reviews

Rotork 
Controls

World leading electric valve 
actuators and network 
control systems since 1957.

Rotork Controls delivered a 320 
basis point adjusted operating 
margin improvement and returned 
to growth in the second half.

Order intake grew 6.0% to £370m (up 4.7% on 
an OCC basis). Revenue was 0.4% higher at 
£353m (down 0.9% OCC), including an 
encouraging resumption of growth in the 
second half. Adjusted operating profit was 
£113m, an 11.6% increase, giving an adjusted 
operating profit margin of 32.0%, 320 basis 
points higher. The margin improvement was the 
result of early benefits from the Growth 
Acceleration Programme (including procurement 
and productivity savings) and mix (a lower 
proportion of sales from large projects).

Revenues from end markets other than oil & gas 
grew in the year, driven by water & wastewater 
and industrial processes. Revenues from non oil & 
gas markets increased from 50% of the divisional 
total to 51%, with industrial processes increasing 
to 17%. Water & waste-water sales grew 8%, 
whilst industrial processes grew 4%. Oil & gas 
revenues declined modestly, principally due to the 
high basis of comparison. The previous year 
included several large Asia Pacific downstream 
projects which were not repeated. Power sales 
also fell. Site Services performed well.

Geographically, Controls saw good growth in 
the Americas, driven by the oil & gas and water 
& wastewater sectors, and the UK. Asia Pacific 
revenues were flat, with growth in industrial 
processes and water & wastewater offsetting 
declines in oil & gas and power. In Western 
Europe, industrial process sales grew, offsetting 
declines in power, to leave overall sales broadly 
unchanged. Middle East/Africa sales were down 
reflecting softer water and wastewater markets. 

Overall Controls made very encouraging 
progress in 2019. Year-on-year order and 
revenue growth resumed in the second half. 
Success in our non oil & gas end markets meant 
that overall divisional revenue was modestly 
ahead, despite the strong prior year period in oil 
& gas and the loss of sales to countries 
subsequently placed under sanction. Operating 
margins rose from 28.8% to 32.0%, boosted by 
our supply chain optimisation, our lean / 
continuous improvement initiatives and mix. We 
saw early benefits from our new product 
development programmes, with several well 
received product launches which broadened our 
markets served. We have further significant 
product launches planned for 2020.

40

£353m

Revenue

32.0%

Adjusted operating 
profit margin, up 320 
basis points

1.05

Book-to-bill ratio

New actuator range launched
New product launches in 2019 included the 
CK Atronik modular electric actuator and 
the Rotork Master Station control system. 

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rotork 
Fluid  
Systems

Pneumatic, hydraulic and 
electro-hydraulic actuators 
and control systems.

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

£138m

Revenue

6.0%

Adjusted operating 
profit margin, down  
370 basis points

1.02

Book-to-bill ratio

All the major geographic areas reported a 
revenue decline. Asia Pacific sales were only 
modestly lower, benefiting from increased 
industrial process activity. The Americas and 
Middle East saw more pronounced revenue falls, 
largely the result of reduced large project activity 
in the oil & gas end market. 

The division made good progress implementing 
its Growth Acceleration Programme initiatives in 
2019. These included the introduction of more 
flexible working practices, design for 
manufacture initiatives, localisation of 
manufacturing and important footprint 
rationalisation. It was a more difficult year 
revenue-wise, due to the loss of sales to 
countries subsequently placed under sanction, 
the disposal of the Hiller business and reduced 
large project activity year-on-year. 

Rotork Fluid Systems made good 
progress implementing the 
initiatives identified for it in the 
Growth Acceleration Programme.

Order intake declined 8.8% to £141m (down 
9.7% on an OCC basis). Revenue was 17.1% 
lower at £138m (down 16.8% OCC), Adjusted 
operating profit was £8m, giving an adjusted 
operating profit margin of 6.0%. Initiatives to 
control costs successfully helped to limit the 
impact of lower sales on operating profits.

Industrial process sales increased to 24% from 
20% of the divisional total, growing modestly in 
the year. Midstream oil & gas revenues also 
grew, benefiting from an increase in activity in 
Eastern Europe. Overall however, oil & gas 
revenues fell 19% year-on-year, the result of a 
reduction in project activity in both the 
upstream and downstream segments and a 
weaker opening order book. The oil & gas end 
market represented 67% of divisional total in 
2019 (slightly below 2018’s 68%).

Local manufacturing roll out
Fluid Systems commenced the manufacturing 
of products destined for local markets in India 
and China during the year.

41

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Divisional reviews continued

Rotork 
Gears

Specialist designer, manufacturer and 
supplier of gearboxes and accessories 
to the international valve industry. 

£83m

Revenue

18.0%

Adjusted operating 
margin, up 10 basis 
points

progress in Asia Pacific’s non oil & gas end 
markets was insufficient to offset significantly 
lower sales to the oil & gas sector leaving the 
region’s sales overall slightly down.

It was another busy year for Rotork Gears. The 
highlight of the period was the launch of the IW 
Mk 2 range of gearboxes. This important 
product family complements Controls’ IQ3 
electric actuator, improving its mechanical 
performance, and replaces various low volume 
gears products which have been discontinued. 
Our mixed-model lean roll-out continues and 
benefits from this have already facilitated the 
consolidation of sites in the US. The impact of 
higher tariffs on our exports from China to the 
US masked notable improvements elsewhere, 
such as in our revenue per employee and our 
inventory reduction.

Rotork Gears made progress on its 
Growth Acceleration Programme 
initiatives in 2019 and commenced 
an important new product launch.

Order intake was 3.3% lower at £84m (down 
3.0% on an OCC basis). Revenue fell 3.0% to 
£83m (down 2.6% OCC), in part due to 
initiatives to rationalise our product offering. 
Adjusted operating profit was £15m, a 2.3% 
decrease, giving an adjusted operating profit 
margin of 18.0%, 10 basis points higher. Margin 
improvement came despite the adverse impact 
of tariffs and lower volumes.

Revenues from end markets other than oil & gas 
grew in the year, driven by industrial processes 
and to a lesser extent water & wastewater. In 
total revenues from non oil & gas markets 
increased from 46% of divisional total to 48%, 
with water & waste-water increasing to 21%. 
Industrial processes sales grew 3% in value 
terms. Oil & gas revenues declined, as 2018’s 
large downstream projects were not repeated. 

Geographically, Gears saw good growth in 
Europe, driven by industrial processes. Whilst 
Gears’ Americas sales were overall modestly 
lower, sales to the important downstream 
market were ahead year-on-year. Encouraging 

42

GAP initiatives continue
Rotork Gears continued implementing its 
Growth Acceleration Programme initiatives, 
including mixed-model lean roll-out and 
product offering rationalisation.

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rotork 
Instruments

Specialist manufacturer of 
products for flow and pressure 
control and measurement.

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

£109m

Revenue

24.2%

Adjusted operating 
margin, up 170 basis 
points

Rotork Instruments delivered a  
170 basis point operating margin 
improvement driven by productivity 
gains across all major factories.

Order intake rose 5.6% to £112m (up 5.2% on 
an OCC basis). Revenue was 1.3% higher at 
£109m (up 0.9% OCC). Adjusted operating 
profit was £26m, a 9% increase, giving an 
adjusted operating profit margin of 24.2%. 

Instruments’ non oil & gas markets grew 
strongly in 2019, driven by the industrial process 
segment, which reported good progress 
particularly in the Americas and Europe. Non oil 
& gas markets represented 61% of sales, up 
from 55% in 2018. Oil & gas sales were down 
modestly, however the important upstream 
segment saw activity pick up later in the year. 

All the major geographies achieved a revenue 
increase in 2019, despite all seeing the oil & gas 
segment decline. Asia Pacific saw the fastest 
growth. Europe grew faster than the Americas, 
where good growth in non oil & gas end 
markets was offset by lower oil & gas sales. UK 
sales declined.

The Instruments division reported a good 
performance in 2019. Order intake grew 
year-on-year, driven by a pickup in subsea 
activity, progress in our targeted end markets 
and geographies, and the wider Rotork sales 
team promoting the division’s products more 
effectively. The strong margin improvement was 
the result of Growth Acceleration Programme 
initiatives such as lean / continuous improvement 
which facilitated footprint optimisation in the 
UK and productivity gains across all major 
factories. The division made good progress with 
its inventory reduction initiatives.

Factory productivity gains
The 170 basis point adjusted profit margin 
improvement in 2019 reflected the success of 
our Growth Acceleration Programme 
initiatives. 

43

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

In 2019 we achieved a 160 basis point 
improvement in adjusted operating 
margin and cash conversion of 131% 
driven by delivery of the Growth 
Acceleration Programme.

Financial
review

44

£669m

 Revenue

£124m

Profit before tax

Total order intake for the year was £691.9m  
(2018: £681.7m), up 1.5% from the prior year or 
0.7% on an Organic Constant Currency (OCC) basis. 
Order intake in the second half was ahead of the 
prior period and stronger than the first half which 
was against a particularly strong prior year 
comparator. Revenue was £669.3m, 3.8% lower 
than the prior year (-4.4% OCC) as a result of 
reduced large project activity order phasing, 
portfolio and product rationalization, however a 
book to bill ratio of 1.03 resulted in a closing order 
book of £194.7m (2018: £179.2m).

Gross margin increased 180 basis points to 46.6% 
driven by procurement savings, productivity 
improvements and a positive divisional mix. The 
procurement and divisional mix benefit was largely 
reflected in the 210 basis point decrease in material 
costs as a percentage of revenue. The roll-out of lean 
initiatives across the Group resulted in a 20 basis 
point reduction in labour costs. However factory 
costs increased by 50 basis points due to lower 
revenue. 

Adjusted operating profit was £151.0m, an increase 
of 3.4% over the prior year, with the adjusted 
operating margin increasing 160 basis points to 
22.6% (2018: 21.0%). On an OCC basis, adjusted 
operating profit increased 140 basis points to 22.5%, 
the difference to the reported numbers reflecting 
the disposal of lower margin businesses in 2018. In 
addition to the improvements in gross margin, 
overheads were tightly controlled and reduced by 
£4.8m (-2.9%) on an OCC basis despite the general 
inflationary pressure on people costs. 

Net finance costs increased by £0.8m to £3.0m as a 
result of an increased lease expense following the 
adoption of IFRS 16 (£0.4m) and a less favourable 
impact of exchange gains / losses (£0.5m), offset by 
a lower pension interest charge and lower bank 
interest on loans.

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

which exceeds the cumulative £11.0m restructuring costs. The cumulative 
cash benefits, once we include the impact of working capital savings, are 
now £39.3m compared with the investment to date in IT and facilities of 
£8.0m.

Adjusted items
Adjusted profit measures are presented alongside statutory results as the 
Directors believe they provide a useful comparison of business trends and 
performance from one period to the next.

The statutory profit measures are adjusted to exclude amortisation of 
acquired intangibles and other items, comprising the net restructuring costs 
resulting from the Growth Acceleration Programme.

Adjusted earnings reconciliation

£m

Operating profit
Profit before tax
Tax

Profit after tax

Statutory
results

127.0
124.1
(30.0)

94.1

Amortisation

Restructuring
costs

Adjusted
results

18.8
18.8
(4.1)

14.7

5.2
5.2
(0.8)

4.4

151.0
148.1
(34.9)

113.2

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

The table above adjusts the statutory results for the significant non-cash and 
other adjustments to give adjusted results. Note 2 sets out the alternative 
performance measures used by the Group and how these reconcile to the 
statutory results. Further details of the restructuring costs are provided in 
note 4.

The effect of lower corporate tax rates in regions we operate 
resulted in the adjusted effective tax rate reducing to 23.5% 
resulting in adjusted earnings per share of 13.0p, an increase of 
3.2%. Statutory earnings per share were 10.8p, an increase of 
2.9%. The statutory increase was lower than the adjusted 
percentage increase due to the higher net impact of adjusted 
items in 2019, which are set out below.

Growth Acceleration Programme
Activities across the various pillars of the Growth Acceleration 
Programme continued in 2019 and delivered benefits in a 
number of areas. The Global Strategic Sourcing team built on the 
work started in 2018 and delivered £5.8m of incremental gross 
savings in addition to the £1.7m delivered in 2018. The largest 
savings came from component suppliers but savings were also 
derived from indirect cost categories.

The continuous improvement and lean initiatives that have taken 
place across key sites delivered productivity improvements 
totalling £1.5m during the year. The initiatives are now an 
ongoing activity and the training is being rolled out to additional 
sites. Cost savings were generated from reviews of the structure 
of certain locations and with headcount reduction resulting in 
£1.0m of savings in 2019. There was a restructuring cost 
associated with this saving of £1.4m (2018: £2.1m) which has 
been included in our adjustments in calculating adjusted 
operating profits (see note 4). 

Work on optimising the operational footprint moved to more 
complex activities which included the relocation of some 
businesses. Mid-year we consolidated two businesses from their 
small stand-alone locations into other Rotork facilities. The 
associated cost of £4.4m included redundancy costs and asset 
write-downs but the benefit of these actions, together with the 
incremental benefit from the 2018 footprint actions, delivered a 
£1.9m saving. 

In total the Group generated savings of £10.2m with associated 
exceptional costs of £5.2m. This together with the savings 
achieved in 2018 mean total impact on the income statement of 
the Growth Acceleration Programme to date has been £13.0m, 

Organic business growth
We also present Organic Constant Currency (OCC) figures to exclude the impacts of currency, acquisitions, business closures and disposals.

£m

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Overheads

Adjusted operating profit1

2019 as
reported

669.3
(357.7)

311.6
46.6%
24.0% (160.6)

22.6%

151.0

Constant
currency
adjustment

(6.9)
(4.0)

(2.9)
1.1

(1.8)

2019 at 2018
exchange
rates

662.4
(353.7)

308.7
(159.5)

46.6%
24.1%

149.2

   22.5%

46.6%
24.1%

22.5%

Organic
business at
2018
exchange
rates

662.4
(353.7)

308.7
(159.5)

149.2

20182

692.6
(382.3)

310.3
(164.3)

146.0

44.8%
23.7%

21.1%

1  Adjusted is before the amortisation of acquired intangible assets and other items (see note 4). 
2  As a result of business disposals and closures the 2018 comparatives have been restated to enable the OCC business growth to be calculated. This reconciliation is shown in 

note 2. 

45

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Financial review continued

Acquisitions and disposals
On 31 December 2019, Rotork sold its industrial distribution business in 
Pittsburgh for net proceeds of £4.2m. This business had been part of 
the same business as the nuclear actuator business before it was sold 
in 2018. The business contributed £8.2m of revenue in 2019 and profit 
of £0.9m, generating a profit on disposal of £2.5m and marking 
Rotork’s fourth disposal as part of the Growth Acceleration 
Programme.

With the Group’s most recent acquisition being in 2016, the 
amortisation charge in 2019 related to acquired intangible assets 
reduced £1.4m to £18.8m.

Currency
In 2019 we experienced an overall currency tailwind. The major 
currencies impacting the income statement are the US$ and the euro. 
The US$/£ average rate of $1.28 (2018: $1.34) was a 6 cent tailwind 
whilst the euro/£ average rate was €1.14 (2018: €1.13), a 1 cent 
headwind. With the average sterling rate across the basket of 
currencies being weaker than 2018 this has resulted in a £7m or 1.0% 
tailwind reported in revenue.

The impact of currency on the Group is both translational and 
transactional. Given the locations in which we have operations and the 
international nature of our supply base and sales currencies, the impact 
of transaction differences can be very different from the translation 
impact. We are able partially to mitigate the transaction impact 
through matching supply currency with sales currency, but ultimately 
we are still net sellers of both US dollars and euros. It is the net sale of 
these currencies which we principally address through our hedging 
policy, covering up to 75% of trading transactions in the next  
12 months and up to 50% between 12 and 24 months.

In order to estimate the impact of currency, at the current exchange 
rates we consider the effect of a 1 cent movement versus sterling.  
A 1 euro cent movement now results in approximately a £300,000 
(2018: £400,000) adjustment to profit and for US dollar, and dollar 
related currencies, a 1 cent movement equates to approximately a 
£700,000 (2018: £600,000) adjustment.

Return on capital employed (ROCE)
Our capital-efficient business model and strong profit margins mean 
Rotork generates a high ROCE. Our definition of ROCE is based on 
adjusted operating profit as a return on the average net assets 
excluding net cash and the pension scheme liability, net of the related 
deferred tax. The average capital employed decreased 5.1% over the 
year to £474.7m as there were no acquisitions during 2019 and we 
increased our net cash position. This, combined with the higher 
adjusted operating profit, resulted in an increase in ROCE to 31.8% 
(2018: 29.2%).

Taxation
The Group’s headline effective tax rate increased slightly from 24.0% 
to 24.1%. Removing the impact of the non-recurring adjustments 
provides a more reliable measure and on this basis, the adjusted 
effective tax rate is 23.5% (2018: 23.7%), reflecting the lower 
corporate tax rates in regions we operate. The Group expects its 
adjusted effective tax rate to continue to fall in line with the current 
trend in corporate tax rates where Rotork operates. This will still be 
higher than the standard UK rate due to higher rates of tax in China, 
the US, South Korea, Germany, India, Canada and Australia.

46

The Group’s approach to tax continues to be to operate on the basis of 
full disclosure and co-operation with all tax authorities and, where 
possible, to mitigate the burden of tax within the local legislation.

Cash generation
Our strong cash generation resulted in a net cash position of £106.1m 
at the end of the year (2018: £43.6m excluding lease liabilities). Our 
cash conversion KPI shows a conversion of 131.4% of adjusted 
operating profit into cash which exceeds the 110.7% reported in 2018. 
This allowed us to repay a £60m term loan during the year. The Group 
invested £17.3m in capital expenditure in 2019, an increase of £6.9m, 
as we continue to invest in our IT infrastructure as part of the Growth 
Acceleration Programme. Our Research and Development (R&D) cash 
spend has decreased 14.8% to £13.2m which represents 2.0% of 
revenue (2018: £15.5m and 2.2%). The most significant spend was 
associated with the development of Pakscan 4 but the focus in 2019 
was largely on reorganising the R&D team before accelerating spend 
on new developments. Dividends of £52.3m and tax payments of 
£32.8m were the two other major outflows.

Control of working capital as defined in the cash flow statement, using 
average exchange rates and excluding disposals, is key to achieving our 
cash generation KPI. The drive to reduce inventory generated £18.2m 
whilst a reduction in trade receivables generated a further £7.2m. 
Trade receivables measured as days’ sales outstanding reduced from  
62 to 57 days. Net working capital in the balance sheet decreased to 
24.2% of revenue compared with 27.7% in December 2018 and 
generated a £23.2m inflow in the cash flow statement.

IFRS 16 Leases
The new accounting standard was applicable from 1 January 2019 and 
the Group elected to apply the new standard without restating the 
prior period. Had the 31 December 2018 net debt reflected leases 
previously treated as operating leases the net cash position would have 
been £12.3m lower at £32.3m. At 31 December 2019 the reported net 
cash, £106.1m is stated after deducting lease liabilities of £10.7m.

Brexit, geopolitical risk and COVID-19
The UK’s decision to leave the EU has led to a higher level of 
uncertainty surrounding trading conditions, particularly between the 
UK and the EU. Rotork established a Brexit steering group following 
the referendum which assesses and monitors the potential impact on 
the Group and manages the implementation of mitigation plans. To 
date, the following Brexit risks have been identified as having an actual 
and/or potential impact on our business:
•  Economic conditions: Increased uncertainty including the specific 

impacts on growth, inflation, interest and currency rates. 

•  Laws and regulations: Potential changes to UK and EU-based law 
and regulation including product approvals, patents and import/
export tariffs. 

•  Short term supply chain disruption: Potential changes in customer 
buying patterns, delays in Customs for products shipped to and 
from the EU and the rest of the world and border clearances and 
uncertainty over UK and EU product approvals. 

The committee continues to monitor these potential risks and has 
developed a number of Brexit-related contingency plans, including 
building long lead-time inventories to mitigate potential supply chain 
interruptions in the event of increased border controls, or delays in 
obtaining clearance to and from the UK. Whilst these may not be 
required, the committee will remain vigilant until we have concluded 
the key trade negotiations.

Rotork Annual Report 2019

With a strong direct presence in the EU, the Board believes that Rotork 
is well placed to respond to changes to future trading arrangements 
between the EU and the UK. Inventory holdings of certain components 
and finished goods were increased above standard levels in the UK to 
mitigate the risk of delays in Customs and border clearances and this 
could be reactivated towards the end of the year if required.

The Group has also considered the potential cost impact of World Trade 
Organisation tariffs coming into force for exports from the UK and 
imports into the UK. The resultant cost of these potential tariffs is not 
expected to be material to the Group’s results given the global and 
diversified nature of the Group.

We continue to monitor the trade position between China and the US 
and have considered the potential impact of additional trade tariffs 
between these countries. Entering 2020 we have taken steps to 
mitigate the current levels of tariffs but continue to believe they will not 
materially impact the Group’s results.

The risks associated with the COVID-19 virus are being monitored, 
focused on our people, customers and supply chain. 

We have included scenarios in the viability assessment which models 
the impact of all of these current uncertainties. The viability statement 
can be found on page 51.

Credit management
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to trade receivables, with 
the risk spread over a large number of countries and customers, and no 
significant concentration of risk. Creditworthiness checks are 
undertaken before entering into contracts or commencing trade with 
new customers and in companies where insurance cover operates, the 
authorisation process works in conjunction with the insurer, taking 
advantage of their market intelligence. We maintained coverage of the 
credit insurance policy during the year and have cover in place for 
virtually all of our companies at an aggregate of 90% of receivables. 
Where appropriate, we use trade finance instruments such as letters of 
credit to mitigate any identified risk.

Treasury
The Group operates a centralised treasury function managed by a 
Treasury Committee chaired by the Finance Director and also comprising 
the Group Financial Controller and Group Treasurer. The Committee 
meets regularly to consider foreign currency exposure, control over 
deposits, funding requirements and cash management. The Group 
Treasurer monitors compliance with the treasury policies and is 
responsible for overseeing all the Group’s banking relationships.  
A Subsidiary Treasury Policy restricts the actions subsidiaries can take 
and the Group Treasury Policy and Terms of Reference define the 
responsibilities of the Group Treasurer and Treasury Committee.

The Group uses financial instruments where appropriate to hedge 
significant currency transactions, principally forward exchange contracts 
and swaps. These financial instruments are used to reduce volatility 
which might affect the Group’s cash or income statement. In assessing 
the level of cash flows to hedge with forward exchange contracts, the 
maximum cover taken is 75% of forecast flows. The Board receives 
treasury reports which summarise the Group’s foreign currency hedging 
position, distribution of cash balances and any significant changes to 
banking relationships.

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Following repayment of a £60m facility in 2019, the Group now has one 
committed facility, comprising a five-year, £60m facility expiring in 
August 2020. At year end none of the committed facilities were drawn, 
resulting in £60m being available.

Retirement benefits
The Group accounts for post-retirement benefits in accordance with  
IAS 19, Employee Benefits. The balance sheet reflects the net deficit  
of these schemes at 31 December 2019 based on the market value of 
the assets at that date, and the valuation of liabilities using year end  
AA corporate bond yields. We closed both the main defined benefit 
pension schemes to new entrants; the UK scheme in 2003 and the US 
scheme in 2009 in order to reduce the risk of volatility of the Group’s 
liabilities. In 2018 we further reduced the risk of volatility when we 
completed the closure to future accrual of both the UK and US 
schemes. Members of the defined benefit schemes were transferred 
onto the relevant defined contribution plan operating in their country. 

The most recent triennial valuation of the UK scheme took place at 
31 March 2016 and showed an actuarial deficit of £32.5m and a 
funding level of 82%. The update to this actuarial valuation at 31 March 
2018 showed the deficit had grown to £41.5m and funding level 
decreased slightly to 81%. A continued reduction in gilt yields, which is 
the key driver behind the value of the scheme’s liabilities, was the main 
change since the 2016 valuation and this influence remains the same 
since March 2018. A recovery plan was agreed with the Trustees 
following the 2016 valuation, resulting in required annual contributions 
from the Company of £5.5m during 2016, 2017 and 2018. The next 
valuation of the UK scheme is being carried out with an effective date 
of 31 March 2019, although the Company and Trustees have yet to 
agree a recovery plan.

On an accounting basis the deficit on the schemes increased from 
£27.3m to £29.6m during 2019 and the funding level was maintained at 
87%. The Company paid total contributions of £6.6m in the year and 
the schemes’ assets increased slightly in value. This was offset, however, 
by the largest driver of the increased deficit which was the lower 
discount rate due to the fall in AA corporate bond rates.

The accounting deficit is different to the actuarial deficit as on an 
accounting basis we are required to use AA corporate bond rates to 
value the liabilities. The actuarial valuation uses gilt yields since this most 
closely matches the investment strategy which is designed in part to 
hedge the interest rate and inflation risks borne by the scheme. Cash 
contributions are driven by the actuarial valuation.

Dividends
The Board is proposing a 5.4% increase in the final dividend to 3.90p 
per share (2018: 3.70p). When taken together with the 2.3p interim 
dividend paid in September, the 6.2p represents a 5.1% increase in 
dividends over the prior year. This gives dividend cover of 1.7 times 
(2018: 1.8 times) using statutory earnings per share or when using 
adjusted earnings per share 2.1 times (2018: 2.1 times).

—
Jonathan Davis
Group Finance Director
2 March 2020

1  Days’ sales outstanding is calculated on a count back method. The sales value 

including local sales taxes is deducted from the year end trade receivables to 
calculate the number of days sales outstanding. 

47

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Key performance 
indicators

Financial KPIs
Growth of the business, 
quality of earnings and 
efficient use of resources 
are crucial target areas for 
Rotork and we employ a 
number of performance 
measures to monitor them. 

Performance

-3.8%

Revenue  
growth

22.6%

Adjusted operating 
margin

2019

2018

2017

2016

-3.8%

2019

8.3%

2018

8.8%

2017

8.0%

2016

22.6%

21.0%

20.3%

20.4%

Revenue is a key driver for the 
business and is reported in detail  
for each division, end market and 
geography. The measure enables  
us to track our overall success and  
our progress in increasing our market 
share by product and by region.

Increase in revenue year-on-year 
divided by prior year sales revenue.

This measure brings together the 
combined effects of pricing, volume 
and procurement as well as the 
leveraging of our operating assets.  
It is also an important check on the 
quality of revenue growth.

Adjusted operating profit shown  
as a percentage of revenue. We use 
adjusted operating profit as this aids 
comparison year to year.

Group revenue declined by 3.8%, 
largely reflecting subdued large 
project activity which impacted 
Rotork Fluid Systems. Portfolio and 
product rationalisation and the halting 
of sales to countries subsequently 
placed under sanction also 
contributed to the decline. 

Margins increased by 160bps, 
despite revenues being down 
year-on-year and increased 
investment in IT and factories. 
Margins benefited from Growth 
Acceleration Programme savings 
(including procurement and 
productivity) and mix. 

Reasons  
for choice

How we 
calculate

Comments  
on results

1

2

3

Accelerated growth

Increased margins

Sustainability

Link to 
strategy

1 2 3

1 2 3

48

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Performance 131%

 Cash  
 conversion

31.8%

Return on capital  
employed

3.2%

Adjusted EPS  
growth

2019

2018

2017

2016

131.4%

2019

110.7%

2018

109.1%

2017

130.1%

2016

31.8%

2019

29.2%

2018

24.9%

2017

23.4%

2016

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

3.2%

18.9%

6.0%

-3.8%

Reasons  
for choice

How we 
calculate

Our cash conversion demonstrates our 
operational efficiency and enables us 
to fund future growth. We consider 
85% conversion as a base level of 
achievement. This measure is one of 
the constituent parts of the senior 
management reward system.

Cash flow from operating activities 
before tax outflows, restructuring 
payments and the pension charge to 
cash adjustment, as a percentage of 
adjusted operating profit.

We use this KPI to monitor the 
efficiency of our capital allocation.  
We also use this ratio internally, to 
help Group management monitor 
efficiency within Rotork’s divisions. 

Growth in EPS is a measure of our 
profit performance, taking into 
account all aspects of the income 
statement including the management 
of our capital structure, treasury and 
the Group’s tax rate.

Adjusted operating profit as a 
percentage of average capital 
employed. Capital employed is defined 
as shareholders’ funds less net cash 
held, with the pension fund deficit net 
of related deferred tax asset added 
back. See calculation on page 126.

Increase in adjusted basic EPS  
(based on adjusted profit after tax) 
year-on-year divided by the prior year 
adjusted basic EPS.

Comments  
on results

GAP initiatives such as the Rotork 
Inventory Optimiser contributed to  
a strong cash performance in 2019. 
The Group’s inventory turns increased 
from 2.8 to 2.9 over the period.

Return on capital employed increased 
by 260 basis points. The increase 
reflects a 3% increase in adjusted 
operating profit and a 5% reduction in 
average capital employed. 

Adjusted earnings per share grew 
in-line with operating profits. 

Link to 
strategy

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

49

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Key performance indicators continued

Non-financial KPIs
We monitor  
non-financial areas in our 
businesses, particularly in 
the environmental, health 
and safety and quality 
control areas, and we place 
strong emphasis within our 
organisation on improving 
our performance here.

Performance 0.25

Lost times injury rates
(LTIR)

15.3TnCO2e

Carbon emissions

2019

2018

2017

2016

0.25

2019

0.32

2018

0.24

2017

0.36

2016

15.3

17.0

19.2

25.0

Reasons  
for choice

LTIR is used as one measure of the 
effectiveness of our health and safety 
procedures. 

How we 
calculate

LTIR is the number of reportable 
injuries resulting in lost time divided 
by the number of hours worked 
multiplied by 100,000.

This KPI compares this year’s carbon 
emissions stated as a function of 
revenue with last year’s and is a 
broad measure of our impact on the 
environment.

Energy usage data (scope 1 and 2) is 
collected and converted to 
equivalent tonnes of CO2 and then 
reported as a function of revenue. 
Further details are contained in the 
Chief Executive’s Report on page 16.

Comments  
on results

Our proactive approach is aimed at 
continuously identifying weaknesses 
in our safety processes and removing 
or mitigating risks when they are 
identified.

Further consolidation of sites and 
upgrades in some of our facilities 
have resulted in the overall reduction 
of our Scope 1 and Scope 2 
emissions. 

1

2

3

Accelerated growth

Increased margins

Sustainability

Link to 
strategy

1 2 3

1 2 3

50

Rotork Annual Report 2019

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Financial sensitivity modelling was carried out to assess the impact of 
these risks on the Group’s three year plan. Assumptions were made 
concerning market activity levels, the impact of the scenarios on 
working capital cycles and the mitigating actions that could be taken 
to reduce the cash and financial impact of the stress-test scenarios. 
Given the current position of the Group and the likely effectiveness of 
mitigating actions, the Board has assessed the impact these would 
have on the business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity 
over the period and have a reasonable expectation that the Company 
will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over a three year period.

Viability statement

The directors have assessed the viability of the Group over a three year 
period taking account of the Group’s current position and the potential 
impact of the principal risks as documented above. A robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the business was conducted 
through the year with the review of the risk appetite framework and 
risk dashboards contributing to a fuller consideration of those risks 
which might impact the business model or future performance. Whilst 
the Board has no reason to believe the Group will not be viable over a 
longer period, three years is considered an appropriate period over 
which a reasonable expectation of the Group’s longer-term viability 
can be evaluated and is aligned with our planning horizon at both 
Group and divisional level. The Board has considered whether it is 
aware of any specific relevant factors beyond the three year horizon 
and confirmed that there are none. The Growth Acceleration 
Programme, which has progressed well during the year, is expected to 
reduce the Group’s cost base and improve the Group’s longer-term 
operational and financial performance and financial position.

In coming to this view, the Board has considered the inherent volatility 
in exchange rates and oil prices, the nature of the industry and the 
business cycles involved. The Group works closely with its customers 
on projects ranging from several weeks to several years, discussing 
operational plans and longer-term capital expenditure programmes.

In making this statement, the directors have considered each of the 
principal risks, individually and some in combination, and the potential 
impact they could have in severe but plausible scenarios. The scenarios 
contained significant one off financial shocks and significant profit 
erosion impacting the Group’s revenue. In particular, the scenarios 
cover different potential impacts associated with the COVID-19 virus, 
Brexit, the increasing political protectionism in respect of trade tariffs, 
failure of the Growth Acceleration Programme and lower investment in 
the oil and gas markets. The potential impact to Rotork from a no deal 
Brexit could be a loss of revenue due to logistic issues, supply chain 
disruption or permanent cost increases as a result of increased tariffs. 
These events occurring individually or at once have been considered in 
the modelling of the different scenarios.

51

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

How we operate responsibly  
for our stakeholders

Introducing 
our stakeholders

Our stakeholders include our 
shareholders, our people, our suppliers, 
our customers, our local communities 
and wider society. Our directors are 
committed to maintaining positive 
relationships with all of them.

Customers
We deliver innovative 
products and value-added 
services to meet our 
customers’ specific 
requirements.

Shareholders
Our shareholders benefit from 
the value we create. We are 
proud that well over half of our 
employees are Rotork 
shareholders.

Employees
We work to attract, retain, 
engage, develop and reward 
the best people in a safe 
working environment.

Governments & 
Communities
We contribute positively to the 
communities we operate in. Tax we 
pay supports public infrastructure 
and services.

Suppliers
Strong supplier relationships 
are key to our success and 
ability to develop new 
solutions for customers.

52

Rotork Annual Report 2019

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Section 172 Statement
In July 2018, the new Code reinforced the importance of section 172 of 
the Companies Act 2006 (the Act), which requires the Board to act in a 
way that promotes the success of the Company for the benefit of 
shareholders as a whole, whilst having regard (among other matters) to:
•  The likely consequences of any decision in the long term;
•  The interests of the Company’s employees;
•  The need to foster the Group’s business relationships with suppliers, 

customers and others;

•  The impact of the Group’s operations on the community and the 

environment;

•  The desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation for high 

standards of business conduct; and

•  The need to act fairly as between members of the Company.

The Board is aware of its responsibilities to promote the success of the 
Company in accordance with section 172 of the Act. The interests of 
our stakeholders have informed the Board’s decision making 
throughout 2019. Key decisions relating to the strategy and the 
implementation of the strategy in relation to all Group companies are 
taken by the Board and the Matters Reserved for the Board can be 
found on our website at https://www.rotork.com/en/investors/
corporate-governance. Those decisions which are delegated to the 

CEO and his management board are taken by the Rotork Management 
Board, which meets monthly and is responsible for implementing the 
strategy. Decisions made by our subsidiaries are aligned with the 
strategy set by the Board and the operational decisions made by the 
Rotork Management Board.

The Board regularly discusses how the business has engaged with 
stakeholders, the feedback received and the impact such engagement 
has resulted in changes to the Group’s existing policies, processes and 
procedures. In addition to the summary of stakeholder engagement 
below, pages 54 to 55 and page 72 of the Corporate Governance report 
sets out in more detail how the Company and its directors have engaged 
with and taken into consideration in their decision-making the interests 
of its employees in 2019 and pages 72 to 74 of the Corporate 
Governance report sets out our engagement with our wider 
stakeholders on the same basis. All of these stakeholders are material  
to the long term success of the business and relationships with our 
stakeholders support the generation and preservation of value in the 
Group, as well as our culture and Values of ‘Stronger Together; Always 
Innovating and Trusted Partner’. The Company assesses the impact of  
its operations on the environment through its Corporate Social 
Responsibility Committee. Further detail of how the Board has 
discharged its duties and its business practises in 2019 are included in 
the Corporate Governance section on page 60.

Non-financial information statement

Reporting requirement

Anti bribery  
and corruption

Business model

Environmental 
matters

Employees

Some of our relevant 
policies and standards

Where to find out more information

•  Code of Conduct 
•  Anti bribery and corruption 

policy

•  Culture, Values and commitment to our Values
•  Speak Up hotline
•  Principal risk – Compliance with laws  

•  Gifts and hospitality policy

and regulations

Page 
reference

103

•  Environmental policy
• 

ISO 14001

•  Code of Conduct 
•  Health and Safety policy
•  OHSAS 18001
•  SA 8000

•  Our business model

•  Environmental management
•  Energy performance
•  Greenhouse gas emissions
•  KPI – energy efficiency

•  Fair employment and diversity
•  Board diversity
•  Employee engagement
•  Health safety and wellbeing at work
•  KPI – accident incidence rate
•  Principal risks  – Compliance with laws and regulations 

– People

22-23

16

54-55

50

37

Non financial KPIs

•  Energy efficiency

Human rights

•  Code of Conduct 
•  Modern Slavery statement

•  Legal and regulatory compliance
•  Risk – Compliance with laws and regulations

Social matters

•  Community involvement

56-57

53

 
Talent attraction and 
development
Our objective is to align our culture, 
approach to performance, and reward 
mechanisms so they contribute towards 
delivering our strategy. 

Following the success of last year’s talent 
initiatives, 2019’s focus was on culture. 
Highlights included the launch of Rotork’s 
Purpose, new Values and behaviours and 
the publication of our Code of Conduct.

We are committed to the development of 
our people through training and 
development but also through social, 
sports, wellbeing and charitable activities. 
Rotork employees across the globe 
celebrated World Wellbeing Week in 
June, helping our staff to explore ways  
to keep their minds and bodies healthy.

We are passionate about our early careers 
programme, with apprenticeship schemes 
offered for young people into different 
aspects of our business. This year we 
extended this into HR and Marketing.  
We are members of the Manufacturers 
Standardization Society (MSS), which 
offers undergraduate and graduate 
scholarships in relevant disciplines.

In 2019 we launched Rotork’s first HR 
system, initially to our HR community. 
This subsequently launches to all staff in 
2020. This enables us to better manage 
our people data, providing us with 
management information to aid 
workforce planning and supporting our 
aim for more people activities to move 
from paper and manual to digital and 
automated, accessible also via mobiles. 

This year we have closed skills gaps in our 
strategic sourcing, legal, engineering and 
sales teams.

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Operating responsibly
Our people  
and culture

Our people 
and culture

Rotork aims to be a ‘great place to work’ with 
strong Values globally. Our people are key to  
our success and to delivering our vision and 
Growth Acceleration Programme.

We have built on our One Rotork programme, 
with staff globally getting involved to choose 
the Values that they felt best reflected Rotork. 
These are: Stronger Together, Always 
Innovating and Trusted Partner. 

We aim to link our workforce planning and 
our people policies and processes with our 
strategy, Values and behaviours and by doing 
so believe we can achieve our vision and make 
Rotork the best place for our staff to build 
their careers.

Each Value is underpinned by a set of 
behaviours which also link to objectives, 
performance and reward. We use these to 
guide how we work together and act as  
One Rotork globally. These are also aligned 
with our new Code of Conduct, introduced 
this year, which provides clear guidelines on 
how we do business.

We achieved 17th in the top 20 of Britain’s 
Most Admired Companies and ranked 3rd in 
our sector, an improvement on 2018.

54

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Rotork has not yet published its 2019 Gender Pay 
Report for our two reportable UK entities with 
more than 250 employees. In our 2018 Report 
we continued our progress towards our gender 
diversity aims. We also report on our total UK 
workforce as we believe that every employee 
should count, male or female, and will benefit 
from the actions we take.

Globally, women currently represent 21.8% of 
our people, a 2% increase on 2018 and a 9% 
increase from 2017. 

We published our figures to the Hampton-
Alexander Review.

2018

2019

Women on Boards

28.6% 37.5%

Executive Committee  
and Direct Reports

17.4% 23.1%

In the Industrial Engineering sector of the Review, 
Rotork placed 2nd out of 7. 

Whilst we have made progress in our Women on 
Boards, Executive Committee and Direct Reports 
in relation to gender again in 2019 we still have 
work to do. We embrace the challenge to create 
a more diverse workforce and track this through 
our talent and succession reviews and within 
Board meetings. We continue our membership of 
the 30% Club and support their aims. 

The percentage of females within our apprentice 
intake has increased from 5% in 2018 to 20% in 
2019. 

We have also applied focus to ethnic diversity at a 
senior level. For our Executive Committee, ethnic 
diversity is 22% and at their direct reports level 
this is 15%. We will continue to review our 
policies and processes to ensure they are inclusive 
for all. 

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rewarding and retaining our people
In 2019 we built on the introduction of our 
Global Performance Management Approach 
by linking this to reward, ensuing we are 
recognising those who make the greatest 
contribution to delivering our vision and living 
our Values and behaviours. We actively review 
decisions around performance, talent and 
compensation to ensure inter-gender fairness.

Our reward and benefits arrangements are 
benchmarked in each country we operate, 
taking into account cost considerations. All 
employees participate in the Rotork bonus 
scheme and over 50% own shares in the 
Company. We also provide pension 
arrangements, designed to provide retirement 
benefits, based on local laws and practices.

Employee engagement
We firmly believe that motivated and engaged 
people are vital to our business.

In 2019 we replaced our previous annual 
engagement survey with quarterly pulse 
surveys to gather more frequent feedback 
from our people. Each quarterly pulse survey 
has a specific theme. In each survey, 
employees rate Rotork on pace of change and 
as a place to work. 

To engage our people, we use team briefings, 
our intranet (Konnect), town halls as well as 
webinars and multi-language employee films 
on a range of topics. 

During 2019 we made changes to our 
operating model. Communication is key 
during periods of transition and we are 
committed to investing in this area. We 
provide change management training locally 
before embarking on strategic change 
programmes and use diagnostic tools to 
understand how the change is embedding. 

Diversity and inclusion
We are committed to creating a diverse 
workforce and an inclusive culture, where 
everyone is respected and can be themselves 
at work and thrive.

Our Respect at Work and Equal Opportunities 
policies ensure fair and objective treatment is 
promoted across recruitment and 
employment relating to age, race, nationality, 
ethnic origin, disability, gender, sexual 
orientation, religious belief or marital status. 
All employees have a responsibility to ensure 
the policy is successfully implemented. We 
work wherever possible with occupational 
health experts to overcome any obstacles for 
employees including those with disabilities by 
making appropriate adjustments. Our Board 
of Directors published a new Board Diversity 
& Inclusion Policy in 2019. 

55

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Operating responsibly continued
Engaging with our communities

Engaging 
with our
communities

Rotork considers it important to contribute to 
and engage positively in the communities in 
which we operate around the world. We regard 
this as part of our ongoing responsibilities as a 
good corporate citizen. Our Values and 
behaviours link to this and include how we 
make a positive and beneficial impact in the 
communities in which we operate.

Overview
Our target is to contribute 0.1% of profits 
to nominated international charities and a 
further 0.1% of profits to local charitable 
causes around the world. Local charity 
committees at each of our sites support 
charitable causes that are important to 
them locally with volunteer work, 

fundraising and donations. Local teams 
are empowered and encouraged to 
decide how to distribute funds and 
support their local communities. 

56

Local community  
highlights
•  Singapore colleagues ran 10km in the 

Race Against Cancer

•  Rotork India – tree planting and lake 
cleaning projects and providing 
educational equipment and support 
for nearly 200 disadvantaged children

•  Rotork China sponsored a school 
library and two sports equipment 
packages through ‘Heart to Heart’
•  Rotork Tulsa, US, colleagues donated 
to the Salvation Army Angel Tree

•  Rotork Rochester, US, participated in a 

5k race to support outpatient 
chemotherapy treatment

•  Rotork Dallas, US, participated in 

National Teddy Bear day to collect toy 
bears for police officers to give to 
children in crisis situations

•  Rotork Mississauga, Ontario Canada, 
organised a food donation collection 
for Thanksgiving

•  Rotork Hilden in Germany organised a 
clothes collection for the homeless
•  Colleagues in Langenzenn, Germany, 
took part in a sponsored run to raise 
money for good local causes

•  A team of 25 in Leeds, UK, completed 
the Yorkshire 3 peaks challenge, a 
12-hour 25km hike to raise money for 
the Sick Children’s Trust

•  41 colleagues in Bath, UK, ran the 

Bath Half marathon to raise funds for 
the Children’s Hospice South West

In addition to these local charitable and 
community activities, Rotork has 
reviewed its support to major charities 
this year to ensure they are aligned to our 
own business activities. We supported 
three major charities in 2019 – Pump Aid, 
Marine Conservation Society and 
Renewable World.

We continue to support the Royal United 
Hospital, Bath, UK in building a new 
Cancer Unit via their Forever Friends 
Appeal. This year we donated £14,000 to 
bring our donation to £50,000 in total.

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Pump Aid
Pump Aid’s mission is to achieve lasting 
positive change in poor and rural communities 
by improving the quality, availability and use of 
water through training local entrepreneurs. 
They use simple but effective pumps to provide 
access to safe water, child-friendly toilets and 
handwashing stations. They ensure 
sustainability by supporting and training 
communities so that they can maintain these 
new facilities. Rotork’s contribution will help to 
install more pumps and will support pre-school 
nursery and community programmes.

£24,000

Contributed to Pump Aid

Progress 

Core principles guiding the 
charities supported at the 
Group level. 

£24,000 donated to Pump Aid. 

£30,000 to Renewable World. 

£30,000 contributed to the 
Marine Conservation Society. 

£14,000 to The Forever Friends 
Appeal (RUH) Bath, UK. 

Variety of local donations made 
to charitable causes relevant to 
communities around Rotork’s 
operating sites. 

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

2020 targets 

Donate 0.1% of Group profits  
to Rotork’s nominated 
international charities. 

Build stronger partnerships 
with our nominated 
international charities.

Donate 0.1% of Group profits  
to charitable causes local to 
Rotork’s operating sites. 

Continue to align donations 
and objectives with our 
organisational culture  
and aims. 

Review our community 
involvement to include 
volunteering by providing 
resource as well as funding

The strategic report was 
approved by the Board and 
signed on its behalf by

—
Helen Barrett-Hague 
General Counsel and  
Company Secretary
2 March 2020

Marine Conservation Society
The Marine Conservation Society fights for the 
future of our oceans. Linking directly to 
Rotork’s Purpose, ‘keeping the world flowing 
for future generations’ and reflecting our 
environmental and sustainability ambitions. 
Our donation will focus on clean seas, 
specifically the Beachwatch programme. 
Running since 1994, this is the UK’s most 
important beach clean-up and survey 
programme and tackles the growing issue of 
marine plastic pollution, including water quality 
and microplastics.

£30,000

Contributed to the Marine  
Conservation Society

Renewable World
Renewable World alleviates poverty in the 
developing world through the installation of 
community-owned renewable energy systems. 
Projects provide clean energy to improve crop 
yields, enable communication and trade and 
support the growth of new businesses. 
Education is improved as children can study  
in the evenings, and schools can open later  
for adult education. Affordable energy improves 
health through the use of clean lighting and 
cooking sources, and because clean water can  
be pumped direct to households.

£30,000

Contributed to  
Renewable World

57

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Corporate 
Governance

58

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

The Rotork Board continues to 
be committed to the highest 
standards of governance and 
stakeholder engagement 
remains at the forefront of 
decision making 

Rotork Annual Report 2019

59

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to introduce Rotork’s 
Corporate Governance Report for 2019. The aim of this 
report is to provide a clear explanation of Rotork’s 
governance framework and the practical application of the 
principles of good corporate governance. As a Board, we 
consider that strong governance underpins successful 
management of the Group and enables us to focus on  
the key strategic issues. 

Chairman’s 
governance 
overview

60

In this section

Audit committee 
report
The committee provides 
oversight of the financial 
reporting process, the audit 
process, the Company’s 
system of internal controls 
and compliance with laws 
and regulations

Read more on page

75

Nomination 
committee report
The committee evaluates  
and examines the skills and 
characteristics needed to 
ensure the Board has the 
right balance, knowledge 
and attributes to operate 
effectively to deliver the 
long-term success of the 
Company

Read more on page

80

Directors’ 
remuneration 
report
The committee’s objective is 
to act as a preparatory and 
advisory body in relation to 
the remuneration of 
executive directors

Read more on page

82

Rotork Annual Report 2019

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Governance remains an important focus and we’ve continued to invest 
in how we do things as well as what we do, looking for improvement 
and development where we can.

Following their appointment to the Board in December 2018 as 
Non-Executive Directors, Tim Cobbold and Ann Christin Andersen 
participated in a comprehensive induction programme in the early part 
of 2019. Gary Bullard, Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
retired at the 2019 AGM, as this was the AGM following his ninth year 
as a Director and Tim Cobbold was appointed as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee from the close of the AGM. 

This year we held our inaugural Global Suppliers Conference, which 
was attended by suppliers from around the world. This enabled us to 
demonstrate our passion for driving improvement around commercial 
and operational excellence underpinned by enhanced IT systems, 
improved core business processes and increased focus on talent and 
culture. The feedback received was positive, with suppliers 
appreciating the open and collaborative approach and our process of 
engaging throughout the sourcing and procurement process, noting 
that together we can leverage each other’s knowledge and experience 
for a better all-round customer experience. Principal suppliers are 
subject to regular engagement. 

Role of the Board and its effectiveness
As Chairman, my primary role is to provide leadership to the Board and 
create the right environment to enable each Director and the Board as a 
whole to perform effectively for the benefit of the business and its 
stakeholders. I consider that the Board is highly effective and am 
confident that we have in place a strong team of Non-Executive Directors 
with a breadth of skills, experience and perspectives. This view is 
supported by the findings of our annual Board effectiveness review, 
which, this year was externally facilitated by Independent Audit. Full 
details of our Board effectiveness review are provided on page 68. 

Stakeholder engagement 
Engagement with and feedback from our employees across the Group 
is important to us, particularly at this time of transformation across our 
business as we focus on the Growth Acceleration Programme and the 
refocusing of the business to support our end markets. We engage 
with our employees through a wide array of strategic communication 
channels, including pulse surveys and employee forums, to ensure 
open and honest dialogue between employees and senior 
management. 

Following the appointment of Tim Cobbold, as the designated  
Non-Executive Director to support increased engagement with 
employees, Tim attended a variety of meetings including our Bath 
employee forum and the launch of our new Values: Stronger Together; 
Always Innovating and Trusted Partner. Other Board colleagues have 
spent time meeting our employees throughout the business including 
Ann Christin Andersen, who visited our business in both India and China. 

I reported in 2018 that, in respect of Rotork's employees, we had 
undertaken a full review of Rotork’s culture, talent development, 
succession planning, performance approach and diversity. Following 
this review, we have embedded a number of changes within the 
business. Diversity remains a particular area of focus for the Board, 
who review the actions at each Board meeting, as part of a People 
Update. Further details of actions arising from this review and how we 
have considered the interests of our employees during the year are set 
out on page 81. Our Key Remuneration Principles set the tone and 
culture for pay within the Group.

Tim Cobbold, as the new Chair of the Remuneration Committee, 
engaged with our shareholders on executive directors’ remuneration. 
As well as taking the opportunity to understand their views on this 
important topic, shareholders have been able to share views on wider 
governance issues and on the corporate strategic initiatives.  
These views have been shared with the Board.

Details of ways in which we engage with, and have considered our 
stakeholders are available on pages 72-74.

Compliance with the UK Governance Code and other 
requirements 
This year, we are reporting under the UK Corporate Governance Code 
2018 ("the Code"). The Code consists of an updated set of principles 
that emphasise the value of good corporate governance to long-term 
sustainable success. It puts increased emphasis on corporate culture, 
and the relationships between companies, their shareholders and 
other stakeholders. 

Throughout the year, we have applied the principles of the Code to 
our decision making and have ensured that there is good co-operation 
within the Group to enable us to discharge our governance 
responsibilities effectively. We have communicated our Purpose, Values 
and strategy across the Group with the CEO engaging with employees 
in town halls across the globe on our modified Purpose, to “keeping 
the world flowing for future generations” which reflects our 
commitment to being a sustainable long term business. We launched 
our new Values simultaneously in 50 countries on 12 September 2019 
and a recent pulse survey has indicated that the Values have been 
received well by employees, who support and recognise them. 

Following the guidance published around the revised Code, the Board 
has taken the opportunity to review and refresh its existing processes 
to reflect provisions introduced by the Code, develop new practices 
and formalise existing practices where appropriate.

—
Martin Lamb
Chairman
2 March 2020

61

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Corporate governance report

UK Corporate Governance code
The Code applies to premium listed companies with accounting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2019, and accordingly Rotork complied 
with all relevant provisions of the new Code throughout 2019. Below, 
we set out how we have applied the principles set out in the Code, the 
actions we have taken and the resulting outcomes. We have included 
cross-references to other relevant sections of this report where 
applicable.

Board leadership and Company Purpose
The Board is responsible for the approval of strategy, risk, finance 
matters, employee matters and internal control and risk management. 

This year the Board has reviewed and modified Rotork’s corporate 
Purpose, taking into account the part which Rotork plays in ensuring 
that the earth’s resources keep flowing for future generations. 

To support our corporate Purpose, we published our revised Values at a 
series of global events designed to include and engage our workforce. 
Employee feedback provided through surveys and engagement events 
was considered when defining our Values.

This year’s strategy meeting examined Rotork’s strategy for 2019 
through to 2024 and consisted of validation of Rotork’s current market 
positions within each region; analysis of our current commercial, 
operational and share price performance; a review of our current 
strategic assets and their level of sustainability; and differentiation and 
analysis of the current and future market and competitive dynamics. 

Throughout the year, the Board has received regular in-depth progress 
reports and presentations from the Chief Executive Officer, Group 
Finance Director and from the wider executive management team, 
particularly relating to progress on the Growth Acceleration Programme 
and our people. 

This year both the Chairman and the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, as part of the remuneration policy review, engaged with 
major shareholders to understand their views on governance and 
performance against our strategy. 

The Board have also sought to understand the views of other key 
stakeholders. Pages 72 and 74 describe how their interests have been 
considered in Board discussions and decision making. Tim Cobbold is 
the designated non-executive director dedicated to improving employee 
engagement and details of the work he has undertaken as part of this 
role can be found at page 71. 

Division of responsibilities
All the non-executive directors have the appropriate skills, experience in 
their respective disciplines and characteristics to bring independence and 
objective judgement to Board discussions. As well as chairing the Board 
meetings, Martin Lamb chairs the Nomination Committee. Sally James is 
appointed as Senior Independent Director. Lucinda Bell is Chair of the 
Audit Committee and Tim Cobbold chairs the Remuneration Committee.

All non-executive directors constructively challenge executive 
management at Board meetings and are entitled to unfettered access to 
information and management across the Group. Rotork’s executive 
directors understand the distinction between their roles as executive 
managers and as Board directors. 

To provide constructive challenge, strategic guidance and oversight, 
Board members engage directly with management, and this year Sally 
James attended a Rotork Management Board meeting and both Tim 
Cobbold and Ann Christin Andersen made separate site visits, including 
to sites in the UK, India and China, during which they engaged directly 

62

with the local workforce. In 2019, members of the Board travelled to 
Rotork’s factory in Lucca, Italy, where they met both formally and 
informally with management from across Europe as well as members of 
the Rotork Management Board from further afield. 

Each year the Chairman together with the non-executive directors meet 
outside of the formal meeting structure, and without the executive 
directors present, to scrutinise and hold to account the performance of 
management and individual executive directors.

All directors have access to the advice of the Company Secretary and to 
third party legal advice if required.

Composition, succession and evaluation
The Board consists of eight Board members, six of which are non-executive 
directors. 38% of our Board are female. The Chairman and the  
non-executive directors were considered independent on appointment 
when assessed against the circumstances set out in Provision 10 of the Code.

The Board members come from a variety of professional backgrounds 
including engineering, management, legal and finance, and collectively 
possess significant managerial experience, as well as experience of being 
executive directors of other public limited companies. More detailed 
analysis of Board composition can be found on pages 64-66.

Sally James is the Senior Independent Director and provides a sounding 
board for the Chairman in addition to acting as an intermediary for other 
directors and shareholders. In December 2019, she met with other 
non-executive directors, without the Chairman present, to appraise the 
Chairman’s performance.

The Board has Nomination, Audit and Remuneration Committees. Each 
Committee has formal, written terms of reference which are available to 
download from the Rotork website at https://www.rotork.com/en/
documents/publication/4145, https://www.rotork.com/en/documents/
publication/5553 and https://www.rotork.com/en/documents/
publication/5923. All Committees have at least three independent 
non-executive directors within their composition. The Company Secretary 
advises and acts as secretary to the Committees. The number of Board 
meetings can be found on page 67. The number of meetings of the 
Nomination, Audit and Remuneration Committees can be found on 
pages 80, 75 and 82 respectively.

In line with Provision 18 of the Code, each director is subject to annual 
re-election at the AGM.

In addition to considering Board succession the Board deliberates on 
succession within the business. As well as regularly receiving 
presentations from the Rotork Management Board in formal meetings,  
it meets with them at least twice a year for dinner. This year a number of 
individuals from further down in the organisation met with the Board at 
an informal meeting and during the Board visit to Lucca. The Board was 
able to spend time with the local management team as well as the wider 
workforce.

To meet our aim of continuous improvement, our annual Board 
evaluation was undertaken by an external assessor, Independent Audit, 
who are consultants specialising in the assessment of board 
performance. Feedback was provided to the Board at its meeting in 
December 2019. More detailed analysis of the process undertaken and 
the resulting recommendations is set out on pages 68 and 69.

Audit Risk and Internal Control
Whilst maintaining overall responsibility, the Board delegates the 
establishment of formal and transparent policies and procedures relating 
to independence and effectiveness of internal and external audit 
functions to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee scrutinises the 

Rotork Annual Report 2019

integrity of financial and narrative statements and considers whether the 
assessment of Rotork’s position and prospects are fair, balanced and 
understandable. It then makes a recommendation to the Board.

An established risk review process at a divisional level results in a 
‘bottom up’ assessment of the risks facing the Group. These are 
consolidated before the ‘top down’ review is performed by 
management and then by the Board to ensure the risk population is 
complete and adequately assessed. 

A risk dashboard is presented to the Board on a quarterly basis. This 
includes a set of Key Risk Indicators which provide a means of monitoring 
the Group’s risk exposures and focuses the Board on risks where the 
Group exceeds, or will potentially exceed, risk appetite. Quarterly 
reporting is supplemented as necessary by more detailed monthly 
reporting to the Board by the executive management team on new or 
evolving risks, the effectiveness of existing mitigations and plans to 
further strengthen mitigations. 

Throughout 2019, the arrangement with PwC to provide internal audit 
services has continued, with the function being led by an experienced 
Head of Risk and Internal Audit from PwC.

The Audit Committee is chaired by Lucinda Bell who has recent and 
relevant financial experience. The Board is satisfied that the main roles 
and responsibilities of the Audit Committee, as set out in Provisions 25 
and 26 of the Code are included in its Terms of Reference, following 
relevant updates in October 2019. Further details of how the roles and 
responsibilities of the Audit Committee have been discharged are on 
pages 75-76.

The Board is obliged to carry out a robust assessment of the Company’s 
emerging and principal risks. A summary of the assessment undertaken 
by the Board and a description of the principal risks and procedures in 
place to identify and manage the emerging risks can be found on pages 
77-78. 

Remuneration
During 2019 Tim Cobbold took over from Gary Bullard as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee. Tim has previously served as a member of 
another remuneration committee for more than 12 months prior to  
his appointment as Chair and brings valuable experience to our own 
Remuneration Committee. At least four meetings of the Remuneration 
Committee took place in 2019, and its Terms of Reference can be found 
at https://www.rotork.com/en/documents/publication/5923. Further 
Peter Dilnot stood down from his position on the Remuneration 
Committee.

Rotork’s remuneration policies and practices are designed to support its 
strategy and promote the long-term sustainable success of the Company. 
A description of the work undertaken by the Remuneration Committee 
in 2019 can be found at pages 82.

How the Board operates effectively
Risk management and internal controls
The Board is responsible for Rotork’s system of risk management and 
internal control. The Board’s annual review of the system’s effectiveness 
is completed with the assistance of the Audit Committee.

During 2019 the Board and Audit Committee regularly considered 
matters relating to the Group’s risk management and internal control 
systems. Further details of reports undertaken and reviewed are set out 
in the Audit Committee report on pages 76, 77 and 78.

The systems which were in place for the year under review, and up to the 
date of approval of the report, are in accordance with the Code and the 
FRC Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related 
Financial and Business Reporting.

This is expressed through a number of risk dimensions against  
which risk appetite is defined and risks are monitored and reported.  
A Risk Dashboard is presented to the Board on a quarterly basis.  
It constitutes a set of Key Risk Indicators, which provide a means of 
monitoring the Group’s risk exposures and focuses the Board on risks 
where the Group exceeds, or will potentially exceed, risk appetite. As 
part of the monthly reporting process the Board receives reports on any 
specific new or emerging risks and any actions planned in mitigation.

An established divisional and functional risk review process results in a 
bottom-up assessment of Group risks. These are consolidated before the 
top-down evaluation is performed by management and then reviewed 
by the Board. During 2019 the bottom up assessment process was 
broadened to include a review with all central functions, greater focus on 
risk mitigation reporting, and development of plans to bring risks within 
appetite for any risks where appetite is currently exceeded.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Further details of the Group’s internal control and risk management 
systems and the process for identifying, evaluating and managing the 
principal risks faced by the Group during 2019, emerging risks, and the 
Board’s risk appetite, are covered on pages 32-33.

Main features of the Group’s internal control systems
All Board members receive Audit Committee papers and meeting 
minutes, which contain the Audit Committee’s annual review of the 
assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and 
internal control systems. All non-executive directors are members of  
the Audit Committee and the Chairman and executive directors attend 
Audit Committee meetings.

Key elements of the control environment, which enables Rotork to 
respond appropriately to all types of business risks, include:
•  The Rotork Values and behaviours launched this year as part of 

defining One Rotork.

•  A Code of Conduct launched this year, supported by Group-wide 
policies and procedures, including authority levels and division of 
responsibilities.

•  Training of staff on policies and procedures relevant to their roles. 
•  Ongoing monitoring of business performance, Key Risk Indicators.
•  A formal schedule of reserved matters for the Board, including 

responsibility for reviewing Group strategy. 

•  A formal whistleblowing policy with an external whistleblowing 

hotline.

•  Defined controls and assurance processes over financial reporting  

and health and safety procedures.

The process of enhancing controls and the three lines of defence, 
instigated by the Audit Committee, continued in 2019. A series of 
measures and actions including improvements to accountability, 
consistency, and the development of a stronger second line of defence 
have been agreed by management. The implementation work has been 
underway throughout 2019 and will continue in future years. It is a mix 
of actions mitigating identified risks as well as longer term improvements 
aligned to the investment in the new Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) 
system that is being developed.

A full review of the financial business control framework has been carried 
out in order to maximise the opportunity to standardise and automate 
controls within the ERP system, thus ensuring greater consistency  
across our various locations. In addition to building the output from this 
review into the design of the ERP system, a programme to identify 
short-term enhancements has been initiated. The Finance function is 
being strengthened by new appointments in line management and first 
line of defence, and a finance direct report structure is being phased in.  
PwC continued to provide risk and internal audit services throughout 
2019 supported by an in-house team. Staffing of the central risk and 
internal audit team will be kept under review during 2020.

Main features of the Group’s risk management process
The Board is responsible for determining the nature and extent of  
risks the Group is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives.  

Progress on these improvements has been reviewed at each Audit 
Committee. In addition, progress on overdue internal audit actions  
has been reported to the Board monthly.

63

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rotork’s  
Board of directors

Martin Lamb (60 years old)
Chairman

N

Kevin Hostetler (51 years old)
Chief Executive

N

Jonathan Davis (53 years old)
Finance Director

–

Experience
Martin has extensive experience in the global 
engineering sector having served as Chief Executive 
of IMI plc for 13 years and has held many senior 
management roles over 33 years. He was a 
non-executive director of Severn Trent plc and 
Spectris plc and served on the boards of a variety of 
engineering businesses in a non-executive capacity, 
both in the public and private equity arena.

Appointed to the Board
June 2014

External appointments 
•  Chairman of Evoqua Water Technologies 

Corporation

•  Member of the European Advisory Board of  

AEA Investors (UK) Ltd

Experience
Kevin served as the Chief Executive Officer of FDH 
Velocitel, an engineering and construction business 
serving the telecommunications and infrastructure 
industries in North America. Prior to this, Kevin was 
an executive advisor to several private equity firms. 
His roles included Chief Executive Officer of a 
speciality valve manufacturer and executive chairman 
of an engineered high-pressure vessel company 
serving the cryogenics and LNG industries. From 
2005 to 2012, Kevin held various senior executive 
roles at the publicly traded IDEX Corporation, where 
he led the fluid and metering technologies segment 
and their Asia and emerging markets businesses. 
Before that, Kevin held several business leadership 
positions and senior strategic and business 
development roles at Ingersoll Rand.

Appointed to the Board
February 2018

External appointments 
•  None

Experience
Jonathan joined Rotork in 2002 after holding several 
finance positions in listed companies. He gained 
experience of the Rotork business initially as Group 
Financial Controller, and then as Finance Director of 
the Rotork Controls division. Jonathan was appointed 
as Chief Finance Officer in 2010.

Appointed to the Board
April 2010

External appointments 
•  None

64

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Sally James (71 years old)
Senior independent  
non-executive director

N

A R

Lucinda Bell (55 years old)
Non-executive director 

N

A R

Tim Cobbold (57 years old)
Non-executive director 

N

A R

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Experience
Sally has substantial experience in the financial services 
sector having served as a non-executive director of UBS 
Limited, and has held a number of senior legal roles in 
investments banks in London and Chicago including 
Managing Director and EMEA General Counsel at UBS 
Investment Bank. She is a non-executive director of 
Moneysupermarket; Hermes Fund Managers and Bank 
of America Merrill Lynch International. 

Appointed to the Board
May 2012 (appointed as senior independent 
non-executive director in February 2017)

External appointments 
•  Non-executive director of Moneysupermarket.

com Group plc

•  Non-executive director of Bank of America 

Merrill Lynch International Designated Activity 
Company

•  Non-executive director of Hermes Fund 

Managers Limited

Peter Dilnot (50 years old)
Non-executive director

AN

Experience
Since April 2019, Peter has held the position of Chief 
Operating Officer of Melrose plc. Prior to that, Peter 
spent seven years as Chief Executive Officer of Renewi 
plc (previously Shanks Group plc), an international 
recycling company. Peter has an engineering 
background and was a senior executive at Danaher 
Corporation, a leading global industrial business listed 
on the NYSE. His earlier career included six years at the 
Boston Consulting Group (BCG) based in both London 
and Chicago.

Appointed to the Board
September 2017

External appointments 
•  Chief Operating Officer of Melrose plc

Experience
Lucinda was Chief Financial Officer of The British Land 
Company PLC (‘British Land’) from May 2011 to 
January 2018 and prior to that, held a range of roles in 
finance and tax at British Land. 

Appointed to the Board
July 2014

Experience
Tim has extensive experience in leading large, complex 
international listed businesses having previously served 
as the Chief Executive Officer of Chloride Group plc, 
De La Rue plc and most recently, UBM plc. Prior to 
this, Tim held senior management positions at Smiths 
Group/TI Group for 18 years. He was a non-executive 
director at Drax Group plc until September 2019. 

External appointments 
•  Non-executive director of Derwent London plc
•  Non-executive director of Crest Nicholson 

Holdings plc

•  Treasurer and National Trustee at Citizens Advice

Appointed to the Board
December 2018

External appointments 
•  Non-executive director TI Fluid Systems plc

N

A R

Committee membership

N

A

R

–

Nomination Committee

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

None

Denotes Chair

* Director’s ages as at 30 March 2020

Ann Christin Andersen  
(53 years old)
Non-executive director

Experience
Ann Christin has had more than 30 years of executive 
experience in the oil and gas industry. She has been 
Chief Digital Officer for TechnipFMC, Managing 
Director, and held SVP/Vice President roles for Projects 
and Products. She served as chair and non-executive 
director on several boards in the last decade. Ann 
Christin now works as a strategic advisor on behalf of 
new start-up 4ADA AS. 

Ann Christin is an engineer (Heriot Watt) and has an 
Executive MBA (IMD).

Appointed to the Board
December 2018

External appointments 
•  None

65

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Corporate governance report continued

Board composition and meeting attendance in 2019
Rotork is led by an effective Board which currently consists of eight members: the Chairman, the Chief Executive, the Group Finance Director, 
and five independent non-executive directors. The Board held six scheduled meetings and five calls during the year. Individual attendance is set 
out below.

The Chairman meets privately with the senior independent director and with the non-executive directors from time to time. 

Composition as at 31 December 

board composition

Tenure as at 31 December  
(non-executives including Chairman)

2018

0-3 years

4-6 years

7-10 years

2019

0-3 years

4-6 years

7-9 years

2018

2019

board composition

  Executives  
board diversity
  Non-Executives  

22%

78%

  Executives  
  Non-Executives  

25%

75%

At the end of the year the Board of Directors 
comprised the Chairman, two executive directors 
and five non-executive directors.

board diversity

Diversity as at 31 December 

senior experience

Sector Experience as at 31 December 

2018

2019

2018

2019

  Male  
  Female  

67%

33%

  Male  
  Female  

62.5%

37.5%

This exceeds the Hampton-Alexander review 
target of 33% female representation on boards 
by 2020.

 Industry  
 Finance  
 Governance  

44%

33%

33%

 Industry  
 Finance  
 Governance  

50%

37.5%

37.5%

66

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Board meeting attendance and director responsibilities in 2019

Member

Martin Lamb
Non-Executive Chairman

Kevin Hostetler
Chief Executive Officer

Jonathan Davis
Group Finance Director

Non-executive directors

Sally James 
Senior Independent Director

Lucinda Bell

Tim Cobbold*

Peter Dilnot

Ann Christin Andersen**

Gary Bullard***

Attended by invitation

Kathy Callaghan

Kiet Huynh

Grant Wood

Paul Burke

Vijay Rao

Neil Manning 

Mark Nevin 

Andrew Carter 

Number of meetings 
attended (max: 11) 

Independent 

Responsibility 

11/11

11/11

11/11

11/11

11/11

10/11

11/11

10/11

2/2

6

1

1

1

1

1

3

4

Leading the Board and setting its agenda; setting high standards of 
integrity and ensuring effective governance is maintained; supporting 
and guiding the CEO; overseeing Company performance; representing 
the Group and liaising with shareholders when required.

Managing the Group and providing leadership; developing and 
proposing the Group strategy, leading the Group structure and 
operations, business development, growth opportunities; influencing 
and developing succession planning; managing Investor Relations.

Reports to the Board on the Group financial performance; supports 
the CEO in developing the Group strategy and in managing investor 
relations; implements Board decisions; responsible for compliance with 
financial policy and controls.

Assisting the Chairman with shareholder communications; being 
available to other non-executive directors if necessary and leading the 
annual performance evaluation of the Chairman alongside other 
non-executive directors.

Non-executive directors provide independent oversight, judgement 
and challenge to the executive directors on delivery of the Company 
strategy within the agreed control framework and governance 
structure.

The Rotork Management Board comprises of the Company’s senior 
leadership team below Board level and facilitates the execution of the 
strategy through running the day-to-day operations and functional 
support. Members of the Rotork Management Board attend Board 
meetings by invitation to update the Board on operational matters of 
importance.

Risk and internal audit manager.

Investor relations director.

*  Tim Cobbold was unable to attend the meeting in October 2019 due to a personal commitment made before he joined the Group, but received an update from the 

Company Secretary after the meeting.

**  Ann Christin Andersen was unable to attend the meeting in January 2019 due to a prior business commitment but received an update from the then interim Company 

Secretary after the meeting. 

*** Gary Bullard resigned in April 2019 having attended all meetings up until that date.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Corporate governance report continued

Time Commitment 
All directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board and any 
committees they serve on. They are also expected to attend the AGM 
and Board away days, which this year was in Lucca, Italy. Directors are 
also expected to devote sufficient time to prepare for each Board 
and/or Committee meeting. This year, in addition to their other 
commitments, two of the directors, Tim Cobbold and Ann Christin 
Andersen have also undertaken a number of site visits both in the  
UK and abroad. Further details of their visits are included on page 57.  
By accepting their appointment each non-executive director has 
confirmed that they are able to allocate sufficient time to the 
Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively. In accordance 
with the Code, directors are also required to seek prior approval of 
the Board before accepting additional external appointments. 

Monitoring Non-Executive Director Independence 
The Chairman is committed to ensuring that the Board comprises a 
majority of independent non-executive directors who objectively 
challenge management on the execution of its strategy. 

The Company maintains clear records of the terms of service of  
the Chairman and non-executive directors to ensure they meet  
the requirements of the Code. Neither the Chairman nor any 
non-executive director have exceeded their nine-year recommended 
term of service set out in the Code. Sally James is in her eighth full 
year of service and will complete nine years’ service on 11 May 2021.

Annual Board Evaluation 
In accordance with the Code, the Board undertakes a formal and 
rigorous annual evaluation of its own performance and that of its 
Committees and directors. The purpose of the evaluation was to 
ensure key areas such as the Board’s composition, expertise, 
interaction, management, key decision-making processes and 
meeting focus and prioritisation continue to be assessed and 
developed. This year the process was facilitated externally by 
Independent Audit, who are board performance consultants with no 
other connection with either the Company or individual directors. 
Their appointment followed a tender process. 

The process was undertaken in Autumn 2019 by way of a series of 
interviews with all Directors, various members of Rotork’s 
management team, the co-sourced internal auditors and external 
advisors. In addition, Independent Audit undertook a review of the 
Board and Committee papers and observed the Board and Committee 
meetings in October 2019. 

The interviews covered a broad range of topics relating to the Board 
and its Committees including: 
•  Strategic oversight and implementation;
•  Board composition and succession planning;
•  Board culture and relationships with management; 
•  Shareholder and stakeholder engagement; 
•  Committee effectiveness; and
•  Board meetings, agenda planning, quality of information and 

Following a rigorous review, the Board considers all non-executive 
directors to be independent in character and judgement from Rotork. 

presentations. 

Independent Audit collated and analysed the results, discussing them 
with the Chairman and making a series of recommendations at the 
December 2019 Board meeting, based on best practice and in line 
with the Code and other applicable guidance. Subsequently, the 
Chairman has given individual directors’ feedback on their 
performance.

A review of the Chairman’s performance was done separately by  
the non-executive directors, led by the Senior Independent Director. 
This was then shared with the Chairman. Independent Audit also gave 
input into this review.

The review concluded that the Board is a high-impact board, fulfilling 
its responsibilities during a period of major transformation to 
processes, structures and technology. Meeting dynamics which were 
observed were positive, and the reviewers noted that the 
conversations the Board is having are notable for their openness and 
depth. The non-executive directors are highly committed, with 
functional expertise and a high proportion of relevant and current 
industry experience, resulting in a comprehensive understanding of 
growth opportunities and also threats facing the business. The level 
of involvement and engagement of the non-executive directors is 
considered strong and the non-executive directors balance both 
supporting and challenging management well. The Board is well 
informed about the transformational change underway through the 
Growth Acceleration Programme and holds management to account 
on its delivery.

For information on what the Board did during the year please see the 
Board’s Activities on page 65, 66 and 67.

The role of the Board and its committees
The Board is responsible for determining the Company’s strategy, 
Purpose, culture and Values. It oversees the execution of its strategy 
by management whilst having oversight of the governance and 
control framework underpinning the Company. 

The Board has a duty to promote the long-term success of Rotork, 
and recognises its responsibilities extend not only to the creation of 
value for its shareholders but also to wider stakeholders, including 
employees, customers, suppliers and the communities in which it 
operates. Pages 72 to 74 set out how the Board and the business 
have engaged with and taken into account the interests of Rotork’s 
stakeholders. 

As well as being responsible for the Company strategy which is 
summarised on pages 28 to 29 of the Strategic Report, the Board has 
responsibility for reviewing, monitoring and developing Rotork’s 
culture and ensures that this aligns with the strategy. In 2019 the 
Board approved a number of workplace policies and processes which 
strengthen the Company’s purpose, culture and values and support 
the delivery of the strategy. 

The Board reviews and oversees the effective management of risk, 
whilst delegating oversight of the controls framework to the Audit 
Committee. 

The Board is confident that the necessary resources are in place for 
the business to meet its strategic objectives. 

68

Rotork Annual Report 2019

The Board intends to focus more in the coming year on the longer-
term strategy and emerging risks, ensuring that acquisition 
opportunities, the ‘digital’ future and the energy transition are given 
sufficient time within the boardroom in 2020. There is a view that 
additional work could be done to improve the quality and succinctness 
of the papers, set a clearer forward agenda and organise the schedule 
of meetings. 

The Board has agreed to adopt actions relating to the development  
of the Group strategic plan and implementation of key strategic 
initiatives; increasing the access of Rotork’s management to the Board 
and increased employee engagement with non-executive directors, 
details of which are set out on page 27; and addressing talent and 
succession.

Board committees are all working effectively and are well chaired and 
managed, with members having a clear understanding of the issues 
and subject knowledge. The Audit Committee is planning to continue 
to focus on the strengthening of the internal control framework.

Subsequently, the Board agreed an action plan for implementation in 
the year ahead, focusing on increasing its long-term strategic focus 
whilst continuing to drive the transformation forward and focusing on 
its Purpose, culture and Values. 

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Board activities

The Chairman, Chief Executive and Company Secretary agree a structured agenda ahead of each Board meeting, which will include reports on 
current trading and financial performance by the Chief Executive and Group Finance Director; legal and governance updates and a review of 
investor relations; and a people update and the Growth Acceleration Programme. The Board meets six times a year, with calls held in other 
months for a brief update on key matters relating to trading and financial performance. 

An insight into the breadth of matters discussed by the Board during the year and key stakeholder groups that were central to those discussions 
is set out below: 

Turn over to continue 
reading about our 
Board activities

Strategy & company 
performance

Financial

Governance  
& legal 

69

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Corporate governance report continued

Strategy and 
company 
performance

Financial

1

2

3

4

5

6

Shareholders 

Employees

Suppliers

Customers

Community

Environment

Trading and 
business

Strategy

Culture and 
Values

Growth 
Acceleration 
Programme 
(GAP)

Financial 
performance

Considered trading performance, business updates and discussed 
operational issues arising from across the Group’s businesses.

Set the Group’s strategy and new vision of ‘keeping the world 
flowing for future generations’ and monitored the progress in 
achieving them.

Set the Group’s culture and Values.

As part of our assessment and monitoring of our culture the 
Board has reviewed the results of the pulse employee feedback 
surveys and considered suggested improvements and set out an 
implementation plan.

Received updates from the employee representatives which 
facilitated a discussion around the Company’s Purpose, Values and 
strategy from the perspective of employees and how these align 
with the Company’s culture. 

Regularly monitored progress made against set targets in the 
Growth Acceleration Programme.

Received regular financial performance updates across the Group 
and discussed any issues.

Budget

Reviewed and considered actual and forecast trading 
performance against the agreed budget and implications on 
long-term performance.

Considered and approved the budget for 2020.

Trading  
updates

Considered year-end results, half-year and trading updates and 
with the recommendation of the Audit Committee, approved 
such reports and updates.

Cash flow and 
dividend

Reviewed and considered finance performance, cash flow, 
liquidity and other factors and agreed interim and final dividends.

Financial  
policies

Considered and approved the Group Treasury policies.

1 2 3

4 5 6

1 2 3

4 5 6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

70
70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Financial  
continued

Tax  
strategy

Considered and approved the Group’s tax strategy for publication 
in accordance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code.

Risk

Brexit

Conducted a full year risk review and discussed the principal and 
emerging risks and the Group’s risk appetite.

Considered potential impact on our international operations and 
discussed impact assessments, scenario planning and 
preparations.

Governance  
and legal

Health and 
safety 

Received regular updates and agreed initiatives to increase health 
and safety awareness.

Board action 
planning

Board  
evaluation

Monitored progress of Board action against the action plan in the 
form of a Rolling agenda and set the action plan for 2020.

Carried out an external evaluation of the Board’s effectiveness, 
composition and methods of acting on feedback to ensure 
suggested improvements were implemented. Further detail is set 
out on page 68.

Board succession 
and diversity

Reviewed the Board’s composition and diversity. Considering the 
succession plan and facilitated the on-boarding of two new 
Non-Executive directors.

Annual General 
Meeting

Reviewed feedback and issues raised by private and institutional 
shareholders throughout the year to be addressed in the meeting.

Board 
Committees’ 
terms of 
reference

Dealing with 
directors’ 
conflicts of 
interest

In light of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the 
Committee considered and reviewed the requirements and its 
impact on the work of its Committees and updated its terms of 
reference.

In December 2019, in line with the directors’ interest provision in 
the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of 
Association, the Board followed its procedure for the 
consideration and authorisation of Directors’ conflicts or possible 
conflicts with the Company’s interests. It was concluded that 
these were managed effectively in the year.

Group  
policies

In October 2019, the Board approved for publication a suite of 
policies underpinning the new Code of Conduct. Following 
approval these were rolled out to all employees across the Group

71
71

1

2

3

4

5

6

Shareholders 

Employees

Suppliers

Customers

Community

Environment

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5 6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

1 2 3

4 5

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Corporate governance report continued

How we listen and  
respond to our stakeholders

Our stakeholder relationships are fundamental to our business. We have in excess of 3,560 shareholders, over 3,600 employees, customers in 
173 countries and we have a global supply base of over 4,000 suppliers. These pages provide an insight into how we interact with our 
stakeholders and how we consider our stakeholders when making key decisions. We have a duty to promote the success of Rotork for the 
benefit of our members as a whole and in doing so we must consider the interests of all of our stakeholders. 

Shareholders

Board  
decisions

All Board decisions are made with the long-term success of Rotork in mind, which 
ultimately benefits our members. We have focused in particular on the Growth 
Acceleration Programme, ensuring that Rotork is well placed for the future.

Annual Report 
and Accounts

We endeavour to exceed our statutory obligations by providing a complete view of our 
business in the Annual Report and Accounts. Our Annual Report and Accounts is 
available in electronic form to shareholders and is available on our corporate website. 
Our corporate website also contains a variety of resources for investors including 
current webcasts, presentations and press releases, as well as annual interim reports.

Annual General 
Meeting (AGM)

At our 2019 AGM all proposed resolutions were passed. Votes in favour ranged from 
88.02% to 100%. We have been using automatic poll voting for the last few years in 
order to better reflect the views of shareholders. Rotork also makes available electronic 
proxy appointments for shareholders who wish to appoint a proxy online to vote at the 
AGM.

Investor 
communication

We enjoy an active dialogue with our investors, advisers and the investment 
community. Our Chief Executive, Group Finance Director and our Investor Relations 
Director regularly communicate with our major shareholders, and over the course of 
the year have engaged with investors representing over half of our issued share capital. 
In 2019, they attended over 200 meetings, with over 125 separate institutions and 
have also participated in roadshows, hosted webcasts and attended shareholder 
events. The views expressed by investors are shared with the full Board at each Board 
meeting, via an investor relations update and the Board takes these views into account 
in its wider decision making. In addition this year Tim Cobbold has personally engaged 
with shareholders covering over 35% of the register as part of our Remuneration 
Policy review. Tim shared the responses with the full Remuneration Committee whose 
subsequently incorporated shareholder feedback into their deliberations. Further 
details on the draft Remuneration Policy can be found on pages 84-85.

Employees

Board  
decisions

At each Board meeting both the Chief Executive’s report and the People Update, given 
by the HR Director, touch on the views of our employees and wider workforce. These 
views are expressed via our employee forums, pulse surveys, town halls and ‘Ask Kevin’ 
direct communications as well as being fed up the management line. The Board 
considers the impact of its decisions on employees. 

In the summer of 2019, we launched our new Purpose supported by three new global 
Values and underlying behaviours, by way of 50 global launch events held on the same 
day. Further details of the launch can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 50-51.  
The Values show what is important to Rotork to help us achieve our Growth 
Acceleration Programme and our Vision by working together as one global team. 

72
72

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Employees 
continued

Employee 
updates

Employees are kept informed of Rotork’s strategy and performance via regular emails, 
a number of short films presented by the Chief Executive and the management team 
and regular intranet updates. Employees are encouraged to provide feedback to Rotork 
via employee forums, question and answer sessions, ‘Ask Kevin’ and pulse surveys. 
Employee feedback particularly informed the Board’s thinking on our Purpose, Values 
and behaviours as well as what we included in our Code of Conduct. As was 
referenced in our 2018 Annual Report and Accounts, the non-executive director,  
Tim Cobbold, has been appointed as designated non-executive director for employee 
engagement. He attended the Rotork Values launch at the Bath site and has attended 
employee forums. Rotork’s non-executive director, Ann Christin Andersen, has visited 
the Rotork sites in India and China and met with employees in those locations.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Pulse 
surveys

Diversity

One of the ways that we obtain feedback from our employees is through pulse surveys 
conducted online. In 2019 we have conducted three surveys: a Values survey where 
over two-thousand employees helped select our new global Values; a communications 
survey where nine-hundred employees fed back on all aspects of communication and; 
life at Rotork, and a Values follow-up survey following the release of our corporate 
Values. 1134 employees participated in the Values follow-up survey, which represents 
over half of our IT enabled colleagues.

We have published our 2018 Gender Pay Gap Report and note that globally across our 
workforce, females make up 21% of the workforce. We have pledged our support to 
the 30% Club and are a partner to the Women in Engineering Society. We participated 
in the 2019 Hampton-Alexander Review pilot buddy programme, matching FTSE 100 
and FTSE 250 organisations to share knowledge and support and continue to track 
diversity through our talent reviews and Board meetings. We have three women on 
the Board out of eight and we continue to be highly supportive of STEM initiatives and 
have set an aim that 30% of our apprentice intake will be female

Employee 
development 
and training

A range of development opportunities are available to our employees. These include 
the delivery of strategic global training and development programmes, mentoring and 
external coaching. Our Global Training and Development Team are working to put in 
place further management and leadership development programmes in 2020.

Charitable and 
community 
projects

The local charity committees at each of the Rotork sites support charitable causes that 
are important to the employees locally. Highlights from 2019 include sponsoring the 
Bath Royal United Hospital’s Cancer Centre, a STEM week, a local netball club, and 
science fair in a local primary school.

Customers

Board  
decisions

Feedback

How we interact with our customers and customer satisfaction has been a key topic in 
Board discussions. As part of our Growth Acceleration Programme we have focused 
on further aligning our business with our customers’ needs. 

In response to customer feedback, we have commenced the process of transforming from 
a product-based structure to a more customer focused structure which is aligned to 
market segments, with an emphasis on making it simple for customers to do business with 
Rotork. We have carried out customer surveys in Asia asking over 100 customers for 
feedback on our organisational changes. Their view on overall customer experience and 
how easy it is to now do business with Rotork. We received feedback from over 90% of 
the customers we asked. Overall responses were positive stating that it is now easier to 
place orders with Rotork, communications about the organisational changes were timely 
and that Rotork are now viewed as offering a total business solution. We will be rolling out 
further customer surveys across the globe in 2020.

Delivery lead 
times

Our customers have indicated that they are looking for shorter lead times. Many of our 
activities being undertaken on lean manufacturing and inventory as part of our 
Growth Acceleration Programme are working to reduce lead times.

73
73

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Corporate governance report continued

Customers 
continued

Service  
support

In December 2018 we appointed our new Director of Site Services. During 2019, we 
mapped our aftermarket strategy and have worked to provide a simpler and broader 
range of support to customers from reactive through to preventative maintenance. The 
key development area to support this is our expanding capability to provide intelligent 
predictive maintenance to help customers maximise performance, and our use of these 
innovative digital approaches will continue to grow in 2020.

Events

Rotork holds regular customer events to provide training and information on our 
product range and service offerings, and we have product trainers located around the 
globe.

Community

Board 
considerations

Charitable 
contributions

Early years 
development

Board decisions are made with consideration of our operational impact on the 
communities in which we work. There is a continued focus on environmental issues 
including energy management, measures to reduce our water usage and 
understanding as well as managing our waste. These were particularly considered by 
the Board as part of its deliberations relating to its operational footprint and factory 
expansion projects.

Our target is to contribute 0.1% of profits to nominated international charities and a 
further 0.1% of profits to local charitable causes.

We are committed to supporting early years employment, offering apprenticeship 
schemes throughout the business and we are also members of the Manufacturers 
Standardisation Society, which offers undergraduate and graduate scholarships in 
relevant disciplines.

Suppliers

Community 
involvement

With the help of our employees, we have been involved in a range of community 
activities. We have donated money to many local causes, details of which are included 
on pages 52 and 53 of the Strategic Report.

Board  
decisions

Modern  
slavery

Supplier Code  
of Conduct

Supplier 
conference

Global sourcing 
agreements

This year we have invested in our supplier relationships as these relationships are vital 
to our success.

We have continued the review of our global supply chain and operations to ensure 
that we are working to prevent modern slavery in these areas. Details of the efforts  
we have made to combat modern slavery are detailed in our 2019 Modern  
Slavery Statement which can be found on the Rotork corporate website at  
https://www.rotork.com/en/investors/modern-slavery-statement.

We have a Supplier Code of Conduct which sets out our core Values and we require 
that all of our suppliers of goods and services comply with it. 

Rotork held its inaugural Global Supplier Conference in 2019 with many of our 
strategic suppliers attending the event from all over the world. Rotork held individual 
meetings with suppliers and also gave presentations on a variety of topics including 
supplier audits, product innovation, cyber security and corporate social responsibility. 
The feedback was that this type of event was beneficial and consequently we are 
considering making it a regular event.

In the final quarter of 2018, our Global Strategic Sourcing team turned their focus to 
significant component categories and continued this focus into 2019. We currently 
have circa 4,000 suppliers and a key focus is to reduce this number, enabling us to 
strengthen our partnerships with remaining suppliers, adding increased value to our 
customers. New agreements with suppliers continue to be put in place and this will 
continue into 2020.

74
74

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Audit committee report

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

The Audit Committee is responsible for:

Financial reporting
•  Reviewed the Annual Report & Accounts (including whether they 

are fair, balanced and understandable), the Corporate Governance 
Report and draft results announcement. 

•  Reviewed the material judgements and estimates, going concern 

assumption and viability statement in the Annual Report & 
Accounts. 

•  Reviewed the half year accounts including material judgements, 

estimates and draft half year results announcement. 

•  Reviewed the external auditor’s report on the year end accounts 

and the proposed full year external audit scope, key risks, 
materiality and year end issues. 

Internal controls and risk management
•  Reviewed processes and procedures for risk management and the 

Committee membership & meeting attendance

effectiveness of the internal controls framework.

Number of meetings 
attended (max: 4)

Lucinda Bell

Sally James

Peter Dilnot

Ann Christin 
Andersen

Tim 
Cobbold*

Gary 
Bullard**

* 

 Tim Cobbold was unable to attend the meeting in October 2019 
due to a personal commitment.

**  Gary Bullard resigned in April 2019 and accordingly only attended 

the February 2019 meeting.

•  Reviewed the development of the business and financial control 

framework and integration of this work with the design of the new 
ERP system.

•  Reviewed the development of an electronic major contract 

approval tool.

•  Reviewed significant internal control reports, findings and 

management responses. 

•  Discussed compliance with Group policies.
•  Reviewed anti-bribery and corruption procedures.

External audit
•  Considered and reported to the Board on the external auditor’s 

independence, objectivity and effectiveness. 

•  Reviewed the external auditor’s representation letter, views on the 

control environment and fraud risk management. 

•  Meetings with the external auditor without management present. 
•  Reviewed non-audit services undertaken by the external auditor 

and the policy on non-audit work. 

•  Considered audit fees, engagement terms and the risk of one of 

the external auditor firms leaving the market. 

•  Considered re-appointment of the external auditor. 

Internal audit
•  Reviewed the internal audit programme, its remit, resourcing and 

effectiveness.

•  Reviewed the maturity and effectiveness of internal audit.
•  Discussed reports on the implementation of process improvements 
recommended for action following internal audit reviews and 
progress on implementing recommended actions, including 
overdue actions. 

•  Meetings with the Head of Risk and Internal Audit without 

management present.

Other work
•  Reviewed the Finance Strategy, Vision, maturity assessment, and 

associated development plan.

•  Considered accounting and corporate governance developments 

including the 2018 Corporate Governance Code changes.

•  Reviewed Audit Committee effectiveness and terms of reference. 
•  Reviewed the whistleblowing, gifts and hospitality and risk 

management policies. 

•  Approved the Audit Committee’s schedule of work for 2020. 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Audit committee report continued

I am pleased to present the report of the Audit Committee for the 
year ended 31 December 2019. This year the key areas of focus for 
the Audit Committee, in addition to its usual schedule of work, have 
been:
•  Reviewing progress and the impact of the programme to enhance 
the internal control framework, through improved accountability, 
segregation of duties, consistency and a stronger second line of 
defence. The work is a mix of actions mitigating identified risks as 
well as longer term improvements aligned to the investment in the 
new Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system.

•  Overseeing the transition of the new external audit partner and 

Risk and Internal Audit Manager.

•  Reviewing progress on implementation of a new major contract 

approval tool.

•  Reviewing ongoing progress to strengthen the Finance function.

Committee composition and governance
All Audit Committee members are independent non-executive 
directors. On 26 April 2019 Gary Bullard, who had served as a 
member of the Committee since his appointment to the Board in 
2010, did not seek re-election and stepped down from the 
Committee from that date. There have been no other changes to the 
membership of the Committee during the year.

I hold professional accounting qualifications and am deemed to have 
recent and relevant financial experience. Tim Cobbold also holds 
professional accounting qualifications. Biographies of each member of 
the Audit Committee can be found on pages 64 to 65.

The Audit Committee operates under formal terms of reference  
which are reviewed annually and were last updated in October 2019.  
A copy of the terms of reference is available on the Rotork website at 
www.rotork.com/en/investors/index/committees.

Integrity of financial reporting. 

The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to review  
and report to the Board on the:
• 
•  Application of significant accounting policies and judgements. 
• 
•  Adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls 

Internal audit programme, its remit, resourcing and effectiveness. 

and risk management systems. 

•  Appointment, independence and remuneration of the external 

auditor.

•  Effectiveness of the external audit process.

The Audit Committee maintains an annual schedule of work which is 
kept under review and forms the basis of its principal meetings 
throughout the year. The annual schedule is supplemented by 
consideration of specific issues as and when they arise.

The Audit Committee met four times during the year. Details of 
attendance are set out on page 75. The Chairman, Chief Executive, 
Finance Director, Group Financial Controller, Head of Risk and Internal 
Audit, Risk and Internal Audit Manager and representatives of the 
external auditor (including the principal audit partner) also attend 
meetings by invitation.

76

As Chair of the Committee, I additionally hold regular meetings with 
the Finance Director, the external audit partner, the Head of Risk and 
Internal Audit and other members of the management team. These 
meetings provide me with a better understanding of key issues and 
identify those matters which require meaningful discussion at Audit 
Committee meetings.

During the year, the Audit Committee received reports from 
management, the Head of Risk and Internal Audit and the external 
auditors. Through face to face discussions and detailed written 
reports the Committee is able to challenge, scrutinise and ask 
questions where further clarification or discussion is required. Further 
details of the work undertaken by the Audit Committee during 2019 
is set out on page 75.

Financial reporting
A key role of the Audit Committee in relation to financial reporting is 
to review the quality and appropriateness of the half year and year 
end financial statements with a particular focus on:
•  Accounting policies and practices. 
•  The clarity of disclosures and compliance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards, UK company law and the UK 
Corporate Governance Code. 

•  Material areas in which significant judgements have been applied 
or where there has been discussion with the external auditor. 
•  Upon request of the Board, advising the Board on whether the 

Annual Report & Accounts are fair, balanced and understandable 
and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Company’s performance. 

In order to assess the financial statement, the Committee receives 
reports from members of the financial team and external auditors, 
who are invited to attend meetings. Through face to face discussions 
and detailed written reports the Committee is able to understand the 
key judgments and estimates and how they are being recorded and 
disclosed in the financial statements.

The principal matters of judgement and estimation considered by the 
Audit Committee in relation to the 2019 accounts and how they were 
addressed were:
•  Goodwill impairment testing. The year end balance sheet includes 

goodwill of £222m (31% of the Group’s assets). The Audit 
Committee discussed the appropriateness of the assumptions used 
in assessing the value in use of each cash generating unit and were 
satisfied with the approach taken by management which resulted 
in no impairment being made in 2019. The Audit Committee also 
considered whether any reasonable change would result in an 
impairment in any cash generating unit. The Audit Committee 
reviewed the sensitivities and impairment disclosures in note 10 
and were satisfied these are balanced and fair. 

•  Retirement benefit schemes. At 31 December 2019, the Group 

operates two defined benefit retirement plans, both of which are 
now closed to future accrual. The valuations are prepared by an 
independent qualified actuary. The Audit Committee considered 
the report from the Group Financial Controller and were satisfied 
the assumptions used were appropriate. The detailed disclosure 
for these schemes under IAS19 is shown in note 24 and the Audit 
Committee is satisfied they are complete and accurate.

Rotork Annual Report 2019

•  Revenue recognition. The report from the Group Financial 

Controller noted that the controls in place to evidence the timing of 
revenue recognition in respect of certain bill-and-hold 
arrangements at two locations were not followed in accordance 
with the Group’s policy. In management’s judgement, the 
requirements of IFRS 15 have been satisfied to recognise the 
revenue and this has been confirmed by the customers. The Audit 
Committee discussed the judgements involved and noted that the 
value of revenue under judgement was not material. Following the 
discussion, the Audit Committee were satisfied with the approach 
taken by management.

External auditor
The year under review marks the sixth year during which Deloitte LLP 
has been the Group’s external auditor following a formal tender 
process in 2014. The 2019 year end audit will be the first year that 
David Griffin has acted as Deloitte LLP’s lead audit partner for Rotork. 
In order to assist David in familiarising himself with Rotork, he has 
visited a number of Rotork locations both in the UK and overseas as 
part of the audit process.

The Audit Committee assesses the effectiveness of the external audit 
process, the scope of the Group audit and the quality of the audit 
work throughout the year.

The assessment considers:
•  Any issues arising from the prior year external audit. 
•  The proposed external audit plan, including identification of risks 

specific to Rotork. 

•  External audit scope and materiality thresholds. 
•  Matters arising during the external audit and the communication of 

these to the Audit Committee. 

•  Private meetings with the external auditor without management 

being present. 

•  The independence, objectivity and scepticism of the external 

auditor. 

•  The FRC audit quality review report on selected audits undertaken 

by Deloitte. 

Having completed this review, the Audit Committee agreed that the 
audit process, independence and quality of the external audit were 
satisfactory.

Consideration was given to the possibility of re-tendering the external 
audit during the year but as the Committee are satisfied with the work 
of Deloitte, the decision was made not to re-tender. The Audit 
Committee has recommended that Deloitte LLP be re-appointed 
auditors for the 2020 financial year and Deloitte’s continuing 
appointment will be subject to shareholder approval at the 2020 AGM.

Statement of compliance
The Company confirms that it has complied with terms of The 
Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation 
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 (the ‘Order’) throughout the 
year. This is the sixth year end since Deloitte took over as external 
auditors and we will re-tender our external audit service provider after 
ten years have been completed at the latest.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Non-audit services
In order to safeguard the independence and objectivity of the 
external auditor, the Board has adopted a policy on non-audit 
services, which restricts the work and fees available to the external 
audit firm. The Audit Committee reviews the policy annually to ensure 
it remains appropriate. The policy is compliant with EU legislation on 
permitted non-audit fee services.

The policy specifies certain activities, which the external auditor may 
not undertake, such as work related to the internal audit function and 
certain tax activities. It also contains restrictions on the scope of 
permissible non-audit work; and a cap on fees for permissible 
non-audit work (which may not exceed 70% of the average audit fees 
paid in the last three consecutive years).

The Finance Director has delegated authority to approve work that is 
permitted under the policy. This is for fees of up to £10,000 per 
project or £40,000 in aggregate for general work, and £10,000 for 
acquisition related work. Non-audit work above these levels requires 
the prior approval of the Chair of the Audit Committee or the Audit 
Committee as a whole.

An analysis of fees paid to Deloitte, including the split between audit 
and non-audit is included in note 8 of the Report & Accounts.

Internal controls, internal audit and risk management
The Audit Committee has responsibility for reviewing and monitoring 
the effectiveness of the Group’s control environment, risk 
management and internal audit process.

As set out in the Strategic Report, the continuous improvement and 
execution of a comprehensive and robust system of risk management 
is a high priority for Rotork. Many of the principal risks are aligned 
with areas of accelerated growth and in a number of areas the risks 
increased with the launch of the Growth Acceleration Programme. In 
that context, in late 2018 the Audit Committee has sought 
information and insight over the quality of the control environment 
and three lines of defence, together with recommendations for 
improvements from both internal and external audit. In response, 
management agreed a series of measures including improvements to 
accountability, consistency, and the development of a stronger second 
line of defence.

The implementation work has been underway throughout 2019 and 
will continue in future years. It is a mix of actions mitigating identified 
risks as well as longer term improvements aligned to the investment 
in the new Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system that is being 
developed.

77

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Audit committee report continued

The Audit committee received reports at each meeting on progress 
on the work, including reports from the external auditor.

Strengthening the Finance and compliance functions is central to 
improving the control environment. New appointments have been 
made in line management and the first line of defence and a finance 
direct report structure is being phased in. During the year a Head of 
Legal Compliance and Employment has been appointed to 
supplement the in-house legal team and support the development of 
a new Code of Conduct which acts as an over-arching document for 
many of the internal Group policies.

PwC continued to provide internal audit services throughout 2019.  
The function is led by an experienced Head of Risk and Internal Audit 
from PwC supported by an in-house Risk and Internal Audit Manager. 
The Group continues to use Rotork staff supported by the dedicated 
in-house team and staff from PwC to undertake internal audits. 
Quality assurance procedures ensure consistency both in terms of 
audit approach and proposed recommendations. Staffing of the 
central risk and internal audit team will be kept under review during 
2020.

Internal audit has delivered financial audit reports for 27 of our global 
locations during 2019. Guidance is provided to auditors about the 
nature and extent of testing to be undertaken and to ensure auditors 
focus their efforts in key areas of risk, tailored by site. Investment has 
also been made to improve the quality and consistency of reporting 
of issues.

A further seven risk-based internal audit reviews have been performed 
during 2019, covering the following areas:
•  Growth Acceleration Programme project management office. 
•  Cyber security. 
•  GDPR. 
•  Brexit readiness.

The Audit Committee continues to receive reports at the main 
meetings on internal audit activity, any significant matters arising and 
the management response. During the year, the internal audit team 
made recommendations for improvement to controls, which 
management are charged with implementing. The status and 
effectiveness of actions are monitored by internal audit and regularly 
reported to the Audit Committee. During 2019, the new more 
rigorous process for internal audit ‘follow up’ of agreed management 
actions has been in operation and has resulted in more actions being 
completed within the agreed timeframes. Overdue internal audit 
action points were reported to the Board monthly.

The internal audit team continue to administer the process for sites to 
confirm the operation of key financial controls on at least a quarterly 
basis. This process provides insight into key areas of risk and is verified 
during the internal audit visits.

Other means of assessing the internal control systems include the risk 
assessment process and annual letters of assurance from the divisional 
leadership team. These controls sit alongside our system of 
governance, including key committees that monitor our processes and 
controls, such as the Audit Committee and CSR Committee.

During the year, the Audit Committee also considered reports on 
anti-bribery and corruption procedures.

The Risk Management Policy has been updated during 2019.  
It documents the Group’s risk management processes and the 
connections between those various processes and the day-to-day 
operations of the Group. A number of enhancements have been 
made in the year to improve the connections between the Risk 
Appetite and the designated risk owners amongst the executive team. 
This has helped in formulating more detailed plans to ‘get to green’ 
where risks currently sit outside of appetite. Work on these plans will 
continue in 2020.

The 2020 internal audit programme has been scoped to include a 
number of risk-based audits related to controls relied upon to mitigate 
the Group’s Principal Risks as well as financial audits across a wide 
range of locations. Sites to be audited are selected based on a 
thorough assessment using a number of relevant risk factors. The 
Audit Committee reviewed and approved the 2020 programme at its 
December 2019 meeting.

Whistleblowing
From 2019, review of the Speak Up policy and procedures are a Board 
responsibility in accordance with the 2018 Corporate Governance 
Code. The Committee continued to review the financial consequences 
of any events during the year.

Other matters
During the year a finance maturity assessment was completed by 
members of the finance leadership team. The output from this 
assessment was presented to the Committee together with a 
development plan, focused on improving areas of greatest 
opportunity first. With the restructuring of the finance team,  
as part of the wider organisation design change, the new finance 
leadership team will now drive these changes, reporting progress  
to the Committee during 2020.

78

Rotork Annual Report 2019

In accordance with its terms of reference, the Audit Committee carried 
out a review of its effectiveness including how it discharged its 
responsibilities. Independent Audit interviewed the Committee 
members, Board members, members of Rotork’s management team, 
the co-sourced internal auditors and external advisors as part of this 
process and presented their observations and recommendations in 
December.

Throughout the year, the Audit Committee also considered relevant 
accounting and corporate governance developments, in addition to 
those in relation to risk and internal controls discussed above.

Areas of focus for 2020
Key areas of focus for the coming year are:
•  To review ongoing progress on strengthening the control 

environment.

•  To review development of the global finance team. 
•  To review development of the ERP system and the integration of 

controls within its design to enhance the control environment and 
drive consistency between locations.

•  To review the implications for Rotork of developments in the 

external audit process and regulation.

—
Lucinda Bell
Chair of the Audit Committee
2 March 2020

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

79

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Nomination committee report

The role of the Committee
The Committee evaluates and examines the skills and characteristics 
needed to ensure the Board has the right balance, knowledge and 
attributes to operate effectively to deliver the long-term success of the 
Company, in a culture that is aligned with the company Purpose and 
business strategy, and promotes integrity. It also reviews the succession 
needs of the organisation and puts in place the appropriate processes for 
nominating, training and evaluating directors, bearing in mind the need 
for diversity.

Activities of the Nomination Committee during the year
During the year, the Committee undertook the following main activities:

Board Appointments 
Following the appointment of Ann Christin Andersen and Tim Cobbold 
in 2018, there were no new Board appointments 2019. Biographies of 
each member of the Nomination Committee are set out opposite. 

Gary Bullard, who would have been in office for nine years in June 2019, 
did not stand for re-election at the 2019 AGM and Tim Cobbold was 
appointed as Chair of the Remuneration Committee, having satisfied the 
Nomination Committee that he had the requisite experience to perform 
the role. 

As advised on page 64 Sally James is in her eighth full year of service and 
will complete nine years’ service on 11 May 2021. The Nomination 
Committee intends to appoint an external search consultant (with which 
the Company has no other connection) to assist with the process of 
recruiting a successor. In formulating the candidate profile for the 
appointment the Board will look at candidates with a growth mindset, 
international experience, previous governance experience as well as 
Board experience, preferably from a diverse background. 

Succession planning
Succession planning for the Board and senior management is 
continuous and during the year the Nomination Committee 
considered the need to maintain an appropriate balance of skills and 
experience within the Company and on the Board and to ensure 
progressive refreshing of the Board and senior management. 

Diversity planning
The Board seek to attain a diverse mix of skills, experience, 
knowledge and background. In considering diversity, gender plays an 
important role but the Board also takes into account social and ethnic 
background, and other cognitive and personal strengths. As reported 
on page 73 the Board updated its Board Diversity and Inclusion plan 
and are a partner to the Women in Engineering Society. Details of the 
percentage of women on the Board, in senior leadership positions 
and within the Group can be found on page 66.

Board evaluation 
The Board performed an external review of its effectiveness in 2019. The 
review included an assessment of the effectiveness of the Committee 
including how it discharged its responsibilities. Further details on the 
results of this review and any resulting actions can be found at page 68.

—
Martin Lamb
Chair of the Nomination Committee
2 March 2020

Committee membership & meeting attendance
The Committee is chaired by Martin Lamb and comprised 
mostly of independent non-executive directors. Details of the 
Committee members and their attendance at the meetings 
held during the year are set out below.

Number of meetings 
attended (max: 2)

Martin Lamb

Lucinda Bell

Sally James

Peter Dilnot

Ann Christin 
Andersen

Tim 
Cobbold*

Kevin 
Hostetler

Gary 
Bullard**

*  Tim Cobbold was unable to attend the meeting in October 2019 due 

to a personal commitment.

** Gary Bullard resigned in April 2019 and accordingly only attended 

the February 2019 meeting.

The Nomination Committee is responsible for:

Leading the process for Board appointments and 
making recommendations for appointments to the 
Board.

Ensuring succession planning is in place for 
appointments to the Board and senior management. 

Reviewing the structure, size and composition and 
balance of the Board, including its balance of skills, 
diversity, knowledge and experience, and making 
recommendations as appropriate. 

Making recommendations to the Board on the 
composition of the Board’s Committees.

Making recommendations to the Board concerning the 
annual reappointment by shareholders of any directors 
and separately assessing each year whether non-
executive directors continue to be independent.

The terms of reference of the Nomination Committee 
were reviewed in October 2019. A copy of the revised 
terms of reference are available on Rotork’s website at 
https://www.rotork.com/en/documents/publication/5553.

80

Rotork Annual Report 2019

Board diversity policy

During 2019 we revised and updated our Board Diversity and  
Inclusion Policy. The new policy can be found on our website  
https://www.rotork.com/en/documents/publication/24261.

The commitments we make in our revised policy are not new, but 
record the Board’s ongoing commitment to important means of 
reaping the benefits of alternative perspectives and insights, knowing 
that these, in turn, lead to constructive challenge and sound decision 
making. 

Our progress on all aspects of diversity in its broadest sense can be 
seen from the following; 
•  We have achieved the benchmark set by the Hampton-Alexander 
Review well in advance of the stated deadline. The Hampton-
Alexander Review encourages Boards to achieve a female 
membership of 33% by 2021 and our Board has already reached 
37.5% female.

•  We have reviewed and updated our Board Diversity and Inclusion 

Policy, noting areas where work is still needed.

•  We continue to engage with Executive Search firms who have 
signed up to the Voluntary Code of Conduct. This is especially 
important as the Board addresses succession planning.

•  We remain a member of the 30% Club and are a partner to the 

Women in Engineering Society.

•  Our Gender Pay Gap report shows that throughout the 

organisation, women make up 21% of our workforce and we 
intend to reinforce that number by working toward a diverse 
apprenticeship intake.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

81

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Committee members

Number of meetings 
attended (max: 4)

Tim Cobbold

Ann Christin 
Andersen

Lucinda Bell

*   (to 1 October 2019).

Sally James

Peter Dilnot*

Priorities and activities of the Remuneration Committee 
during 2019

Reviewing our remuneration to ensure it delivers a 
package that is proportionate to the opportunity for 
shareholders and aligned with their interests
•  Considered the revised Remuneration Policy for 2020.
•  Set pay principles.
•  Reviewed all elements of the directors’ Remuneration Policy to 
ensure that it is globally relevant, remains fit for purpose and 
aligns with and supports Rotork’s Values and culture, and fits with 
our pay principles.

•  Considered corporate governance developments, guidance from 
institutional investors and external remuneration trends to ensure 
our remuneration structures reflect evolving good practice. The 
Board received formal training on these developments from Baker 
McKenzie.

Setting pay at a competitive level against the external 
market and ensuring it is affordable and fair in the 
context of pay for all Rotork employees
•  Reviewed the pay arrangements for employees across the Group 
and considered how these related to those for our senior leaders.
•  Set basic salary for executive directors and members of the RMB 

for 2020.

•  Reviewed the fee payable to the Chairman.

Determining pay outcomes that are performance-
driven…
•  Determined bonus performance against targets and approved 

2018 bonus payments.

•  Determined LTIP performance against targets and approved 2016 

vesting.

•  Reviewed both incentive plan outcomes and evaluated whether 

discretion should be applied.

…and ensuring future pay is motivating, transparent and 
aligned to shareholders’ interests
•  Reviewed the terms of both bonus and LTIP plans to ensure they 
remain fit-for-purpose and in line with developing best practice.

•  Selected the measures and set the performance ranges for 

executive directors and other members of senior management’s 
bonus scheme for 2019.

•  Approved executive directors’ personal objectives for 2019.
•  Set LTIP performance targets and award levels for executive 

directors and other members of senior management for the 2019 
LTIP.

Maintaining transparency and clarity in everything we do
•  Consulted with shareholders on the changes to our Directors’ 

Remuneration Policy.

•  Approved the Directors’ Remuneration Report 2018.

82

 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Statement from the Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder,

In April of last year, I became Chairman of Rotork’s Remuneration 
Committee. Shortly afterwards the Committee began a review of 
Rotork’s Remuneration Policy, in line with the requirement to present a 
Remuneration Policy to shareholders for approval at the 2020 AGM. In 
the light of the significant changes in both Rotork’s business and in the 
expectations of shareholders with regard to remuneration since the 
last policy was approved, this was the most significant activity for the 
Committee in the year.

Remuneration Policy review context
At the time of the last policy review my predecessor had, at a time of 
less robust business performance, developed new pay structures, 
introduced several elements of good remuneration practice including 
bonus deferral and holding periods on vested LTIPs and more generally 
aligned the remuneration policy with the strategic needs of the 
business at that time. During 2017 we were pleased to have been able 
to recruit an excellent and well-qualified CEO in Kevin Hostetler, 
however in securing Kevin’s appointment shareholders should be 
aware that the Board felt keenly the constraints of our current policy 
when conducting the search in the global marketplace.

In order to set the review in context and mindful that the remit of the 
Committee covers remuneration more generally across the business, 
the Committee established and approved four Key Remuneration 
Principles to underpin all remuneration decisions in Rotork. This is the 
first time Rotork has had a set of Key Remuneration Principles and it is 
through these principles that the Committee exerts an appropriate 
degree of influence over remuneration throughout Rotork, at all levels. 
These are that remuneration should be:
1.  performance driven, competitive and fair;
2.  motivating, affordable and proportionate;
3.  aligned to shareholders’ interests; and
4.  globally relevant and transparent.

Rationale for the proposed Remuneration Policy
The broad structure of our current policy has proved to be effective 
and appropriate for the business so the proposed new policy is an 
evolution of the existing one adjusted for the significant developments 
in the business and changed remuneration practice.

In shaping the new policy, the Committee was concerned to ensure 
that it was highly aligned with the business’ new strategy which was 
established following Kevin Hostetler’s appointment. Under Kevin’s 
leadership the Group’s management team has been significantly 
strengthened and an ambitious and comprehensive five year strategic 
plan, the ‘Growth Acceleration Programme’ has been developed and is 
being successfully implemented. The business performance and share 
price has improved correspondingly.

In the Board’s opinion this new plan has significantly improved the 
long-term opportunities and prospects for the business as compared 
to when the current policy was developed. The proposed policy 
therefore reflects these greater opportunities for the business in terms 
of an increased opportunity for the management team but anticipates 
commensurately more demanding targets. Conscious of the third 
Rotork Remuneration Principle and reflecting the feedback from 
investors, the Committee believes that the majority of the increased 
opportunity should be long term, share based and accompanied by a 
much higher executive shareholding requirement.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

The Committee was also mindful that investors’ expectations of what 
constitutes good remuneration practice has also evolved in the past 
three years. The Committee, with the support of both Executive 
Directors, has proposed significant changes to pension allowances and 
shareholding guidelines and has introduced post cessation of 
employment shareholding requirements all of which mean that the 
proposed policy will reflect current, good remuneration practice. 

Finally, the Committee was aware following the recruitment process 
for Kevin Hostetler that the current level of opportunity was markedly 
below the benchmarks for a business of Rotork’s size and complexity. 
The Committee understands that a benchmark is not in itself a reason 
to make a policy change but did recognise it as a factor in developing 
the new policy and a matter to consider in the light of any subsequent 
recruitment. 

Consultation with shareholders
As part of developing the policy, we sought feedback from 
shareholders representing more than 70% of the Company’s register, 
as well as from the various investor advisory agencies. The consultation 
process started in May 2019 and was concluded in January 2020. 

Of course, the inherent challenge in this process is that our 
shareholders do not speak with one voice and this is especially so at a 
time that executive remuneration in general has never been under 
greater scrutiny. It is simply the case that it would not be possible for 
us to meet the conflicting demands and expectations of all 
shareholders. Together with the Committee I have therefore sought, in 
our final proposal, to navigate a path that delivers a policy that we are 
sure is right for the business in the long term and is acceptable to a 
significant majority of our shareholders.

The large majority of our investors were supportive of the business 
case to increase the overall variable pay opportunity, mindful of our 
commitment to also introduce correspondingly tougher targets.

However, there was a clear preference that the increase should be 
weighted more to the long-term opportunity. Whilst our initial 
proposal would have brought us to a more normal incentive structure 
in terms of overall balance, we have accepted the views of 
shareholders. Accordingly, we have revised our proposal to weight the 
increase more towards the long term opportunity – increasing long 
and short term opportunities by 50%pts and 25%pts respectively (our 
initial proposal being the reverse).

83

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

There was also strong support for our proposal to align new directors’ 
pension allowances with the wider workforce.

However, a number of shareholders asked that we go further and 
commit to reduce the pension of the incumbent directors in line with 
the Investment Association’s guidelines (which were released after 
our consultation process had begun). We were initially cautious on 
this point, mindful that pensions allowances are a contractual term in 
executive service contracts and so can be only be varied by mutual 
consent or by a unilateral contract termination by the Company (with 
the consequential legal and business risks). However, both executive 
directors, recognising their responsibility to set an example and 
conscious that pension allowances are only one element of their 
overall compensation, have agreed to an immediate freezing of their 
pension allowance and a phased reduction of their pensions which 
will see them aligned with the workforce by the end of 2022.

The proposed increased share ownership requirements, including 
their extension beyond cessation of employment, received strong 
support from shareholders and so this feature was retained in our 
final proposal.

I am grateful to shareholders for contributing to the consultation and 
trust they recognise our willingness to both listen to and act on the 
views they expressed. 

Key elements of the proposed Remuneration Policy
Remembering that the proposed policy is an evolution of the existing 
policy, the proposed key changes to the current policy that are as 
follows:

Pension allowances
•  Pension allowances for newly appointed executive directors will be 
capped at the level available to the majority of the workforce. 
•  For incumbent executive directors pension allowances will be 

frozen at the 2019 value and will then fall in a phased programme 
of reductions which will result in alignment with the majority of 
the workforce by the end of 2022. Both Executive Directors have 
agreed to and supported these changes, which will be reflected in 
their service contracts once the new Policy has been approved and 
implemented.

Variable opportunity
•  The maximum annual bonus opportunity will increase to 150% 

(from 125%); in 2020 this higher level will be offered to the CEO, 
and the Group Finance Director will have an opportunity of 125%. 
Otherwise, the operation of the annual bonus, including share 
deferral and payment at target remains unchanged.

•  The maximum long term opportunity (LTIP) will increase to 200% 
(from 150%); this higher level will be offered to the CEO, and the 
Group Finance Director will have an opportunity of 175%. 
Otherwise, the structure of the LTIP and the accompanying rules 
will remain unchanged.

Interests in Rotork shares
•  The Executive share ownership requirement (currently 250% of 
salary) will be increased to be equal to the total variable pay 
opportunity available to each executive (i.e. 350% and 300% for 
the CEO and Group Finance Director respectively). 

•  Following cessation of employment, Executives will be required to 
retain for a further two years any shares held that have vested to 
them under the Group’s share plans in respect of awards made 
following the approval and implementation of the proposed 
policy, subject to a maximum holding requirement of 200% of 
final salary. Our decision to apply this requirement only to shares 
vesting from share plans is intended not to discourage personal 
investment. Measures will be in place to ensure compliance with 
this new requirement. 

The proposed policy makes the commitment that, inter alia, directors’ 
salaries will normally only rise in line with the wider workforce and 
that all remuneration outcomes are subject to the Remuneration 
Committee’s active consideration of the need, or otherwise, to apply 
discretion. 

Following these changes, the proposed policy will result in an overall 
level of compensation that is no higher than average for a company 
of Rotork’s size and complexity.

The proposed Policy will be put to shareholders for approval at the 
2020 AGM. Where approved, and subsequently implemented, it will 
become effective on that date and will remain in place for three years, 
unless a new policy is proposed before that date.

Remuneration in 2019
2019 started with a cautious outlook for the business, which became 
steadily more positive as the year progressed, so our remuneration 
decisions reflected this reality.

At the start of the year, despite the strong performance of the new 
management team and bearing in mind the limited results from the 
Growth Acceleration Programme at that time, the Board judged that 
the external landscape remained challenging. The Committee 
therefore decided to defer any change in salaries for the directors and 
the senior management team at the normal salary review date. As the 
year progressed, it became evident that the business was navigating 
the external challenges well and that the benefits from the Growth 
Acceleration Programme were being realised earlier and more 
strongly than expected. By the middle of the year, based on 
confidence in the business’ performance, the Committee judged that 
a salary increase across the executive population was appropriate; 
therefore both executive directors (and the senior management team) 
received a salary increase in July 2019 of 1.4%, in line with the 
increase that had been given to the wider workforce at the start of 
the year. The Committee decided it was not appropriate to backdate 
the increase. 

The Annual Bonus targets for 2019 (payable in 2020) were based on 
annual profit, cash generation, lost time incident rate and individual 
strategic targets. Despite a difficult market environment we set 
ambitious targets for the annual bonus, particularly in relation to 
profit and this is reflected in the outcome for the year. In a market 
environment that remained challenging, the Group’s operating 
performance was good, benefitting from pre-emptive management 
action and the Growth Acceleration Programme. The strategic 
development of the business during the year has also been strong and 

84

Rotork Annual Report 2019

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Annual bonus
Whilst the overall structure of the annual bonus will remain unchanged 
from 2019 there are some important revisions that will apply, including 
the introduction of tougher targets reflecting the increased 
opportunity in the business, as follows:
•  EBITA Performance (60% of opportunity) – the maximum target for 
this will be increased such that the growth in EBITA (on a constant 
currency basis) to achieve maximum outturn will be 3% points 
higher than in 2019.

•  Cash Conversion (15% of opportunity) – the target to achieve 

maximum outturn will increase from 100% conversion to 110%. 
•  Health & Safety (5% of opportunity) – a performance range will be 
introduced (replacing the ‘cliff edge’ single number target of prior 
years) with the target set on a basis consistent with the previous 
year and a maximum that requires a stronger than historical 
performance improvement in LTIR.

•  Strategic Personal Objectives (20% of opportunity) – for the first 
time specific objectives will be included to cover environmental 
performance. It is anticipated that these objectives will be further 
developed during the year such that an increased proportion of the 
annual bonus opportunity will become dependent on environmental 
performance in the future. 

2020 LTIP
Whilst the structure of the LTIP performance conditions will be 
consistent with 2019, the challenging targets have been set having had 
close regard for the increased opportunities in the business.
•  TSR (33% of opportunity) – in line with market standards for this 
measure the maximum outturn will be achieved if TSR is in the 
upper quartile. 

•  EPS (33% of opportunity) – as in previous awards the threshold and 

maximum is set at 9% and 35% growth respectively. 

•  Economic profit (33% of opportunity) – performance will be 
measured against the latest long-term plan for the business. 
Maximum award will require a growth in the economic profit over 
the period of 9% CAGR, equivalent to growth of more than 10% 
CAGR in profit after tax. 

Awards under the existing Remuneration Policy will be made in the 
normal course following the publication of the results, with a further 
award made following satisfactory approval of the proposed 
Remuneration Policy. Awards made under the proposed policy will be 
made subject to directors formally agreeing to the post cessation of 
employment shareholding arrangements that apply to those awards. 

Details of the Remuneration arrangements for 2020 are included on 
pages 83 to 85.

this is reflected in the Strategic Personal Objectives assessments for 
both directors. As a result, the bonus for Kevin Hostetler and Jonathan 
Davis for 2019 paid out at 102.5% and 81.5% of salary respectively, of 
which 27.5% and 21.5% respectively will be deferred in shares under 
the Deferred Share Plan. 

The 2019 payout is below the 2018 pay out level despite stronger 
business performance reflecting the challenging targets that are set at 
Rotork.

The outturn for the 2017 LTIP award, which vests in 2020, is based on 
basic earnings per share (EPS), total relative shareholder return (TSR) 
and the rate of growth in economic profit (a capital returns measure) 
over the three years to December 2019. EPS has grown at  
11.8% CAGR since 2016 (the base year for measurement) reflecting 
the recovery in performance following the change in leadership and 
implementation of the new business strategy (Growth Acceleration 
Programme), though the depressed level of the base year start point 
helped. Economic profit growth (growth in profit ahead of the return 
demanded by the weighted average cost of capital) was good at  
4.6% CAGR. As a result, 84.5% of the award to Jonathan Davis (and 
other members of the senior management team) vested. Kevin 
Hostetler, having joined Rotork in 2018, was not a participant in this 
award cycle. 

The Committee actively considered the extent to which the outturn  
for both the 2019 Annual Bonus and the 2017 LTIP reflected the 
substantive performance of the business and alignment with the 
‘shareholder experience’ in the relevant period. The Committee was 
satisfied that both outcomes were fair, appropriate and proportionate 
and were well aligned to the shareholder experience and feedback.  
As such no discretionary adjustments to the formulaic results were 
considered necessary.

Full details of the targets and performance against them for both the 
Annual Bonus and 2019 LTIP are set out on page 85. This includes an 
expanded section on the nature of and assessment of the Strategic 
Personal Objectives in response to feedback from shareholders.

Remuneration for 2020
If the proposed Remuneration Policy is approved, and subsequently 
implemented, then the changes envisaged therein will be implemented 
in 2020. 

Salary reviews
• 

In Rotork salaries are now normally reviewed, effective 1 April. 
Accordingly, the executive directors will receive a base salary increase 
of 2.5%, in line with the level awarded to the wider workforce.  
This is in line with the proposed Remuneration Policy that Executive 
Directors’ salaries will normally only increase in line with the wider 
workforce.

•  The Chairman’s fees were also increased by 2.5%, effective on the 

same date. 

Pension allowances 
Subject to the new remuneration policy being agreed and 
implemented pension allowances of executive directors will be  
frozen at their 2019 levels.

85

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Remuneration at a glance

Development in the role of the Committee 
In the light of some significant changes in the expectations of many 
stakeholders, the Remuneration Committee’s role has expanded 
during the year.

This review provided the Committee with confidence that 
remuneration practices were being aligned to the Key Remuneration 
Principles and that the pay culture and tone in the Group was 
appropriate.

In addition to my role as Chair of the Remuneration Committee I 
accepted the role as the designated non-executive director for 
workforce engagement which provides a useful linkage to the now 
wider remit of the Remuneration Committee itself.

Composition of the Committee
As explained in the report of the Nomination Committee Chairman, in 
accordance with good practice, Peter Dilnot stepped down from the 
Committee on 1 October 2019 as he is a serving executive director in 
another business. All members of the Committee are non-executive 
directors who do not serve as an executive director on another listed 
business in the UK.

—
Tim Cobbold
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
2 March 2020

Most significantly the Committee now has oversight over all aspects 
of remuneration in Rotork. To this end, in 2019 the Committee 
approved the Rotork Key Remuneration Principles, set out above. It is 
through these principles that the Committee exerts an appropriate 
degree of influence over remuneration throughout Rotork, at all 
levels. They also set the pay ‘culture and tone’ for remuneration in the 
business.

The Committee conducted a review of the company’s Workforce 
Remuneration and Related Policies as part of satisfying itself of the 
adequacy of the development of the remuneration practices and 
culture across the business. This included:
•  A review of the pension arrangements, including assessing the 

level of pension contribution made to the majority of the 
workforce in a country, including the UK and global basis.

•  An explanation of the approach taken to benchmarking across the 

business on a by country and by role basis.

•  Reviewing the management’s changed approach to performance 
conversations and the linkage of individual performance to pay 
review as part of ensuring an approach aligned to the Key 
Remuneration Principles, particularly nos. 1 & 2.

•  Reviewing the effectiveness of the new company wide bonus 

scheme that was introduced in 2019 including the mechanisms by 
which individual performance is recognised.

•  Considering plans to widen the scope of the LTIP in a way that 

reflects talent more than hierarchy and requires, as a condition of 
participation, a minimum ‘performance plus contribution’ rather 
than a quasi-entitlement/expectation.

1 

It is envisaged that an initial award in line with the existing Remuneration Policy will be 
issued to the executive directors in March 2020. In the event that the new 
Remuneration Policy is approved at the Annual General Meeting and subsequently 
implemented, a second grant, awarded outside of the 42 day allotment period as 
defined in the scheme rules, will be made to the executive directors.

86

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Policy report

Our Remuneration Policy in 2020 (assuming AGM approval and subsequent implementation of the new policy)

Purpose

Attract and retain 
high-calibre executive 
directors

Element

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Kevin Hostetler (Chief Executive)

Jonathan Davis (Group Finance Director)

£624,000

Standard benefits plus relocation arrangements 
agreed in connection with his appointment

£359,000

Standard benefits

Pension allowances fixed from 1 January 2020 at their 2019 absolute values, i.e. £152,100 and 
£70,119 for the Chief Executive and Group Finance Director respectively. These allowances will 
fall progressively and, by the end of 2022, will align with the percentage contribution available 
to the majority of the workforce.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Annual bonus

150% of salary maximum
(90% salary on-target)

125% of salary maximum
(75% salary on-target)

Drive and reward 
short-term  
performance

Incentivise long-term 
value creation and 
provide alignment  
with shareholders1 

Long term incentive
plan (LTIP)1

Provide alignment  
with shareholders

Shareholding 
requirements

Based on profit, cash generation, safety and personal targets (including strategic and 
environmental). Any bonus above 60% of maximum is deferred in shares for three years.

200% salary performance share award

175% of salary performance share award

Based on adjusted earnings per share (EPS), relative total shareholder return (TSR) and economic 
profit assessed over a three-year performance period (a two-year post-vesting holding period also 
applies)

350% of salary

300% of salary

Executive directors are required to build a shareholding equal to their variable pay opportunity 
within five years of appointment. A requirement to hold 200% of salary in shares will 
continue to apply for two years after cessation of employment (but does not apply to shares 
held which were purchased with the executive’s own funds).

Total remuneration opportunity at  
on-target performance (£’000)

£2,063

Actual remuneration for 2019 (£’000)

£1,422

£1,060 

£1,191

How our Remuneration Policy supports Rotork’s strategy
Our aim is to deliver strong and sustainable margins, consistent year-on-year growth in revenues and profit and a high return on capital which, 
combined with our asset-light model, delivers strong cash generation. The financial measures in our incentive plans reflect these priorities and 
our long-term financial objectives. 

Strategic priorities

Innovation

Operational excellence

Growth

Sustainability

Bonus

Strategic targets

Cash generation measure
Personal performance targets

Profit measure

Environmental stewardship measure
Safety measures
Deferral into shares
Clawback and malus provisions

LTIP

Economic profit measure

Total Shareholder Return measure
Earnings per share measure

Five-year time horizon (three-year performance
period and two-year holding period)
Clawback and malus provisions

Performance outcomes for the 2019 financial year

2019 annual bonus

Profit (60%)
Cash generation (15%)
LTIR (5%)
Personal and strategic (20%)

2017 LTIP award

EPS growth (33%)
TSR (33%)
Economic profit (33%)

44.0% achieved
15.0% achieved
5.0% achieved
KH: 18.0% achieved
JD: 17.5% achieved

100.0% of maximum
96.0% of maximum
57.5% of maximum

Kevin Hostetler

Jonathan Davis

82.0% of maximum awarded

81.5% of maximum awarded

84.5% of maximum vesting

Our directors’ Remuneration Policy has been developed to enable Rotork to recruit and reward appropriately an executive team of the calibre 
required to manage our global business to deliver the optimum outcomes for all our stakeholders. We aim to pay competitively against the talent 
pools from which we recruit, which envisages a large portion of pay to be linked directly to the performance of the business and delivered in 
Rotork’s shares to ensure strong long-term alignment.

87
87

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

We have defined some key principles for remuneration at Rotork. We seek to ensure that the way we pay every Rotork employee, including our 
senior leaders, is:
•  Performance driven, competitive and fair;
•  Motivating, affordable and proportionate;
•  Aligned to shareholders’ interests; and
•  Globally relevant and transparent.

Our previous policy was approved by shareholders at our AGM in 2017 and will expire in April 2020. This report sets out our proposed Policy 
for the coming three years, for which we are seeking approval at the AGM in April 2020. If approved by shareholders and subsequently 
implemented, this revised policy will remain in place for three years, unless approval for a new policy is sought sooner.

The principal changes proposed for the current period are set out below, along with the rationale for these changes. Whilst developing this 
new policy, we consulted with investors on an initial set of proposals and provide a summary below of the views expressed and how this 
shaped our final proposals.

Current policy

Proposed change

Rationale and investor views

Pension

Up to 25% salary (actual 
payments are 25% for Chief 
Executive and 20% for Group 
Finance Director).

Newly appointed executive 
directors will receive a pension 
contribution (or allowance in lieu) 
capped at the level available to 
the majority of the workforce. 

From January 2020, the 
contribution level for the current 
executive directors will be held at 
the 2019 cash level for two years, 
after which it will be reduced to 
20% for the Chief Executive and 
15% for the Group Finance 
Director; and then, for both, to 
the level of the workforce by 
31 December 2022.

Maximum opportunity of 150% of 
salary.

Intended opportunity for 2020: 
150% for Chief Executive and 
125% for Group Finance Director.

Deferral requirement remains.

Maximum opportunity of 200% 
of salary.

Intended opportunity for 2020: 
200% for Chief Executive and 
175% for Group Finance Director.

Annual 
bonus

LTIP

Maximum opportunity up to 
125% of salary (actual 
opportunities are 125% for 
Chief Executive and 100% for 
Group Finance Director).

Any bonus over 60% of 
maximum opportunity is 
subject to deferral.

Maximum opportunity up to 
150% of salary (actual 
opportunities are 150% for 
Chief Executive and 125% for 
Group Finance Director).

Two-year holding period 
applies to all vested shares.

Holding period remains.

We are conscious that arrangements for current 
executive directors are a matter of contract which can be 
varied only by mutual consent.

We consulted with shareholders on this matter and a 
number expressed a strong view that they would wish to 
see alignment with the workforce by the end of 2022. 
Subject to the agreement of a new policy, the two 
executive directors have agreed to vary their contracts to 
allow a phased reduction to their pensions.

After a period of less robust business performance, the 
introduction of a new management team and the 
development of the Growth Acceleration Programme 
has significantly increased the long-term opportunities 
for the business and our shareholders. The revised 
opportunity for the executive team reflects the Board’s 
wish to incentivise the team to deliver these greater 
opportunities over the longer term.

Although ultimately successful, our recent recruitment 
experience identified clearly the constraints of the 
current policy. The current overall level of variable pay is 
well below market levels compared to other businesses 
of similar size to Rotork.

Our initial proposals were for a 50% increase to annual 
bonus opportunity and a 25% increase to LTIP 
opportunity. This change would have given us a more 
market typical variable pay structure (and level), and 
whilst most shareholders understood the need to make 
the change, many preferred that the increase be 
weighted more to the longer term. We accepted this 
readily as it increased the focus on the long term and 
amended our proposal accordingly, such that two thirds 
of the increased opportunity is within the LTIP.

88
88

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Current policy

Proposed change

Rationale and investor views

Share 
ownership 
requirements

In-employment requirement of 
250% of salary.

No post-cessation requirement.

In-employment holding 
requirement increase to the level of 
total variable pay opportunity (i.e. 
350% for Chief Executive and 
300% for Group Finance Director).

Shares to the value of 200% of 
salary to be held for two years 
post-cessation.

Our approach to remuneration encourages and supports 
delivery of the long-term growth opportunity the 
Growth Acceleration Programme has created. In 
combination with the increased, long-term weighted, 
variable opportunity, we proposed both an increase in 
our shareholding requirements and a post cessation of 
employment holding requirement, the aim being to 
improve the executive directors’ long-term alignment 
with shareholders. All shareholders welcomed this 
proposal.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Role of the Remuneration Committee
The principal role of the Remuneration Committee is to set the framework and policy for remuneration of the executive directors, the RMB and 
the Chairman. It also oversees the principles and structure of remuneration arrangements for all employees across the Group, and seeks to 
ensure there is consistency across regions, business lines and organisational levels. Insofar as possible, similar structures are used across the 
Group, since this is the most reliable way of ensuring transparency. At all levels, in line with our remuneration principles, we ensure that 
remuneration is competitive and fair; at the executive level, this means offering remuneration that is sufficiently attractive to attract and 
appropriately reward the leadership team required to successfully run a complex global business.

The full terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee can be found on the Company’s website at www.rotork.com/en/investors/index/
committees. Key responsibilities include:
•  Within the approved policy, determining individual remuneration packages for the executive directors, Chairman and, on the advice of the 

Chief Executive, the RMB.

•  Selecting the measures and setting the performance criteria for the annual bonus and LTIP; and, at the end of their performance periods, 

evaluating performance against these criteria and considering whether any discretion should be applied in determining the level of payment.

•  Agreeing the terms and conditions to be included in service agreements for executive directors, including termination payments. 
•  Selecting, appointing and setting terms of reference with any remuneration consultants who may advise the Remuneration Committee. 
•  Monitoring the principles and structures of remuneration across the Group and ensuring there is consistency and procedures to monitor 

fairness of application. In this regard, the Remuneration Committee reviews internal relativities, pay ratios and gender pay gaps, and invites 
the Group HR Director to its meetings to provide a full picture of pay across the Group.

•  Taking into account guidance issued by shareholders, their representative bodies and proxy agencies (including the Investment Association 
and Institutional Shareholder Services). The Remuneration Committee also takes into consideration any views expressed by shareholders 
during the year (including at the AGM) and encourages an open dialogue with its largest shareholders. Major shareholders are consulted in 
advance about changes to the Policy Report or any significant proposed changes to the way in which it is implemented.

Overview of the Policy Report
Directors’ policy table

Element of
remuneration

Purpose and how it
supports the strategy

Base salary

To attract and retain 
executive directors of 
the right calibre and 
provide a core level of 
reward for the role.

How the element operates

Maximum amounts payable

Framework used to
assess performance

Details of the current salaries of 
the executive directors are set out 
in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

N/A

Normally, future salary increases 
will be no higher than the average 
increase (as a percentage of 
salary) applied to the UK 
workforce. However, the 
Remuneration Committee retains 
the discretion to award higher 
increases if appropriate (for 
example, to reflect progression in 
the role or increased experience 
of the individual).

Salary levels (and subsequent salary 
increases) are set after taking into 
account the responsibilities of the 
role, the value of the individual in 
terms of skills, experience and 
personal contribution, Company 
performance, internal relativities 
and pay conditions, and external 
market data (benchmarked against 
companies of a similar size and 
complexity and other companies in 
the same industry sector). The 
Remuneration Committee also 
considers the impact of any 
increase to salaries on the total 
remuneration package.

Salaries are paid monthly and 
reviewed annually (salaries are 
normally reviewed in February, with 
any changes effective from 1 April).

89
89

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Element of
remuneration

Purpose and how it
supports the strategy

How the element operates

Maximum amounts payable

Benefits

To attract and retain 
executive directors of 
the right calibre by 
providing a market 
competitive level of 
benefit provision.

The range of benefits that may be 
provided is set by the 
Remuneration Committee after 
taking into account local market 
practice in the country where the 
executive director is based.

There is no prescribed maximum 
level, but the Remuneration 
Committee monitors the overall 
cost of the benefit provision to 
ensure that it remains 
appropriately proportionate.

Framework used to
assess performance

N/A

Standard benefits for executive 
directors’ benefits comprise a car 
and fuel (or car and fuel 
allowance), personal accident 
insurance, private medical 
insurance and life assurance. 
Additional benefits may be 
provided, as appropriate, 
including travel benefits for 
executives working away from 
their home country.

Executive directors are also 
entitled to membership of the 
all-employee Rotork Share 
Incentive Plan (SIP), or Overseas 
Profit Linked Share Scheme 
(OPLSS), within the maximum 
limits as set by HMRC.

Any reasonable business related 
expenses may be reimbursed 
(including any tax if determined to 
be a taxable benefit).

Pension

To provide a market 
competitive 
remuneration package 
to enable the 
recruitment and 
retention of executive 
directors.

The Company may fund 
contributions to a director’s 
pension as appropriate. This may 
include contributions to a money 
purchase scheme and/or payment 
of a cash allowance where 
appropriate.

For executive directors appointed 
after the 2020 AGM: no higher 
than the percentage of salary 
available to the majority of the 
workforce.

N/A

For directors appointed prior to 
the 2020 AGM an amendment to 
service contracts will provide that: 
in 2020 and 2021, contribution 
capped at the level paid to them 
in 2019; in 2022, no higher than 
20% of salary for the Chief 
Executive and 15% of salary for 
the Group Finance Director; and 
by the end of 2022, pension 
contributions will be aligned with 
that available to the majority of 
the workforce in which the 
executive is located.

90
90

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Element of
remuneration

Purpose and how it
supports the strategy

Annual 
bonus

Drives and rewards 
performance against 
annual financial and 
operational goals which 
are consistent with the 
medium to long term 
strategic needs of the 
business.

How the element operates

Maximum amounts payable

Bonus up to 60% of the 
maximum opportunity is paid in 
cash. Any bonus awarded in 
excess of 60% of the maximum is 
deferred into shares for three 
years. 

Dividend equivalents may be paid 
on the deferred shares on vesting. 
The Remuneration Committee 
retains discretion to adjust the 
number of deferred shares in the 
event of a variation in the capital 
of the Company and/or to settle 
the award in cash.

The maximum annual bonus 
opportunity is 150% of salary.

Details of the current annual 
opportunity are set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

For each measure, normally a 
sliding scale of stretching targets 
is set by the Remuneration 
Committee. The threshold level of 
bonus under each financial 
measure varies but accounts for 
no more than one third of the 
maximum bonus opportunity 
under any single measure.

LTIP

To incentivise long term 
value creation and 
alignment with 
shareholder interests.

The maximum LTIP opportunity is 
200% of salary.

Details of the current award levels 
are set out in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

The LTIP permits an award of 
shares to be granted which vests 
subject to performance and 
continued employment. The LTIP 
awards will be granted in 
accordance with the rules of the 
plan, which were approved by 
shareholders in 2019, and the 
discretions contained therein. 

Awards under the LTIP may be 
granted in the form of conditional 
shares, forfeitable shares, nil-cost 
options or cash (where the award 
cannot be settled in shares).

For awards granted from 2017 
onwards, the directors must retain 
any shares vesting (net of tax) 
until the fifth anniversary of 
grant.

91
91

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Framework used to
assess performance

The annual bonus is focused 
on the delivery of 
strategically important 
performance measures. 
These include demanding 
financial and non-financial 
measures. Financial 
measures will account for 
the majority.

Under the terms of the 
bonus plan, the 
Remuneration Committee 
has the discretion, in 
exceptional circumstances, 
to amend previously set 
targets or to adjust the 
proposed pay-out to ensure 
a fair and appropriate 
outcome.

Awards under the LTIP are 
subject to performance 
conditions, measured over 
three financial years, 
currently being adjusted EPS, 
economic profit and TSR. 
Different measures may be 
used for future award cycles.

A sliding scale of targets is 
set for each measure with no 
more than 25% of the award 
(under each measure) vesting 
for achieving the threshold 
performance hurdle.

The performance targets are 
set prior to the grant of each 
award. Different measures, 
targets and/or weightings 
between measures may be 
set for future award cycles.

Under the LTIP rules 
approved by shareholders, 
the Remuneration 
Committee has the discretion 
to amend the targets 
applying to existing awards 
in exceptional circumstances 
providing the new targets are 
no less challenging than 
originally envisaged. The 
Remuneration Committee 
also has the power to adjust 
the number of shares subject 
to an award in the event of a 
variation in the capital of the 
Company.

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Element of
remuneration

Purpose and how it
supports the strategy

How the element operates

Maximum amounts payable

N/A

Framework used to
assess performance

N/A 

The maximum aggregate fee level 
is as specified in the Group’s 
Articles of Association (currently 
£700,000).

N/A

The fee levels are set by reference 
to rates in companies of 
comparable size and complexity. 
The fee levels are reviewed 
periodically taking into account 
the responsibilities of the role and 
the time commitment of the 
individual.

Shareholding 
guideline

To provide alignment 
with shareholders by 
requiring executives to 
build and maintain a 
meaningful 
shareholding in 
Rotork.

Chairman 
and non-
executive 
directors’ 
fees

To attract and retain 
non-executive 
directors of the right 
calibre.

The executive directors are also 
subject to a requirement during 
their period of employment to 
build and maintain a shareholding 
in Rotork equivalent to the 
combined annual award 
opportunity under their bonus 
and LTIP. It is expected that this 
requirement will be achieved 
within five years of appointment.

Following the cessation of their 
employment, executive directors 
are required to retain for a further 
two years any shares held that 
have vested to them under the 
Group’s share plans after the 
adoption of this Policy (subject to 
a maximum holding requirement 
of 200% of final salary).

Fees for the Chairman and 
non-executive directors are 
reviewed periodically.

Non-executive director fees are 
determined by the Chairman and 
Chief Executive. The fees for the 
Chairman are determined by the 
Remuneration Committee taking 
into account views of the Chief 
Executive.

The fees for the non-executive 
directors comprise a basic Board 
fee, with additional fees paid to 
the Senior Independent Director 
Committee chairs and other 
similar Board responsibilities. 
Additional fees may be paid for 
additional temporary 
responsibilities.

Any reasonable business-related 
expenses may be reimbursed 
(including tax thereon if 
determined to be a taxable 
benefit).

92
92

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Performance measures
Performance measures are used to determine the extent of any awards made under the variable elements of the executive directors’ 
remuneration mix, being the annual bonus and the LTIP. The performance measures used are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration. The 
performance measures are selected because of their use as Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to assess Company performance and to align the 
interests of the directors to those of the shareholders. Non-financial KPIs constitute part of the annual bonus award and these are selected to 
ensure that performance measured by financial KPIs is not delivered at the expense of important non-financial considerations.

The measures currently used each fulfil a distinct purpose as set out below:

Measure

Used in

Purpose

Adjusted operating 

Annual bonus

Maintain focus on annual profits.

profit 

Cash generation

Annual bonus

Maintain discipline on managing inventory and receivables.

Lost-time incident rate Annual bonus

Focus on safety and the impact of safety incidents.

Strategic objectives

Annual bonus

Provide a balance to financial delivery which reflect activities which contribute to the 
longer term success of the Group. These include environmental targets.

Earnings per share

LTIP

Economic profit

Relative TSR

LTIP

LTIP

Adjusted EPS is a key measure for analysts who cover Rotork and reflects long-term growth in
profits.

Captures the cost of the capital required to operate the business and instils discipline 
around capital usage into financial decision-making.

Reflects the long-term growth in the value of shareholders’ investment in Rotork.

Clawback and malus
The payment of any bonus is at the ultimate discretion of the Remuneration Committee and the Remuneration Committee also retains an 
absolute discretion to reclaim or withhold some, or all, of any annual bonus paid in exceptional circumstances, such as misstatement of results, 
an error in the calculation of the performance targets and/or award size and gross misconduct.

The Remuneration Committee has similar power in respect of the LTIP and may exercise discretion to reclaim some, or all, of a vested LTIP award 
in exceptional circumstances (the specified situations being the same as for the annual bonus plan). The Remuneration Committee may also lapse 
or reduce an award prior to vesting where the participant is found to be guilty of serious misconduct.

Differences between the Policy Report and the policy on employee remuneration
We use the same principles (as set out at the start of this report) to determine pay for our executives and everyone else who works at Rotork. We 
recognise that it is appropriate for a significant proportion of executive directors’ remuneration to be contingent on the performance of the 
Group, and that such remuneration is at risk subject to the satisfaction of stretching performance conditions. Executive directors and other senior 
managers are invited to participate in the LTIP under which shares are awarded subject to performance conditions over a three-year period. We 
are also widening participation in our share-based long-term incentive schemes within the organisation. Executive directors and other senior 
managers are also invited to participate in the annual bonus scheme which will result in a bonus payment being made if targets are achieved, 
part of which for executive directors may be deferred in shares.

Employees share in the success of the Group through a profit-based bonus plan which is linked to the performance of their business unit, Group 
performance and their own individual performance. This is coupled with the opportunity, for eligible employees, to receive free shares from the 
Company, paid from the Company’s profits.

Approach to recruitment remuneration
We recruit our most senior leaders from a global talent pool and our Policy provides the flexibility for such recruitment. Base salary levels for new 
executives are set after taking into account the experience and calibre of the individual and their existing remuneration package. It may be 
appropriate in certain circumstances to offer a salary which is initially lower than the market level but having a planned series of increases to such 
salary may be given over subsequent years subject to individual performance. We will be clear as to our intentions with a candidate if we intend 
to adopt such approach for a particular rewards package. Benefits will generally be provided in accordance with the Policy. Where an executive is 
required to relocate in order to take up his/her role, we may offer relocation expenses and assistance and/or ongoing expatriate benefits 
(including tax equalisation), the nature of which would be determined by the individual circumstances.

The structure and level of the ongoing variable pay element will be in accordance with the Policy. Different performance measures may be set 
initially for the annual bonus, taking into account the responsibilities of the individual, and the point in the financial year that the executive joined.

In the case of an external hire, it may be necessary to buy out certain elements of remuneration from an executive’s previous employer which 
would be forfeited on leaving that employer. Where we do this, it will always be subject to the principal consideration that making such a 
buy-out is in the best interests of the Group. Any such payment would be structured to take into account the form (cash or shares), timing and 
expected value (i.e. likelihood of meeting any existing performance criteria) of the remuneration being forfeited. Replacement share awards, if 
used, may be granted using Rotork’s existing share plans to the extent possible, although awards may also be granted outside of these schemes 
if necessary and as permitted under the Listing Rules.

93
93

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Annual report on remuneration

In the case of an internal hire, any outstanding variable pay awarded in relation to the previous role will be allowed to pay out according to its 
terms of grant.

Fees for a new Chairman or non-executive director will be set in line with the Policy.

Service contracts and policy on payments for loss of office
Under the executive directors’ service contracts, up to 12 months’ notice of termination of employment is required by either party. Should notice 
be served, the executive directors can continue to receive basic salary, benefits and pension for the duration of their notice period during which 
time the Company may require the individual to continue to fulfil their current duties or may assign a period of garden leave. The Company applies 
a general principle of mitigation in relation to termination payments and the service contracts expressly include the use of monthly phased 
payments following termination in lieu of notice which can be reduced to the extent that alternative remunerated employment is found.

The service contracts also enable the Company to elect to make a payment in lieu of notice equivalent in value to 12 months’ base salary only.

In the event of cessation of employment, the executive directors may still be eligible for a bonus at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee, on a pro-rata basis for the period of time served from the start of the financial year to the date of termination and not for any 
period in lieu of notice. Different performance measures (to the other executive directors) may be set for the bonus for the period up until 
departure, as appropriate, to reflect changes in responsibility.

Any unvested shares held under the deferred annual bonus plan will ordinarily vest on the normal vesting date, save where the departure is as a 
result of summary dismissal, in which case the awards will lapse on cessation of employment. The Remuneration Committee may also 
determine that the shares shall vest on an earlier date (including the date of cessation) if the Remuneration Committee, in its discretion, 
considers that the circumstances of the cessation merit early vesting of the awards.

The rules of the LTIP set out what happens to awards if a participant leaves employment before the end of the vesting period. Generally, any 
unvested LTIP awards will lapse when an executive director leaves employment except in certain circumstances. If the executive director ceases 
to be employed as a result of death, injury, retirement, transfer of employment or any other analogous reason, they may be treated as a ‘good 
leaver’ under the plan rules. The shares for a good leaver will vest subject to an assessment of performance, with a pro-rata reduction to reflect 
the proportion of the vesting period served. Awards for a good leaver may then vest on the normal vesting date, unless the Remuneration 
Committee determines that they should vest early (for example, following the death of the participant). In determining whether an executive 
director should be treated as a good leaver and the extent to which their award may vest (up to the pro-rated amount), the Remuneration 
Committee will take into account the circumstances of an individual’s departure.

Outplacement services and reimbursement of legal costs may be provided where appropriate. Any statutory entitlements or sums to settle or 
compromise claims in connection with a termination would be paid as necessary.

Any legacy benefits under the Company’s defined benefit pension schemes will be allowed to be paid under the terms of those schemes and as 
set out in the Policy Report.

Outstanding share awards would ordinarily vest early on a change of control of the Company. In the case of unvested awards under the LTIP, 
performance would be measured to the date of control with a pro-rata reduction to reflect the proportion of the vesting period served.

The Chairman and non-executive directors do not have service contracts; they serve under letters of appointment and are subject to annual 
re-election by shareholders at the AGM. The term of appointment for non-executive directors and the Chairman is three years and their 
appointments are subject to termination on three months’ notice (up to 12 months for the Chairman). In the event of the termination of their 
position, they are entitled to reimbursement of any outstanding fees and expenses due.

Illustration of the application of the Policy Report
The charts below illustrate how the Remuneration Policy would function for minimum, on-target and maximum performance for 2020 for each 
executive director. In addition, the fourth bar illustrates the value of total remuneration should both the annual bonus and LTIP pay out in full, 
and if LTIP awards are subject to 50% share price appreciation over the relevant period.

Salary levels (and consequently the other elements of the remuneration package which are calculated as a percentage of salary) are based on 
those intended to apply in 2020 subject to approval of this Policy. Taxable benefits are shown as the cost to the Company of supplying those 
benefits for the year ending 31 December 2019. On-target performance, for illustrative purposes, assumes achievement of 60% of the 
maximum available bonus and threshold LTIP vesting (13.3% of the maximum). Maximum performance assumes achievement of the maximum 
bonus and full vesting of the LTIP shares. The LTIP grant level is shown as 200% for Kevin Hostetler and 175% for Jonathan Davis. No share 
price growth has been assumed (other than for the fourth scenario, as described above), and for simplicity, the benefit derived from 
participating in the Company’s SIP has been excluded.

94
94

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Single figure of remuneration (£000s) (audited)
Executive directors

Salary

Benefits(i)

Annual bonus(ii)

LTIP(iii)

Pension and related 
benefits(iv)

Name

Kevin Hostetler(v)
Jonathan Davis

2019

604
348

2018

530
346

2019

2018

48
14

41
15

2019

619
284

2018

603
313

2019

–
475

2018

–
523

2019

151
70

2018

133
69

Total remuneration

2019

2018

1,422
1,191

1,307
1,266

(i)  The benefit value consists of a car and fuel (or a car and fuel allowance), private medical insurance and the cash value on allocation of SIP share awards as appropriate. Kevin 

Hostetler also received reimbursement of certain costs relating to his relocation, to the value of £99,000 in 2018. 
(ii)  Paid up to 60% of the maximum bonus opportunity in cash with the remainder deferred into shares for three years. 
(iii)  The 2019 figure relates to the vesting of the 2017 LTIP award based on performance to 31 December 2019. These awards are not eligible to vest until March 2020 and as 
such an indicative share price of 321p (being the average closing share price over the three-month period to 31 December 2019) has been used for the purpose of valuing 
these awards. This value will be restated in next year’s report. Of the £475,000, 26% relates to an increase in the value of the underlying shares over the period. 
The 2018 figure relates to the vesting of the 2016 LTIP award based on performance to 31 December 2018. This value has been restated from last year’s report to reflect the 
value of the award on the date of vesting, based on the closing share price of 292p. Of the £523,295, 55% relates to an increase in the value of the underlying shares over 
the period.

(iv)  See page 96 for further details. 
(v)  Kevin Hostetler was appointed to the Board on 12 February 2018 and became Chief Executive on 12 March 2018. 

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Other directors (£000s)

Name

Lucinda Bell
Ann Christin Andersen(i)
Tim Cobbold(i)
Peter Dilnot
Sally James
Martin Lamb

(i)  Joined the Board on 1 December 2018. 

Base fees

Additional fees/remuneration

Total remuneration

2019

56
56
56
56
56
234

2018

47
4
4
47
47
224

2019

10
—
6
—
10
—

2018

10
—
—
—
14
129

2019

66
56
62
56
66
234

2018

57
4
4
47
61
353

Other additional fees are the supplementary fees paid to the Chairs of the Audit and Remuneration Committees and the Senior Independent 
Director. All directors have confirmed that, save as disclosed in the single figures of remuneration table above, they have not received any other 
items in the nature of remuneration.

Annual bonus for 2019
Bonuses in 2019 were based 60% on annual profit, 15% on cash generation, 5% on lost time incident rate and 20% on personal strategic 
objectives. Details of performance achieved and the targets set are shown below:

Annual profit target
Cash generation
Lost time incident rate

Total

*  % of maximum bonus.

Performance 
required to 
trigger bonus 
payment

Performance 
required at 
maximum

% payable* at 
maximum 
performance

Performance 
outcome

% bonus 
awarded*

£127m
85%
N/A

£162m
100%
<0.30

60%
£151m
15% 131.4%
0.25

5%

80%

44%
15%
5%

64%

95
95

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Personal strategic objectives, which accounted for 20% of the bonus opportunity, were set at the start of the year. The Remuneration 
Committee set specific and measurable targets covering a range of the Company’s strategic priorities and assigned each an individual 
weighting. Performance against each of the defined targets was assessed by the Remuneration Committee with input from the Chairman and 
other non-executive directors. The objectives for both executive directors and performance against them are summarised in the table below:

Kevin Hostetler

% payable* at 

maximum Performance summary

Business strategy – ongoing development 
of long-term strategic plan, including 
environmental assessment and strategic 
initiatives

Investor relations – maintain strong 
relations with existing shareholders and 
improve shareholder interest and loyalty, 
particularly in North America

Building on the five year Growth Acceleration Programme, longer term 
strategic alternatives for the business were developed and synthesised.  
A plan was developed and initiatives identified and actioned. A horizon 
scanning exercise was undertaken and the groundwork laid for Rotork’s 
decarbonisation strategy.

2.0%

Identified and secured new North American shareholders onto the register. 
The investor relations team was rated a top 5 investor relations team in 
2019. Feedback from investors was positive.

2.0%

Growth Acceleration Programme:
•  Talent management
• 

Innovation, R&D and sustaining 
engineering

•  Operational improvement plan
•  Route-to-market

Total

Jonathan Davis

Development and implementation of 
financial systems, including:
•  Divisional reporting
•  Control frameworks
•  Enterprise resource management

Development of finance function:
•  Expand finance team and develop 

capabilities

A completely new talent management process launched, revolutionising  
the assessment, performance appraisal and succession planning processes.  
This is now implemented and operational. Aggressive operational 
improvement plan delivered including capability development across the 
business. Route to market organisational structure redesigned in line with 
new sector focus and being launched. Radical overhaul of R&D and 
innovation processes.

16.0%

20.0%

% payable* at 

maximum Performance summary

Established the financial infrastructure and capability to support the new 
sector focus for both management and reporting. Built changes into the 
design for the new finance model in preparation for the corresponding new 
IT infrastructure that will support finance in the future. Developed the 
corresponding control framework that delivers enhanced controls. Delivered 
the new contract approval process into BAU. 

12.0%

•  Develop plans for blueprint for 

back-office finance consolidation

Upskilled and upgraded the global finance team. Measures to improve 
finance efficiency were behind target and assessed accordingly.

6.0%

Generation of working capital

Total

2.0%

20.0%

*  % of maximum bonus.

Delivered strong reduction in first phase working capital reductions, 
especially inventory.

% bonus 
awarded*

2.0%

2.0%

14.0%

18.0%

% bonus 
awarded*

12.0%

3.5%

2.0%

17.5%

Overall this resulted in a bonus award to Kevin Hostetler of £619,000 (102.5% of salary), and to Jonathan Davis of £284,000 (81.5% salary). 
The Remuneration Committee considered whether any discretion should be applied in respect to the determination of the financial or strategic 
elements of the bonus and concluded it should not. Bonus earned above a threshold of 60% of the maximum opportunity is deferred in shares, 
held for three years and subject to no further performance conditions. Of the above amounts, for Kevin Hostetler will defer £166,000 and 
Jonathan Davis will defer £75,000; the balance is paid in cash.

LTIP awards vesting based on performance to 31 December 2019 (audited) 
The LTIP rewards performance against the principal measures of Rotork’s long-term financial success. Performance is measured over a three-
year period using a combination of basic EPS, TSR compared to a comparator group and economic profit growth. The economic profit measures 
the post-tax profitability of the Group after a charge has been taken for the combined capital used (both debt and equity) within the business. 
The charge is calculated using the weighted average cost of capital based on average capital employed in the period. In determining capital 
employed, cumulative amortised goodwill and long-term pensions liabilities are adjusted for. In determining the economic profit, adjustments 
are made for restructuring costs and benefits and also, when material, for M&A activity and exchange. The target is set by using the latest 
long-term financial plan approved by the Board. It targets a rate of growth of the average economic profit over the three years of the plan over 
the three years preceding the plan period. For the 2017 Award, due to the depressed performance in the three years to 2016, the base was 
calculated at three times the 2016 economic profit, otherwise the target would have been insufficiently demanding. The maximum requires 
growth ahead of the three year plan. In assessing the 2017 Award, no adjustments were made for M&A or exchange. 

96
96

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

The measure captures the extent to which the business has earned a return above the cost of capital. It has been shown in many other capital-
intense businesses to drive improved decision making, particularly when evaluating large-scale investment decisions, and was introduced at 
Rotork in 2017. The 2017 LTIP cycle was the first cycle to include this measure.

The LTIP awards granted on 7 March 2017 were based on performance to 31 December 2019 and were subject to the following performance targets:

Measure

Weighting Performance period

Threshold target

Stretch target

Performance outcome

Earnings per share1

33%

01/01/2017 – 31/12/19 9% (15% vesting)

35% (100% vesting)

EPS performance of 39.6% was above the 
stretch target resulting in 100% vesting 
for this part of the award.

33%

TSR relative to the 
constituents of the FTSE 
350 Industrial Goods 
and Services Sector1

01/01/2017 – 31/12/19 Median ranking

Upper quartile ranking 
or above

TSR growth of 74% was above the 
threshold target resulting in 96% vesting 
for this part of the award.

Economic profit 
growth

33%

01/01/2017 – 31/12/19 0% growth on three 

times the 2016 
economic profit

56% growth on three 
times the 2016 
economic profit

Economic profit performance of 14.3% 
growth was above the threshold target 
resulting in 57.5% vesting for this part of 
the award.

1 

For performance between threshold and stretch, awards vest on a pro-rata basis.

Performance on all three measures was above the minimum performance thresholds and, having reviewed the underlying financial performance, 
the Remuneration Committee concluded there were no factors that would cause them to consider apply any discretion in respect of the outcome 
on any of these measures during this period. The Remuneration Committee, therefore, approved the vesting of 84.5% of the shares awarded 
under the 2017 LTIP cycle, for which Jonathan Davis was the only executive director holding an award.

Jonathan Davis

 March 2017

175,135

147,989

27,146

6 March 2020

Grant date

under award

Number of shares vesting

Number of shares lapsing

Vesting date

Number of Shares(i)  

(i)  Awarded as nil-cost options

Share awards granted in 2019 (audited)
LTIP awards (audited) 
The following LTIP awards were made to the executive directors on 16 May 2019:

Share awards made 
during 2019(i)

Basis on which  
awards made

Face value of award (£)(ii)

Percentage vesting for 
minimum performance(iii)

End of  

performance period

Vesting date

Kevin Hostetler

Jonathan Davis

315,015

150% of salary

151,274

125% of salary

904,093

434,156

13.3% 31 December 2021

16 May 2022

13.3% 31 December 2021

16 May 2022

(i)  Awards to Kevin Hostetler were made as Conditional Share Awards; awards to Jonathan Davis were made as nil-cost options.
(ii)  The share price used to determine the number of shares under the award was 287p being the share price immediately prior to the date of the award. 
(iii)  Vesting if the minimum performance EPS, TSR and capital return (economic profit) conditions are achieved. The three equally-weighted performance measures are: 
a  Earnings per share – EPS growth must be at least 9% for 15% vesting, increasing on a straight-line basis to full vesting for EPS growth of 35% and above; 
b  Total shareholder return – measured relative to the constituents of the FTSE 350 Industrial Goods and Services Sector, 25% vesting for median performance, increasing 

c 

on a straight-line basis to full vesting for upper quartile performance and above; and 
Economic profit – measures the profitability of the group after a charge for the overall level of capital (based on the total capital used and calculated using the weighted 
average cost of capital) is subtracted. It is measured on a cumulative basis, over the three-year performance period. No payout will be received for a negative economic 
profit. The threshold target requires average economic profit over the three-year period to exceed that generated in 2018 and the maximum target has been set such 
that it will require double digit growth in post-tax profits alongside improved balance sheet efficiencies. Details of the exact targets are considered by the Remuneration 
Committee to be commercially sensitive. However, full details of the targets and how economic profit has been calculated will be disclosed on vesting. 

Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP) awards (audited) 
Any bonus earned above a threshold of 60% of the maximum is deferred into share awards under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan, vesting on the 
third anniversary of grant. No further performance conditions apply; DSBP awards are subject to continued employment only and dividend 
equivalents may be paid on the deferred shares on vesting.

The following DSBP awards were made on 5 March 2019 (based on performance in relation to the 2018 financial year):

Kevin Hostetler

Jonathan Davis

Share awards granted

Basis on which awards made

Face value of awards (£)(i)

Vesting date

71,783

36,790

38.6% of salary

30.4% of salary

£205,000

£105,000

5 March 2022

5 March 2022

(i)  The share price used to determine the number of shares under the award was 285.7p being the share price immediately prior to the date of the award.

97
97

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

SIP share awards (audited)
In common with all eligible employees, UK based executive directors receive an entitlement to ordinary shares under the SIP. Under the SIP, an 
aggregate total of up to 5% of profits are distributed to employees each year in the form of ordinary shares. The distribution is calculated by 
reference to years of service and basic salary. Details of free share awards under the SIP made to executive directors in 2019 are set out below.

Jonathan Davis

8 April 2018

1,204

Date of grant

Free share awards made 
during the year

Basis on which award made

Face value of award

Non-performance 
based

3,600

The executive directors are also eligible to purchase monthly partnership shares under the SIP to a maximum of £150 per month.

Summary of outstanding share awards held by executive directors (audited)

Awards 
held at 
31 December
2018

Granted in
the year

Lapsed in the
year

Option
awards
exercised in
the year

Awards 
held at 
31 December
2019

Kevin Hostetler

LTIP

LTIP

DSBP

Total

340,393

–

–

–

315,015

71,783

340,393

386,798

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

340,393

315,015

71,783

727,191

Jonathan Davis

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

DSBP

DSBP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

226,122

175,135

163,461

–

–

–

–

151,274

14,697

–

–

36,790

2,014

1,440

1,274

–

–

–

–

1,204

47,034

179,088

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,014

–

–

–

175,135

163,461

151,274

14,697

36,790

–

1,440

1,274

1,204

Total

584,143

189,268

47,034

181,102

545,275

Performance
period

Exercise
price

Date of grant

Vesting date/end
of holding period

1 Jan 2018-  

31 Dec 2020(iii)

1 Jan 2019-  

31 Dec 2021(iii)

– 7 March 2018 7 March 2021

– 16 May 2019 16 May 2022

N/A

– 5 March 2019

5 March 
2022

1 Jan 2016-  

31 Dec 2018(i)

1 Jan 2017-  

31 Dec 2019(ii)

1 Jan 2018-  

31 Dec 2020(iii)

1 Jan 2019-  

31 Dec 2021(iii)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

– 6 March 2016 6 March 2019

– 6 March 2017

6 March 
2020

– 7 March 2018 7 March 2021

– 16 May 2019 16 May 2022

– 7 March 2018 7 March 2021

– 5 March 2019

5 March 
2022

–

–

–

–

6 April 2016

6 April 2019

6 April 2017

6 April 2020

6 April 2018

6 April 2021

8 April 2019

8 April 2022

(i)  Subject equally to EPS performance (RPI + 9% to RPI + 35% growth) and TSR performance relative to the FTSE 250 (excluding financial services, insurance and investment 

trusts) (median to upper quartile) over the three-year performance period. As described in last year’s report, the TSR target was achieved, while the EPS target was partially 
met. Accordingly, 179,088 shares vested in March 2019. 

(ii)  Subject equally to EPS performance (9% to 35% growth), TSR performance relative to the FTSE 350 Industrial Goods and Services Sector (median to upper quartile) and 
capital return (economic profit) performance over the three-year performance period. Any vesting awards will also be subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period 
during which time they may not be sold. As described above, the TSR target was achieved, while the EPS and capital return (economic profit) targets were partially met. 
Accordingly, 147,989 shares will become eligible to vest in March 2020.

(iii)  Subject equally to EPS performance (9% to 35% growth), TSR performance relative to the FTSE 350 Industrial Goods and Services Sector (median to upper quartile) and 
capital return (economic profit) performance over the three-year performance period. Any vesting awards will also be subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period 
during which time they may not be sold. 

98
98

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited)
The table below shows total shareholdings of the current directors and former directors as at 31 December 2019.

Executive directors
Kevin Hostetler
Jonathan Davis
Non-executive directors
Lucinda Bell
Ann Christin Andersen
Tim Cobbold
Peter Dilnot
Sally James
Martin Lamb

Interests in shares(i)

Unvested LTIP 
awards

Unvested DSBP 
awards

Unvested options

SIP awards in 
holding period

% of salary 
shareholding 
achieved(ii)

130,762
286,783

655,408(iii)
489,470(iv)

71,783
51,487

7,150
–
–
–
13,031
152,414

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
3,918

112%
329%

–
–
–
–
–
–

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Includes shares held by connected persons. 

(i) 
(ii)  The share price used to determine the percentage of the shareholding of salary achieved is 335p, being the share price as at 31 December 2019. The guideline shareholding 

for the executive directors is 250% of salary. 

(iii)  An LTIP award over 315,015 shares was granted to Kevin Hostetler on 16 May 2019. 
(iv)  An LTIP award over 151,274 shares was granted to Jonathan Davis on 16 May 2019. 

There has been no change in the directors’ interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company between 31 December 2019 and 2 March 
2020, except in the case of Jonathan Davis’s and Kevin Hostetler’s monthly purchases of partnership shares under the SIP.

Total pension entitlements (audited)

Value of pension related benefits (£) during Company financial year to:

31 December 2018

31 December 2019

Total accrued 
pension in the 
defined benefit 
scheme as at 
31 December 
2019 (£ per 
annum)

Normal retirement 
age

Defined benefit 
scheme

Cash in lieu of 
pension

Defined benefit 
scheme

Cash in lieu of 
pension

Total

65
65

–
–

–
–

132,500
69,200

132,500
69,200

–
–

151,000
69,600

Total

151,000
69,600

Director

Kevin Hostetler
Jonathan Davis

Notes:
1  The amounts above have been calculated in accordance with Statutory Instrument 2013 No 1981 – The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Account and 

Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. 

2  The total accrued pension in the defined benefit scheme as at 31 December 2019 is that which would be paid annually on retirement from normal pension age. Jonathan 
Davis was a member of the defined benefit scheme until he opted out with effect from 30 April 2017. During 2019, Mr Davis elected to remove his accrued benefits from 
the defined benefit scheme and place them in a private pension scheme. This transaction, which is an option open to any scheme member in a similar situation, was 
conducted based on independent actuarial advice and overseen by the Chair of the Trustees of the pension scheme. The amount of the transfer was an accrued pension of 
£37,717 per annum and as a result Mr Davis has no remaining financial interest in the defined benefit scheme.

3  Kevin Hostetler receives an annual cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions which has been capped at a maximum annual value of £152,100. 
4 

Jonathan Davis receives an annual cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions which has been capped at a maximum annual value of £72,169. 

Payments to former directors and for loss of office
As disclosed in prior years, two former directors, Peter France and Bob Arnold, retained certain LTIP awards on cessation which vested in part in 
March 2019. No further payments were made to former directors or for loss of office during the year.

99
99

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

TSR performance graph
This graph shows the value, by 31 December 2019, of £100 invested in Rotork plc on 31 December 2009, compared with the value of £100 
invested in the FTSE 350 Industrial Engineering Sector on the same date. This index has been chosen as a comparator as it represents 
companies with similar business operations to the Company, and is an index of which Rotork is a constituent.

500

400

300

200

Rotork plc 

FTSE Industrial 
Engineering Sector

100

Jan 10

Dec 10

Dec 11

Dec 12

Dec 13

Dec 14

Dec 15

Dec 16

Dec 17

Dec 18

Dec 19

Historic Chief Executive remuneration table

Year

2019
2018
2018
2017
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010

Chief Executive

Kevin Hostetler
Kevin Hostetler(i)
Martin Lamb(ii)
Martin Lamb(ii)
Peter France(iii)
Peter France
Peter France
Peter France
Peter France
Peter France
Peter France
Peter France

Chief Executive
single figure
remuneration
(£000s)

Annual cash bonus
as a percentage of
maximum
opportunity

LTIP vesting rate
as a percentage of
maximum
opportunity

1,422
1,193
353
282
681
835
696
1,092
1,452
1,539
1,182
1,288

82.0%
90.9%
N/A
N/A
72%
45.5%
23.4%
66.0%
94.4%
91.3%
88.9%
91.9%

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0%
0%
0%
37.0%
67.0%
75.5%
30.0%
94.4%

(i)  Kevin Hostetler was appointed to the role of Chief Executive on 12 March 2018.
(i)  Martin Lamb held the role of Executive Chairman from 28 July 2017 to 12 March 2018 and received an additional fixed remuneration of £55,000 per month on top of his 

annual Chairman’s fee during this period. 

(iii)  Peter France resigned as Chief Executive and stood down from the Board on 27 July 2017.

Percentage change in remuneration of director undertaking the role of Chief Executive
The table below shows the percentage change in remuneration (based on salary, benefits and bonus) between 2018 and 2019.

Base salary
Benefits
Bonus

Chief Executive 
2019 % Change 
from 2018

Average per UK 
employee 2019 % 
Change from 2018

N/A%
N/A%
N/A%

2.9%
19.1%
2.3%

Kevin Hostetler was appointed as Chief Executive from 12 March 2018. Consequently, full-year comparable data is not available.

100
100

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows actual expenditure of the Company and change in spend between current and prior financial periods on remuneration 
paid to all employees against distributions to shareholders.

Employee remuneration (£000s)
Dividends (£000s)(i)

(i)  Dividends paid were the only distributions to shareholders during the year.

CEO pay ratio disclosure
The table below sets out Rotork’s CEO pay ratio for the 2018 and 2019 financial years.

2019

2018

Percentage change

153,879
52,287

159,914
48,288

-3.8%
8.3%

Year

2019
2018

25th percentile  

Method

pay ratio

Median pay ratio

Option B
Option B

48:1
49:1

43:1
45:1

75th percentile  

pay ratio

27:1
33:1

Option B has been used for the calculation of the pay ratio. Under this method, the latest gender pay gap data has been used to identify on an 
indicative basis three UK employees at 25th, median and 75th percentile. This methodology has been chosen as the data is readily available and 
avoids the challenge in collecting and verifying accurately the variable pay elements for all UK employees across many subsidiaries.

To provide further context, the table below shows the CEO and the employee percentile pay used to determine the 2019 pay ratios.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Year

Total salary1
Total remuneration (single figure)1

1 

Full time equivalent.

CEO £000

604
1,422

25th percentile 
£000

Median 
£000

75th percentile 
£000

25
29

29
33

43
53

Statement of implementation of the Policy Report in 2020
Subject to the new Remuneration Policy being approved and subsequently implemented, the following statement will apply.

Salary

Benefits

Pension

LTIP

Executive directors’ salaries will increase effective 1 April 2020 by 2.5%, as follows:
•  Kevin Hostetler – £624,000
•  Jonathan Davis – £359,000. The average budgeted increase for the UK workforce in 2020 is 2.5%.

No change from 2019 – benefits will comprise car and fuel (or car and fuel allowance), personal accident and private medical 
insurance and life assurance. In addition, Kevin Hostetler receives travel benefits to his home country of the United States. 

Executive directors receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions, the value of which for 2020 will remain fixed at 
the level paid in 2019, as follows:
•  Kevin Hostetler – £152,100
•  Jonathan Davis – £70,119

The LTIP award levels for 2020 will be intended to be 200% of salary for Kevin Hostetler and 175% of salary for Jonathan Davis.  
The awards will be subject to the following performance conditions:
•  33% will be based on relative TSR performance with 25% vesting at median increasing to full vesting for upper quartile 

performance or above.

•  33% will be based on adjusted EPS. Adjusted EPS growth must be at least 9% for 15% vesting, increasing on a straight line 
basis to full vesting for adjusted EPS growth of 35% and above. The targets will be based on adjusted EPS (i.e. excluding the 
impact of any material restructuring costs). However, the Remuneration Committee will use its discretion to increase the targets 
as appropriate, to take into account the Board’s expected return on any restructuring investment during the period.

•  33% will be based on economic profit. No payout will be received for a negative economic profit. The threshold target will 

require the cumulative economic profit over the three-year period to exceed that generated in the three year period to 2019 and 
the maximum target has been set such that it will require double digit growth in post-tax profits alongside improved balance 
sheet efficiencies. Similar to EPS targets, these targets may be adjusted upwards to take into account the Board’s expected 
return on any restructuring investment during the period. Details of the exact targets are considered by the Remuneration 
Committee to be commercially sensitive at the current time. However, full details of the targets and how economic profit has 
been calculated will be disclosed on vesting.

The executive directors will be required to retain any shares vesting under the awards (net of tax) until the fifth anniversary of grant.

101
101

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Annual bonus Maximum award levels are intended to be 150% of salary for Kevin Hostetler and 125% of salary for Jonathan Davis.  
Any bonus earned above 60% the of maximum opportunity will be deferred in shares for three years.

Bonuses will be based on annual profit (60%), cash generation (15%), lost time incident rate (5%) and personal strategic 
objectives (20%). The specific targets relating to the bonus have not been disclosed as they are considered by the 
Remuneration Committee to be commercially sensitive but full details will be given on a retrospective basis in next year’s 
report.

Shareholding 
guidelines

The executive directors are required to build and maintain a shareholding equivalent to their total variable pay opportunity 
(being 350% and 300% for the Chief Executive and Group Finance Director respectively). As of 2020, a requirement to hold 
shares for a period of two years post-cessation will apply, as described in the Policy. 

Non-
executive 
director fees

In line with the salary increase for the wider workforce, an increase to the Chairman’s and base Board fee levels of 2.5% has 
been approved as follows:
•  Chairman: £240,000, effective 1 April 2020;
•  Base Board fee: £57,000, effective 1 April 2020.

Supplementary fees are also payable to those directors with additional responsibilities:
•  Additional fee for chairing the Audit Committee £10,000;
•  Additional fee for chairing the Remuneration Committee £10,000;
•  Additional fee for undertaking the role of workforce engagement director £7,000;
•  Additional fee for the role of Senior Independent Director £10,000; and
•  Additional fee for chairing the ESG Committee £7,000.

It is currently intended that any future increases will be made in line with any increases offered to the wider workforce.

Consideration by the directors of matters relating to directors’ remuneration
The members of the Remuneration Committee as at 31 December 2019 were Tim Cobbold (Chair), Lucinda Bell, Ann Christin Andersen, and 
Sally James. The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Remuneration Committee.

The Remuneration Committee is keen to ensure that its deliberations and decisions are undertaken in the fullest context of the business and 
taking into account how employees across the Group are rewarded, as well as ensuring that its decisions are made in the most transparent 
manner possible. To that end, the Remuneration Committee invites the Group HR Director to its meetings to provide this wider context and to 
ensure that all its decision remained aligned with the Values and culture, which we seek to nurture with the business. The Chairman also invited 
to attend meetings, and the Chief Executive and Group Finance Director are invited to attend parts of certain meetings but are not present 
when their own remuneration is considered. 

The executive remuneration practice of Aon plc acts as advisor to the Remuneration Committee having been appointed by the Remuneration 
Committee in September 2013 following a competitive tender process. Aon is a member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and a 
signatory to its Code of Conduct. Another subsidiary of Aon plc is the scheme actuary for the Group’s USA pension plan but Aon has 
procedures in place to ensure that no conflict of interest arises. The Remuneration Committee keeps the independence of the advice provided 
under review and remains satisfied that Aon is sufficiently independent to act as remuneration advisor to the Remuneration Committee.

In 2019, the Company paid £189,730 (2018: £91,540) to Aon for services to the Remuneration Committee. Figures exclude VAT and 
disbursements.

Statement of voting at general meeting
The percentages of votes cast ‘for’, ‘against’ and ‘withheld’ in respect of the Remuneration Policy and last Annual Report on Remuneration are 
as follows:

Resolution (‚ date)

To approve the Remuneration Policy (April 2017)

To approve the Annual Report on Remuneration (April 2019)

Votes cast 
‘for’

99.1%

98.4%

Votes cast 
‘against’

0.9%

1.6%

Votes 
‘withheld’

0%

0%

102
102

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Report of the Directors

The directors submit their report which incorporates the management 
report required under the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 
for listed companies and the audited accounts for the year ended 
31 December 2019 as set out on pages 115 to 160. In compiling  
this report, the directors have consulted with the management  
of the Group.

Directors
The directors in office at the date of this report (all of who served 
during the year) and their biographies and other details, are set out  
on pages 64-65.

Directors’ indemnification and insurance
The Company’s articles of association provide for the directors and 
officers of the Company to be appropriately indemnified, subject to 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The Company purchases 
and maintains insurance for the directors and officers of the Company 
in performing their duties, as permitted by section 233 Companies  
Act 2006.

Powers of the directors
As set out in the Company’s articles of association, the business of the 
Company is managed by the Board who may exercise all the powers of 
the Company.

Appointment and removal of directors
The Board may appoint a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an 
additional director. Any director appointed by the Board must retire at 
the next AGM of the Company and put themselves forward for 
re-appointment by the shareholders. In accordance with the 
recommendations of the Code, each member of the Board submits 
themself for re-election on an annual basis.

In addition to any power of removal conferred by the Companies Act 
2006, the Company may by ordinary resolution remove any director 
before the expiration of their period of office and may, subject to the 
articles of association, by ordinary resolution appoint another person 
who is willing to act as a director in their place.

Committed to the highest standards of ethical behaviour
High ethical standards are fundamental to the way in which we do 
business. Respecting internationally proclaimed human rights, 
promoting an open and honest culture, having a zero tolerance 
approach to bribery and corruption worldwide, and selecting suppliers 
with sound reputations in the marketplace are important principles for 
the Group to adhere to.

Code of Conduct 
Our Code of Conduct was introduced in 2019 and replaces our Ethics 
and Value statement. The Code of Conduct sets out the standards of 
behaviour that Rotork expects from anyone acting on Rotork’s behalf. 
It can be viewed on our website at https://www.rotork.com/en/
about-us/terms-and-conditions/suppliers/code-of-conduct and is 
available in our six core languages.

We are a signatory to the UN Global Compact demonstrating our 
commitment to supporting and respecting human rights.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

We revised the policies which sit beneath the Code of Conduct in 
2019, covering Confidentiality, Conflicts of Interest, Speak-Up, Fair 
Competition, Gifts and Hospitality, Anti Bribery and Corruption, Data 
Protection and Trade Sanctions.

Whistleblowing
Rotork encourages the reporting of any suspected wrongdoing 
through its Speak-Up line which can be found on the Rotork website 
https://www.rotork.com/en/documents/publication/6675. The 
Speak-Up policy gives the workforce various ways to alert 
management and directors to any concerns including suspected  
wrong doing, including an independent external Speak-Up line to 
assist in facilitating the reporting of any concerns confidentially. 

All Speak-Ups are investigated thoroughly, however communicated.  
At each meeting of the Board, directors review any Speak-Up concerns 
the Company has received and, in December 2019, it reviewed the 
arrangement in place for the investigation of such matters, noting any 
follow up action resulting from the Speak-Ups received. During 2019, 
we investigated nine concerns, which related to fraud, conflict of 
interest, impropriety, health & safety and general human resources 
issues. The reports came from five different countries spread across 
the world. 

Anti-Bribery and Corruption 
Rotork has a zero tolerance policy to bribery and corruption 
worldwide, irrespective of country or business culture. Our Code of 
Conduct makes it clear that our employees will never offer, pay or 
solicit bribes in any form. As noted above, in 2019, we updated our 
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy. Our Group Gifts and Hospitality 
Policy, which was updated, clarifies where gifts and hospitality are 
acceptable and the actions that our staff are required to take when 
they intend to give or receive them.

In 2019, we’ve continued to implement a reduction in the number of 
agents that we engage, a more thorough process for their 
appointment and stringent ongoing monitoring requirements. 

Modern Slavery Act
In December 2019 the Board updated and then published its Modern 
Slavery Act Statement, which can be found on the Rotork website at 
https://www.rotork.com/en/investors/modern-slavery-statement.

Benchmarking 
Rotork plc is a constituent of the FTSE4Good equity index series which 
is designed to facilitate investment in companies that meet globally 
recognised corporate social responsibility standards. We continue to 
meet the standards set by FTSE4Good. More detail regarding our 
Corporate Social Responsibility is given on pages 50 and 53 of the 
Strategic Report. 

Political donations
No political donations were made during the year. The Group has a 
policy of not making political donations in any part of the world.

Dividend
The directors recommend a final dividend of 3.90p per ordinary share 
(2018: 3.70p) for the year, payable on 22 May 2020 to shareholders on 
the register on 14 April 2020. An interim dividend for 2019 of 2.30p 
per ordinary share (2018: 2.20p) payable to Shareholders in the 
register on 30 August 2019 was paid on 27 September 2019.

103

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Amendments to the Company’s articles of association
The Company’s articles of association may only be amended by 
special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders.

Significant agreements – change of control
The Company is not aware of any significant agreements to which it is 
party that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of 
the Company following a takeover. There are no agreements between 
the Company and its directors or employees that provide for 
compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because of 
a takeover bid.

Greenhouse gas emissions
The disclosures concerning greenhouse gas emissions required by law 
are set out in the key performance indicators on page 50.

Disabled persons and employee involvement
The disclosures concerning the Group’s policies on the employment of 
disabled persons and employee involvement are set out on page 55.

Substantial shareholders
As at 31 December 2019, the following notifiable interests in issued 
share capital had been received by the Company under the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR 5) of the FCA. It should be 
noted that these holdings are likely to have changed since notified to 
the Company. However, notification of any change is not required 
until an applicable threshold is crossed.

Identity

Number of voting
rights (direct and
indirect)

The Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited
State Street Nominees Limited
Nortrust Nominees Limited

151,061,163
125,565,304
36,119,105

% of 
voting
rights

17.31
14.39
4.14

Corporate governance
The Company’s Corporate Governance Report can be found on page 
55; employee engagement is set out on page 68 and Shareholder 
engagement is set out on pages 68-69.

Disclosure of information to auditors
The directors who held office at the date of approval of this Report of 
the Directors confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and each director has taken all the steps that they ought to 
have taken as a director to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

Report of the Directors continued

Information required in the Report of the Directors set 
out in the Strategic Report
Information relating to the likely future developments of the Company 
and its subsidiaries, and information relating to the research and 
development activities of the Company and its subsidiaries, is set out 
in the Strategic Report on pages 38-41.

Use of financial instruments
An explanation of the Group policies on the use of financial 
instruments and financial risk management objectives are contained 
in note 26 to the accounts.

Post-balance sheet events
There have been no important post-balance sheet events.

Existence of branches outside the UK
The Company has no branches outside of the UK.

Share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital including the rights and 
obligations attached to each class of shares and the ordinary shares 
issued during 2019 are summarised in note 17 of the financial 
statements. 0.5p ordinary shares represent over 99.9% of the 
Company’s total share capital and £1 9.5% cumulative preference 
shares represent less than 0.1% of the Company’s total share capital.

There are no securities of the Company carrying special rights with 
regard to the control of the Company.

At the Company’s last AGM held on 26 April 2019, the shareholders 
authorised the Company to make market purchases of ordinary shares 
limited to just under approximately 10% of its issued ordinary share 
capital at that time and of certain issued preference shares, and to 
allot shares within certain limits approved by shareholders. These 
authorities expire at the 2020 AGM and appropriate renewals will be 
sought.

The Company did not acquire any of its own shares in 2019.

The Company’s articles of association contain customary restrictions 
on the transfer of shares as applicable only in certain limited 
circumstances (e.g. in relation to transfers to a minor). Save for those 
provisions, there are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares 
in the capital of the Company other than certain restrictions which 
may be required from time to time by law, for example, insider trading 
law. In accordance with the Company’s share dealing code, directors 
and certain employees are required to seek the prior approval of the 
Company to deal in its shares.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders 
that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities and/or 
voting rights. The Company’s articles of association contain limited 
restrictions on the exercise of voting rights (e.g. in relation to 
disenfranchised shares following the issue of a notice to shareholders 
under section 793 Companies Act 2006).

The Company’s share schemes each contain provisions providing 
voting rights to the scheme trustee.

104

Rotork Annual Report 2019

‘Going concern’ basis of preparation
After making enquiries, the directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. In 
forming this view, the directors have considered trading and cash flow 
forecasts, financial commitments, the significant order book with 
customers spread across different geographic areas and industries and 
the significant net cash position.

Statement of directors’ responsibility for preparing the 
Annual Report and financial statements
Directors’ responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare such financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors are 
required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance  
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted  
by the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have 
also chosen to prepare the parent company financial statements  
under IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. Under company law, 
the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they  
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs  
of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that 
period. In preparing these financial statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors:
•  Properly select and apply accounting policies; 
•  Present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that 

provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information; 

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Directors’ Responsibility statement pursuant to the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 
60-61 confirm that, to the best of each person’s knowledge and 
belief:
•  The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group and 
Company; 

•  The Report of the Directors includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the position of 
the Group and Company, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and 

•  Having taken advice from the Audit Committee, the Annual Report 
and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model 
and strategies. 

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

External auditor
Upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee and approval of 
the Board, a resolution to appoint Deloitte LLP as auditor, and to 
authorise the directors to determine their remuneration, are to be 
proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

•  Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 

requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to understand 
the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions 
on the entity’s financial position and financial performance; and 

—
Helen Barrett-Hague
General Counsel and Company Secretary
2 March 2020

•  Make an assessment of the company’s ability to continue as a 

going concern. 

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for 
taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

105

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Financial 
Statements

106

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

We continue to review the 
format of our consolidated 
financial statements with a focus 
on clear, effective and concise 
reporting

Rotork Annual Report 2019

107

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Rotork Plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
1. Opinion

In our opinion:
•  the financial statements of Rotork plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) give a true and fair view of the state of 

the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 

adopted by the European Union;

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 

group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, which comprise:
•  the consolidated income statement;
•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;
•  the consolidated and parent company balance sheets;
•  the consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity;
•  the consolidated statement of cash flows; and
•  the related consolidated notes 1 to 30, and company notes (a) to (i).

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and IFRSs as 
adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial 
statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-audit services provided to the 
group and parent company for the year are disclosed in note 8 to the financial statements. We confirm that the non-audit services prohibited 
by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matter that we identified in the current year was the timing of revenue recognition.

Materiality

Scoping

The materiality that we used for the group financial statements was £6.4m which was determined on the basis of 
profit before tax adjusted for ‘other adjustments’ defined in note 2.

Based on our assessment we identified 16 components which, in our view, required a full scope audit of their financial 
information. We identified a further two components on which we perform specified audit procedures. Based on the 
work performed at these 18 components, our scope covered 81% of group revenue and 87% of group profit before 
tax.

Significant changes 
in our approach

We included a key audit matter in the prior year in respect of revenue recognition on significant new contracts with 
non-standard or unusual terms reflecting the additional focus on this risk area for the first-time application of IFRS 15 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Having considered the impact of application of the new revenue standard in 
the prior year we no longer consider this to be a key audit matter, and our audit effort has been focussed in the 
current year on the timing of revenue recognition around year end. 

We no longer consider the inflation and discount rate assumptions used in the defined benefit pension liability 
valuation as a key audit matter. This change in the year is driven by our experience of the previous audits in which no 
deviations from reasonable ranges have been noted, and changes to the schemes in 2018 (refer to note 24 for further 
details).

108
108
108

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

4. Conclusions relating to going concern, principal risks and viability statement

4.1 Going concern
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in note 1 to the financial statements about whether they considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their identification of any material 
uncertainties to the group’s and company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from 
the date of approval of the financial statements.

We considered as part of our risk assessment the nature of the group, its business model and related risks including 
where relevant the impact of Brexit, the requirements of the applicable financial reporting framework and the system 
of internal control. We evaluated the directors’ assessment of the group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
including challenging the underlying data and key assumptions used to make the assessment, and evaluated the 
directors’ plans for future actions in relation to their going concern assessment.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to that statement 
required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) and report if the statement is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained 
in the audit.

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Going concern is the 
basis of preparation of 
the financial 
statements that 
assumes an entity will 
remain in operation 
for a period of at least 
12 months from the 
date of approval of 
the financial 
statements.

We confirm that we have 
nothing material to 
report, add or draw 
attention to in respect of 
these matters.

4.2. Principal risks and viability statement
Based solely on reading the directors’ statements and considering whether they were consistent with the knowledge 
we obtained in the course of the audit, including the knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the directors’ 
assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, we are required to state whether 
we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:
•  the disclosures on pages 34-39 that describe the principal risks, procedures to identify emerging risks, and an 

Viability means the 
ability of the group to 
continue over the time 
horizon considered 
appropriate by the 
directors.

explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;

•  the directors’ confirmation on page 51 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal and 

emerging risks facing the group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity; or

•  the directors’ explanation on page 51 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period 
they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they 
have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We confirm that we have 
nothing material to 
report, add or draw 
attention to in respect of 
these matters.

We are also required to report whether the directors’ statement relating to the prospects of the group required by 
Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These 
matters included those, which had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1 Timing of revenue recognition 

Key audit matter 
description

The group earned revenues of £669m during the year (2018: £696m) relating to the manufacture and delivery of 
products and services. Revenue growth is a key performance indicator for the business. In applying IFRS 15 there is 
judgement required in determining the timing of the transfer of control of products to customers, which impacts the 
amount of revenue recognised in the group’s financial statements. This judgement could be the subject of 
management bias and so we considered that the timing of the cut-off of revenue recognition represents a key audit 
matter which has a potential risk of fraud.

The determination of whether control of products has passed to a customer requires the consideration of a number of 
factors, which include the delivery terms of the arrangement and whether specific criteria have been met to evidence 
the passing of control. The circumstances where most judgement is required are when the products are yet to be 
despatched to the customer (known as bill-and-hold sales). 

Further details are included within the audit committee report on page 77 and note 1 to the financial statements. 

109
109
109

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Rotork Plc 
continued

How the scope of 
our audit responded 
to the key audit 
matter

In response to the identified key audit matter we have performed the following procedures:
•  Obtained an understanding of the relevant controls in place at each component to address the risk of 

inappropriate revenue cut off and assessed whether they had been effectively designed and implemented;
•  tested a sample of transactions exhibiting particular risk characteristics around the year end identified from 

• 

populations relevant to the terms and shipping destinations of each business;
inspected purchase orders, invoices, despatch notes, shipping terms and delivery notes as required to assess 
whether the timing of revenue recognition is appropriate based on the status of products at year end. This 
included a challenge of whether control has passed in line with the requirements of IFRS 15; and

•  for bill-and-hold sales we have considered, amongst other things, the extent to which there is evidence the 

customer has accepted ownership before year end and if there is a substantive reason for continuing to hold the 
products.

Key observations

We have identified no material errors in revenue recognition as a result of our procedures. 

6. Our application of materiality
6.1 Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in 
evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£6.4 million (2018: £6.0 million)

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

£2.2 million (2018: £3.6 million)

Basis for  
determining 
materiality

5% of adjusted pre-tax profit. 

In the year ended 31 December 2019 the adjustments we 
make to statutory pre-tax profit are consistent with those 
presented in Note 4, except for amortisation of acquired 
intangible assets.

This basis is consistent with the year ended 31 December 
2018.

Parent company materiality equates to 1% of net assets 
(2018: 1% of net assets), which is capped at 50% of 
group performance materiality.

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Adjusted profit before tax reflects the manner in which 
business performance is reported and assessed by 
external users of the financial statements.

Net assets are considered to be an appropriate benchmark 
for the parent company given that it is mainly a holding 
company.

Consistent with last year we have adopted this measure, 
as defined above, as it provides a consistent year on year 
basis for determining materiality.

This basis is consistent with that applied at the year ended 
31 December 2018.

PBT adjusted for 
certain items  
£129.2m

  PBT adjusted for certain items
  Group materiality

Group materiality £6.4m

Component materiality range £2.0m to £2.7m

Audit Committee reporting threshold £0.3m

110
110
110

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

6.2 Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. Group performance materiality was set at 70% of group materiality 
for the 2019 audit (2018: 70%). In determining performance materiality, we considered the following factors:
a.  the general quality of the control environment, 
b.  the stability of business performance in previous years, and
c.  the level of corrected or uncorrected misstatements identified in previous years.

6.3 Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.3m (2018: £0.3m), as well as 
differences below that threshold that, in our view, that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on 
disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1 Identification and scoping of components
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including group-wide controls, and assessing the 
risks of material misstatement at a group level. Our approach was consistent with that adopted in the prior year. Based on that assessment, we 
focused our group audit scope primarily on the audit work at 16 components which were subject to a full scope audit and on a further two 
components which were subject to specified audit procedures. 

The 18 components (2018: 18 components) represent the principal business units within the Group’s four reportable segments across  
11 countries and account for 81% of the Group’s revenues (2018: 73%) and 87% of profit before tax (2018: 85%). They were also selected to 
provide an appropriate basis for undertaking audit work to address the risks of material misstatement identified above. Our audit work at these 
components was executed at levels of materiality applicable to each individual entity, which were lower than Group materiality ranging from 
£2.0 million to £2.7 million (2018: £2.4 million to £3.6 million).

7.2.  Working with other auditors
Due to the significance to the group audit of the 16 components’ operations subject to full scope audits, a programme has been designed and 
implemented for senior members of the group audit team to visit the most significant components. As part of the 2019 audit, senior members of 
the group audit team visited key components in the United Kingdom, United States of America, China, and Italy; being 10 of the 18 components 
in the scope of our audit.

For each of the businesses included within the programme of planned visits, the group audit team also discusses audit findings with the relevant 
component audit team throughout the audit engagement and reviews relevant audit working papers. For the remaining locations where full 
scope audits were completed, we discuss audit findings with the relevant component audit team and, where considered necessary in forming our 
group audit opinion, review certain audit working papers in relation to key issues and discuss key matters with component management. 

At the group level, we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not subject to full scope audit. 
None of these components represented more than 3% of revenue or profit before taxation individually.

Revenue  

19%

7%

Profit before tax  

Net assets 

13%

8%

13%

2%

74%

79%

85%

Full audit scope
  Full audit scope
Specified audit procedures
  Specified audit procedures
Review at group level
  Review at group level

Full audit scope
  Full audit scope
Specified audit procedures
  Specified audit procedures
Review at group level
  Review at group level

Full audit scope
  Full audit scope
Specified audit procedures
  Specified audit procedures
Review at group level
  Review at group level

111
111
111

 
 
      
      
      
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Rotork Plc 
continued

8.  Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other 
than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, 
we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected material misstatements of the other information 
include where we conclude that:
•  Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they consider the annual report and financial statements 

taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy, is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or
•  Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does not appropriately address matters 

communicated by us to the audit committee; or

•  Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts of the directors’ statement required under 
the Listing Rules relating to the company’s compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code containing provisions specified for review 
by the auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

9.  Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

10.  Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but 
is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected 
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Details of the extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws and 
regulations are set out below.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

112
112
112

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
We identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and then design and 
perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, including obtaining audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis  
for our opinion.

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws and 
regulations, we considered the following:
•  the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including the design of the group’s remuneration 

policies, key drivers for directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;

•  results of our enquiries of management, internal audit, and the audit committee about their own identification and assessment of the risks  

of irregularities; 

•  any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the group’s documentation of their policies and procedures relating to:

identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of non-compliance;

– 
–  detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;
–  the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations;

•  the matters discussed among the audit engagement team including significant component audit teams and involving relevant internal 
specialists, including tax, financial instruments, pensions, and IT specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial 
statements and any potential indicators of fraud.

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and identified 
the greatest potential for fraud in the timing of revenue recognition. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to perform 
specific procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework that the group operates in, focusing on provisions of those laws and 
regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws and 
regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, Listing Rules, pensions legislation and local tax legislation.

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but compliance 
with which may be fundamental to the group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty. These included the group’s compliance with 
environmental, health and safety, and anti-bribery and corruption legislation; as well as considering the group’s monitoring of changes in 
legislation, including sanctions.

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified the timing of revenue recognition as a key audit matter related to the potential risk of fraud. 
The key audit matters section of our report explains the matter in more detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in 
response to that key audit matter.

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:
•  reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions of relevant laws 

and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements;

•  enquiring of management, the audit committee and in-house legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;
•  performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material misstatement due to 

fraud;

•  reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing correspondence with HMRC; 

• 

and
in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other 
adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and evaluating the 
business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including internal 
specialists and significant component audit teams, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations 
throughout the audit.

113
113
113

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Rotork Plc 
continued

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

12.  Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 

consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

13.  Matters on which we are required to report by exception
13.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

13.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been 
made or the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

14.  Other matters
14.1. Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Audit Committee on 2 June 2014 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ending 31 December 2014 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement including 
previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 6 years, covering the years ending 31 December 2014 to 31 December 2019.

14.2. Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the audit committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

15.  Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.  
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in  
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone  
other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

—
David Griffin FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
London, United Kingdom
2 March 2020

114
114
114

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Consolidated income statement 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Other income
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Other expenses

Adjusted operating profit
Adjustments 
– Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
– Other adjustments

Operating profit

Finance income
Finance expense

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Basic earnings per share 
Adjusted basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share
Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to the income statement:
Foreign exchange translation differences
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges net of tax

Items that are not subsequently reclassified to the income statement:
Actuarial (loss)/gain in pension scheme net of tax

Income and expenses recognised in other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Notes

3

5

5

2,3

3
4

2,3

7
7

8
9

18
18
18
18

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

2019
£000

669,344
(357,718)

311,626
2,875
(6,408)
(180,434)
(649)

151,005

(18,841)
(5,154)

127,010

2,087
(5,040)

124,057
(29,957)

94,100

10.8p
13.0p
10.8p
13.0p

2018
£000

695,713
(384,253)

311,460
8,990
(7,260)
(189,474)
(798)

146,015

(20,284)
(2,813)

122,918

2,278
(4,448)

120,748
(29,004)

91,744

10.5p
12.6p
10.5p
12.6p

2019
£000

2018
£000

94,100

91,744

(12,643)
2,081

(10,562)

(6,705)

(17,267)

76,833

3,164
(6)

3,158

8,055

11,213

102,957

115
115
115

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Consolidated balance sheet
At 31 December 2019

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables

Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade receivables
Current tax
Derivative financial instruments
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity
Issued equity capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Trade payables
Employee benefits
Current tax
Derivative financial instruments
Other payables
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Notes

2019
£000

2018
£000

10
11
12
13
15

14
15
15
23
15
16

17

19
20
13
23
21

19
22
20
22
23
22
21

222,052 
40,848
89,062
14,582
–

230,157 
61,517
79,338
17,337
352

366,544

388,701

73,905
129,390
4,830
2,196
27,558
117,612

355,491

94,739
145,509
1,429
308
23,161
104,489

369,635

722,035 

758,336 

4,363
14,521
24,859
495,657

539,400

6,791
33,576
 10,745
124
1,964

53,200

4,752
41,195
24,734
13,270
52
40,581
4,851

129,435

182,635

722,035

4,358
13,024
35,421
460,825

513,628

30,871
31,274
 15,722
–
2,149

80,016

30,010
47,332
26,489
11,792
2,682
40,150
6,237

164,692

244,708

758,336

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 2 March 2020 and were signed on its behalf by: 

—
KG Hostetler and JM Davis
Directors

116
116
116

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Balance at 31 December 2017
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Foreign exchange translation differences
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash  

flow hedges

Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension plans 
Tax on other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in 

equity

Equity settled share-based payment transactions 
Tax on equity settled share-based payment transactions
Share options exercised by employees
Own ordinary shares acquired
Own ordinary shares awarded under share schemes
Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2018
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Foreign exchange translation differences
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash  

flow hedges

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension plans 
Tax on other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in 

equity

Equity settled share-based payment transactions 
Tax on equity settled share-based payment transactions
Share options exercised by employees
Own ordinary shares acquired
Own ordinary shares awarded under share schemes
Dividends

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Issued
equity
capital
£000

4,352
–

Share
Premium
£000

11,193
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
6
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
1,831
–
–
–

Translation
Reserve
£000

31,766
–

3,164

–
–
–

3,164

3,164

–
–
–
–
–
–

Capital
redemption
reserve
£000

1,644
–

Hedging
Reserve
£000

Retained
Earnings
£000

Total
£000

(1,147)
–

409,392
91,744

457,200
91,744

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

(24)
–
18

(6)

(6)

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

3,164

–
9,501
(1,446)

(24)
9,501
(1,428)

8,055

11,213

99,799

102,957

2,457
98
–
(4,850)
2,217
(48,288)

2,457
98
1,837
(4,850)
2,217
(48,288)

4,358
–

13,024
–

34,930
–

1,644
–

(1,153)
–

460,825
94,100

513,628
94,100

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
5
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

(12,643)

–
–
–

(12,643)

(12,643)

–
–
1,497
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

(12,643)

2,548
–
(467)

2,081

2,081

–
(8,058)
1,353

2,548
(8,058)
886

(6,705)

(17,267)

87,395

76,833

–
–
–
–
–
–

(1,011)
(8)
–
(5,287)
6,030
(52,287)

(1,011)
(8)
1,502
(5,287)
6,030
(52,287)

Balance at 31 December 2019

4,363

14,521

22,287

1,644

928

495,657

539,400

Detailed explanations for equity capital, the translation reserve, capital redemption reserve and hedging reserve can be seen in note 17.

117
117
117

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Consolidated statement of cash flows 
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Notes

2019
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2018
£000

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Amortisation of intangibles
Other adjustments
Amortisation of development costs
Depreciation
Equity settled share-based payment expense
Loss/(profit) on sale of property, plant and equipment
Finance income
Finance expense
Income tax expense

Decrease/(increase) in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
Decrease in trade and other payables
Restructuring costs paid
Difference between pension charge and cash contribution
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
(Decrease)/increase in employee benefits

Income taxes paid

Net cash flows from operating activities
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Development costs capitalised
Sale of property, plant and equipment
Disposal of businesses
Contingent consideration paid
Settlement of hedging derivatives
Interest received

Net cash flows from investing activities
Financing activities
Issue of ordinary share capital
Own ordinary shares acquired
Interest paid
Decrease in bank loans
Repayment of lease liabilities
Dividends paid on ordinary shares

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

4

94,100

18,841
5,154
2,874
16,359
4,702
5
(2,087)
5,040
29,957

174,945
18,176
7,198
(391)
(5,151)
(6,070)
(347)
(1,160)

187,200
(32,769)

(17,306)
(1,937)
663
–
–
(3,070)
1,628

1,501
(5,287)
(2,828)
(59,967)
(4,717)
(52,287)

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

16

91,744

20,284
2,813
2,575
11,642
4,674
(134)
(2,278)
4,448
29,004

164,772
(2,140)
(2,322)
(5,761)
(7,795)
(5,809)
2,333
4,690

147,968
(30,084)

154,431

117,884

(10,430)
(3,831)
201
4,340
(10)
(815)
1,309

(20,022)

(9,236)

1,837
(4,850)
(2,837)
(14,934)
(3)
(48,288)

(123,585)

10,824
104,489
2,299

117,612

(69,075)

39,573
63,192
1,724

104,489

118
118
118

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Notes to the Group financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2019

Except where indicated, values in these notes are in £000.

Rotork plc is a public company limited by shares, registered and domiciled in England. The consolidated financial statements of the Company for 
the year ended 31 December 2019 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group). The accounting policies 
contained below in note 1 and the disclosures in notes 2 to 30 all relate to the Group financial statements. The Company balance sheet, 
accounting policies and applicable notes can be found following note 30. 

1.  Accounting policies
The accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of Rotork plc have been prepared and approved by the directors in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU), IFRIC Interpretations and the Companies Act 2006 
applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention subject to the items referred to in the derivative 
financial instruments accounting policy below.

IFRS 16 Leases

New accounting standards and interpretations
i. 
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’ along with three Interpretations (IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’, SIC 
15 ‘Operating Leases-Incentives’ and SIC 27 ‘Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease’). The new standard 
has been applied using the modified retrospective approach, with no net effect of adopting IFRS 16 recognised in equity as an adjustment to the 
opening balance of retained earnings for the current period. Prior periods have not been restated. 

For contracts in place at the date of transition, being 1 January 2019, the Group has elected to apply the definition of a lease from IAS 17 and 
IFRIC 4 and has not applied IFRS 16 to arrangements that were previously not identified as leases under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4.

The Group has elected not to include initial direct costs in the measurement of the right-of-use asset for operating leases in existence at the date 
of transition. At this date, the Group has also elected to measure the right-of-use assets at an amount equal to the lease liability adjusted for any 
prepaid or accrued lease payments that existed at the date of transition.

Instead of performing an impairment review on the right-of-use assets at the date of transition, the Group has relied on its historic assessment as 
to whether leases were onerous immediately before the date of initial application of IFRS 16.

On transition, for leases previously accounted for as operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months and for leases of 
low-value assets the Group has applied the optional exemptions to not recognise right-of-use assets but to account for the lease expense on a 
straight line basis over the remaining lease term.

On transition to IFRS 16 the weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities recognised under IFRS 16 was 4.5%.

The following is a reconciliation of total operating lease commitments at 31 December 2018 to the lease liabilities recognised at 1 January 2019:

Total operating lease commitments disclosed at 31 December 2018
Recognition exemptions:
Leases of low value assets
Leases with remaining lease term of less than 12 months

Operating lease liabilities before discounting
Discounted using incremental borrowing rate

Total lease liabilities recognised under IFRS 16 at 1 January 2019

£,000

17,789

(324)
(4,178)

13,287
(993)

12,294

Further information on the impact of the transition to IFRS 16 is disclosed in note 27.

ii.  Amendments
A number of amended standards became applicable for the current reporting period. The application of these amendments has not had any 
material impact on the disclosures, net assets or results of the Group.

119
119
119

 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

1.  Accounting policies continued
New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
i.  Other amendments
Further narrow scope amendments have been issued which are mandatory for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2020. The application 
of these amendments will not have any material impact on the disclosures, net assets or results of the Group.

Adjustments to profit 
Adjustments to profit are items of income and expense which, because of the nature, size and/or infrequency of the events giving rise to them, 
merit separate presentation. These specific items are presented on the face of the income statement to provide greater clarity and a better 
understanding of the impact of these items on the Group’s financial performance. In doing so, it also facilitates greater comparison of the 
Group’s underlying results with prior periods and assessment of trends in financial performance. This split is consistent with how underlying 
business performance is measured internally.

Adjustments to profit items may include but are not restricted to: costs of significant business restructuring, significant impairments of 
intangible or tangible assets, adjustments to the fair value of acquisition related items such as contingent consideration, acquired intangible 
asset amortisation and other items due to their significance, size or nature, and the related taxation.

Going concern
After carrying out a detailed review of the viability of the business, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements. In forming this view, the directors have considered trading and cash flow forecasts, financial commitments, 
the significant order book with customers spread across different geographic areas and industries and the net cash position.

Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries for the year to 31 December 
2019. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until 
the date control ceases. Intra-Group balances and any unrealised gains or losses or income and expenses arising from intra-Group transactions 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each Group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates 
(its functional currency). For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each Group company is 
expressed in sterling, which is the functional currency of the company, and the presentational currency for the consolidated financial statements.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated to sterling at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. 
Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are 
measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are translated to sterling at foreign exchange rates at the 
dates the values were determined.

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated into sterling at 
rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign subsidiaries are translated to sterling at rates 
approximating those ruling at the date of the transactions. Differences on exchange arising from the retranslation of the opening net 
investment in subsidiaries, and from the translation of the results of those subsidiaries at average rate, are reported as an item of other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve.

Any differences that have arisen since 1 January 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are presented as a separate component of equity. Translation 
differences that arose before the date of transition to IFRS in respect of all foreign entities are not presented as a separate component.

Revenue
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. The Group recognises revenue when it transfers 
control of a product or service to a customer and is shown net of value-added tax, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales 
within the Group.

Revenue from the sale of actuators, gearboxes and flow control products is recognised in the income statement when control of the goods has 
transferred.

The Group provides service and support through preventative maintenance contracts, on-site and workshop service, retrofit solutions and the 
client support programme. Revenue in respect of workshop service and retrofit solutions is recognised on completion of the work and after all 
performance obligations have been completed. Revenue in respect of preventative maintenance contracts and the client support programme is 
recognised as the services are performed in line with the contractual terms. The directors have assessed that these contracts are satisfied over 
time given that the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Group. 

120
120
120

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

No revenue is recognised if there are significant uncertainties regarding recovery of the consideration due, associated completion costs, the 
possible return of goods or continuing management involvement with the goods.

The Group has applied the practical expedient in IFRS 15.121 and therefore not disclosed the information in IFRS 15.120 regarding unsatisfied (or 
partially unsatisfied) performance obligations on contracts with a duration of one year or less.

Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred 
to the Group.

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

For acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010, the Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:
•  the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus 
•  the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus
•  the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less
•  the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised immediately in the income statement. The fair value of the assets and 
liabilities assumed are provisional for a 12 month period. Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with the issue of debt or 
equity securities, are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity,  
it is not remeasured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent 
consideration are recognised in profit or loss.

Goodwill is stated at cost or deemed cost less any impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment annually. For the 
purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) expected to benefit from the synergies 
of the combination. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying value of an asset or its CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement.

Intangible assets
i)  Research and development
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is 
recognised in the income statement in the period in which it is incurred. Development costs incurred after the point at which the commercial and 
technical feasibility of the product has been proven, and the decision to complete the development has been taken and resources made available, 
are capitalised. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads. Capitalised 
development expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Development expenditure has an estimated 
useful life of up to five years and is written off on a straight-line basis.

ii)  Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group as part of a business combination are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses. The useful life of each of these assets is assessed based on discussions with the management of the acquired business and 
takes account of the differing natures of each of the intangibles acquired. The assessed useful lives of intangibles acquired are as follows: 

Brands 
Customer relationships 
Other – product design patents  
Other – order backlog 

4 to 10 years 
2 to 8 years
4 to 8 years
3 months to 1 year

Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets. 

Property, plant and equipment
Freehold land is not depreciated. Long leasehold buildings are amortised over 50 years or the expected useful life of the building where less than 
50 years. Other assets are depreciated in equal annual instalments by reference to their estimated useful lives and residual values at the following 
annual rates:

Freehold buildings 
Short leasehold buildings 
Plant and equipment  

2% to 4%
period of lease
10% to 33%

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. 

121
121
121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

1.  Accounting policies continued
Leases – Accounting policy applicable from 1 January 2019
i)  The Group as a lessee
For any new contracts entered into on or after 1 January 2019, the Group considers whether a contract is, or contains a lease. A lease is defined 
as ‘a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in exchange for 
consideration’. To apply this definition the Group assesses whether the contract meets three key evaluations which are whether:
•  the contract contains an identified asset, which is either explicitly identified in the contract or implicitly specified by being identified at the 

time the asset is made available to the Group;

•  the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset throughout the period of use, 

considering its rights within the defined scope of the contract; and

•  the Group has the right to direct the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. The Group assesses whether it has the right to 

direct ‘how and for what purpose’ the asset is used throughout the period of use.

ii)  Measurement and recognition of leases as a lessee
At the lease commencement date, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet. The right-of-use asset is 
measured at cost, which is made up of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any initial direct costs incurred by the Group, an estimate of 
any costs to dismantle and remove the asset at the end of the lease, and any lease payments made in advance of the lease commencement 
date (net of any incentives received).

The Group depreciates the right-of-use assets on a straight-line basis from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the end of the 
useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The Group also assesses the right-of-use asset for impairment when such 
indicators exist.

At the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments unpaid at that date, discounted 
using the interest rate implicit in the lease if that rate is readily available or the Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability are made up of fixed payments, variable payments based on an index or rate, 
amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee and payments arising from options reasonably certain to be exercised.

Subsequent to initial measurement, the liability will be reduced for payments made and increased for interest. It is remeasured to reflect any 
reassessment or modification, or if there are changes in in-substance fixed payments.

When the lease liability is remeasured, the corresponding adjustment is reflected in the right-of-use asset, or profit and loss if the right-of-use 
asset is already reduced to zero.

The Group has elected to account for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets using the practical expedients. Instead of recognising a 
right-of-use asset and lease liability, the payments in relation to these are recognised as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term.

On the balance sheet, right-of-use assets have been included in property, plant and equipment and lease liabilities have been included in loans 
and borrowings.

Leases – accounting policy applicable before 1 January 2019
i)  The Group as a lessee
Where fixed assets are financed by leasing agreements, which give rights approximating to ownership, the assets are treated as if they had 
been purchased and the capital element of the leasing commitments are shown as obligations under finance leases. Assets acquired under 
finance leases are initially recognised at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The rentals payable are apportioned between 
interest, which is charged to the income statement, and liability, which reduces the outstanding obligation so as to give a constant rate of 
charge on the outstanding lease obligations. Costs in respect of operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease 
in arriving at the operating profit.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Obligations for loans and borrowings are recognised when the Group becomes party to the related contracts and are measured initially at fair 
value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any issue costs and any discount or premium on settlement. Borrowings are 
classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the 
balance sheet date.

122
122
122

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Taxation
Income tax on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in equity or in other 
comprehensive respectively. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided 
for: the effect of taxable temporary differences for goodwill not deductible for tax purposes and the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a 
transaction which is not a business combination that affect neither accounting nor taxable profits. The amount of deferred tax provided is based 
on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be 
utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Inventory and work in progress
Inventory and work in progress is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated either on a ‘first in, first out’ or an 
average cost basis. In respect of work in progress and finished goods, cost includes all production overheads and the attributable proportion of 
indirect overhead expenses which are required to bring inventories to their present location and condition. The net realisable value in respect of 
old and slow moving inventory is assessed by reference to historic usage patterns and forecast future usage.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short term (with an original maturity less than three months) deposits. Bank overdrafts 
that are repayable on demand form part of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Equity
Equity comprises issued equity capital, share premium, reserves and retained earnings.

When issued equity capital is repurchased, the amount paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a change in equity. 
Repurchased shares are debited directly to equity and shown as a deduction from retained earnings.

Provisions
i)  Warranties
A provision for warranties is recognised when the underlying products or services are sold. The provision is based on historical warranty cost 
data, known issues and management expectations of future costs.

ii)  Contingent consideration
The terms of an acquisition may provide that the value of the purchase consideration, which may be payable in cash at a future date, depends on 
uncertain future events. The amounts recognised in the financial statements represent a fair value estimate at the balance sheet date of the 
amounts expected to be paid. 

Employee benefits
i)  Pension plans
Where the Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme, contributions are made in accordance with the schedule of contributions agreed 
with the Trustees. In respect of all actuarial gains and losses that arise in calculating the Group’s obligation in respect of the plans, these are 
recognised in other comprehensive income. The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated balance sheet represents the deficit 
in the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes. Interest on pension scheme liabilities has been recognised within financing expenses.

The Group also operates defined contribution pension schemes. The costs for these schemes are recognised in the income statement as incurred.

ii)  Share-based payment transactions
The Rotork Sharesave Plan offers certain employees the opportunity to purchase shares in Rotork plc at a discounted price compared with the 
market price at the time of grant. Details of the scheme are given in note 25. The fair value of the right/option is recognised as an employee 
expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period between grant and 
maturity. The right/option reaches maturity when the employee becomes unconditionally entitled. The fair value of the grant is measured using a 
Black-Scholes model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the rights were granted. The amount recognised as an expense is 
adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest except where forfeiture is due only to share prices not achieving the threshold for 
vesting.

123
123
123

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

1.  Accounting policies continued
Employee benefits continued
The Rotork Long Term Incentive Plan grants shares to executive directors and senior managers. These awards may vest after a period of three 
years dependent upon both market and non-market performance conditions being met. Details of the grants are given in note 25. The fair 
value of the award is measured at grant date, using a Monte Carlo simulation model which takes into account the market based performance 
criteria, and spread over the vesting period. The fair value of the award is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in 
equity for the share settled award. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to exclude options that do not vest as a result of 
non-market performance conditions not being met.

The overseas profit linked share plan (OPLSS) and the share incentive plan (SIP) are discretionary profit linked share schemes based on the prior 
year profit of the participating Rotork companies. The value of the award to each employee is based on salary and length of service, the value 
of the awards can be up to £3,600. Shares awarded under these schemes are issued by the trustee at the cost of purchase. The costs of 
providing these plans are recognised in the income statement over the period to which the employee has earned the award. 

iii) Long term service leave
The Group’s net obligation in respect of long term service leave is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their 
service in the current and prior periods.

iv) Other employee benefits
The Group offers a number of discretionary bonus schemes to employees around the world. The costs of these schemes are recognised in the 
income statement as incurred. 

Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses forward exchange contracts and swaps to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange risk arising from operational and financing 
activities. These are the only derivative financial instruments used by the Group. In accordance with its Treasury Policy, the Group does not 
hold or issue contracts for trading purposes. Forward exchange contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting are accounted for as 
trading instruments.

At inception of designated hedging relationships, the Group documents the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the 
hedge. The Group also documents the economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument, including whether the 
changes in cash flows of the hedged item and hedging instrument are expected to offset each other.

Forward exchange contracts are recognised initially at fair value. Where a forward exchange contract is designated as a hedge of the 
variability in cash flows of a recognised liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction, the effective part of any gain or loss on the forward 
contract is recognised directly in other comprehensive income. Any effective cumulative gain or loss is removed from equity and recognised in 
the income statement at the same time as the hedged transaction. The ineffective part of any gain or loss is recognised in the income 
statement immediately.

When a hedging instrument or hedge relationship is terminated but the hedged transaction is still expected to occur, the cumulative gain or 
loss at that point remains in equity and is recognised in accordance with the above policy when the transaction occurs. If the hedged 
transaction is no longer expected to take place, the cumulative unrealised gain or loss held in equity is recognised in the income 
statement immediately. 

Dividends
Interim dividends are recorded in the financial statements when they are paid. Final dividends are recorded in the financial statements in the 
period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Estimates and judgements are regularly evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future 
events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the actual results. 
The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the next 
financial year are listed below.

i)  Critical accounting judgements
There are no critical accounting judgements requiring evaluation.

ii)  Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Retirement benefits
The Group’s financial statements include costs in relation to, and provisions for, retirement benefit obligations. Management is required to estimate 
the future rates of inflation, salary increases, discount rates and longevity of members, each of which may have a material impact on the defined 
benefit obligations that are recorded. Sensitivities to changes in key estimates affecting the pension schemes’ liabilities are shown in note 24.

124
124
124

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

2.  Alternative performance measures
The Group uses adjusted figures as key performance measures in addition to those reported under adopted IFRS, as management believe these 
measures facilitate greater comparison of the Group’s underlying results with prior periods and assessment of trends in financial performance. 

The key alternative performance measures that the Group use include adjusted profit measures and organic constant currency (OCC). 
Explanations of how they are calculated and how they are reconciled to IFRS statutory results are set out below.

a.  Adjusted operating profit
Adjusted operating profit is the Group’s operating profit excluding the amortisation of acquired intangible assets and other adjustments that are 
considered to be significant and where treatment as an adjusted item provides stakeholders with additional useful information to assess the 
trading performance of the Group on a consistent basis. Further details on these adjustments are given in note 4.

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

b.  Adjusted profit before tax
The adjustments in calculating adjusted profit before tax are consistent with those in calculating adjusted operating profit above.

Profit before tax
Adjustments:
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Curtailment gain from the closure of defined benefit pension schemes to future accrual
Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation expense
Consultancy costs associated with the Growth Acceleration Programme
(Gain)/loss on disposal of businesses
Redundancy and executive change costs
Other restructuring costs

Adjusted profit before tax

2019

2018

124,057

120,748

18,841
–
–
–
(2,539)
2,791
4,902

20,284
(8,575)
920
4,052
658
2,896
2,862

148,052

143,845

c.  Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share is calculated using the adjusted net profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders and dividing it by the 
weighted average ordinary shares in issue (see note 18). Adjusted net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders is calculated as follows:

Net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders
Adjustments:
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Curtailment gain from the closure of defined benefit pension schemes to future accrual
Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation expense
Consultancy costs associated with the Growth Acceleration Programme
(Gain)/loss on disposal of businesses
Redundancy and executive change costs
Other restructuring costs
Tax effect on adjusted items

2019

94,100

18,841
–
–
–
(2,539)
2,791
4,902
(4,908)

2018

91,744

20,284
(8,575)
920
4,052
658
2,896
2,862
(5,025)

Adjusted net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

113,187

109,816

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by using the adjusted net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and dividing it by the weighted 
average ordinary shares in issue adjusted to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares (see note 18). 

d.  Adjusted dividend cover
Dividend cover is calculated as earnings per share divided by dividends per share. Adjusted dividend cover is calculated as adjusted earnings per 
share as defined in note 2c above divided by dividends per share.

e.  Total shareholder return
Total shareholder return is the movement in the price of an ordinary share plus dividends during the year, divided by the opening share price.

125
125
125

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

2.  Alternative performance measures continued
f.  Return on capital employed
The return on capital employed ratio is used by management to help ensure that capital is used efficiently.

Adjusted operating profit
Capital employed
Shareholders' funds
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Pension deficit net of deferred tax

Capital employed

Average capital employed

Return on capital employed

2019

2018

151,005

146,015

539,400
(117,612)
11,543
23,942

457,273

474,647

31.8%

513,628
(104,489)
60,881
22,001

492,021

500,380

29.2%

Average capital employed is defined as the average of the capital employed at the start and end of the relevant year.

g.  Working capital as a percentage of revenue
Working capital as a percentage of revenue is monitored as control of working capital is key to achieving our cash generation targets. It is 
calculated as inventory plus trade receivables, less trade payables, divided by revenue.

h.  Organic constant currency (OCC)
OCC results remove the results of businesses acquired or disposed of during the period that are not consistently presented in both periods’ 
results. The 2019 results are restated at 2018 exchange rates. There are no disposals or acquisitions in 2019 that are not consistently presented 
in both periods.

Key headings in the income statement are reconciled to OCC as follows:

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross margin
Overheads

Adjusted operating profit
Interest

Adjusted profit before tax
Adjusted taxation

Adjusted profit after tax

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross margin
Overheads

Adjusted operating profit
Interest

Adjusted profit before tax
Taxation

Adjusted profit after tax

31 December
 2019

Currency 
adjustment

669,344
(357,718)

311,626
(160,621)

151,005
(2,953)

148,052
(34,865)

113,187

(6,950)
4,010

(2,940)
1,124

(1,816)
172

(1,644)
386

(1,258)

OCC
31 December
2019

662,394
(353,708)

308,686
(159,497)

149,189
(2,781)

146,408
(34,479)

111,929

31 December
 2018

Impact of 2018
disposals

31 December
2018

695,713
(384,203)

311,510
(165,495)

146,015
(2,170)

143,845
(34,029)

109,816

(3,145)
1,943

(1,202)
1,141

(61)
(4)

(65)
40

(25)

692,568
(382,260)

310,308
(164,354)

145,954
(2,174)

143,780
(33,989)

109,791

126
126
126

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

3.  Operating segments 
The Group has chosen to organise the management and financial structure by the grouping of related products. The four identifiable operating 
segments for which the financial and operating performance is reviewed monthly by the chief operating decision maker are as follows: 

Controls – the design, manufacture and sale of electric actuators
Fluid Systems – the design, manufacture and sale of pneumatic and hydraulic actuators
Gears – the design, manufacture and sale of gearboxes, adaption and ancillaries for the valve industry
Instruments – the manufacture of high precision pneumatic controls and power transmission products for a wide range of industries

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Unallocated expenses comprise corporate expenses.

Transfer prices between business segments are set on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.

Geographic analysis
Rotork has a worldwide presence in all four operating segments through its subsidiary selling offices and through an agency network. A full list 
of locations can be found at www.rotork.com.

Analysis by operating segment:

Revenue from external customers
Inter segment revenue

Total revenue

Adjusted operating profit*
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Segment result before adjustments
Other adjustments

Operating profit
Net finance expense
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Revenue from external customers
Inter segment revenue

Total revenue

Adjusted operating profit*
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Segment result before adjustments
Other adjustments

Operating profit
Net finance expense
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Controls
2019

Fluid
Systems
2019

Gears
2019

Instruments
2019

Elimination
2019

Unallocated
2019

Group
2019

353,167
–

137,929
–

73,970
9,038

104,278
4,303

–
(13,341)

353,167

137,929

83,008

108,581

(13,341)

–
–

–

113,082
(1,442)

8,334
(301)

14,954
(3,294)

26,245
(13,804)

111,640

8,033

11,660

12,441

–
–

–

(11,610)
–

(11,610)

669,344
–

669,344

151,005
(18,841)

132,164
(5,154)

127,010
(2,953)
(29,957)

94,100

Controls
2018

Fluid
Systems
2018

Gears
2018

Instruments
2018

Elimination
2018

Unallocated
2018

Group
2018

351,858
–

166,328
–

76,260
9,352

101,267
5,887

–
(15,239)

351,858

166,328

85,612

107,154

(15,239)

–
–

–

101,344
(2,851)

16,135
(779)

15,307
(2,082)

24,085
(14,572)

98,493

15,356

13,225

9,513

–
–

–

(10,856)
–

(10,856)

695,713
–

695,713

146,015
(20,284)

125,731
(2,813)

122,918
(2,170)
(29,004)

91,744

*  Adjusted operating profit is operating profit before the amortisation of acquired intangible assets and other adjustments (see note 4).

127
127
127

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

3.  Operating segments continued

Depreciation
Amortisation:
– Acquired intangible assets
– Development costs
Impairment of development cost assets
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Non-cash items: equity settled share-based payments
Net financing expense
Capital expenditure (excluding leases)

Depreciation
Amortisation:
– Acquired intangible assets
– Development costs
Impairment of development cost assets
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Non-cash items: equity settled share-based payments
Net financing expense
Capital expenditure

Controls
2019

8,136

1,442
1,400
–
–
2,417
–
11,550

Controls
2018

5,113

2,851
1,463
–
–
2,107
–
5,201

Fluid
Systems
2019

3,133

301
169
–
–
508
–
1,396

Fluid
Systems
2018

2,507

779
216
–
–
925
–
1,598

Gears
2019

Instruments
2019

Unallocated
2019

Group
2019

2,943

2,103

44

16,359

3,294
277
–
–
479
–
1,902

13,804
1,028
–
–
578
–
1,703

–
–
–
1,935
720
(2,953)
–

18,841
2,874
–
1,935
4,702
(2,953)
16,551

Gears
2018

Instruments
2018

Unallocated
2018

Group
2018

2,374

1,616

32

11,642

2,082
242
–
–
532
–
2,023

14,572
654
–
–
522
–
1,606

–
–
699
1,350
588
(2,170)
–

20,284
2,575
699
1,350
4,674
(2,170)
10,428

Balance sheets are reviewed by subsidiary and operating segment balance sheets are not prepared, therefore no further analysis of operating 
segments assets and liabilities is presented.

Geographical analysis:

Revenue by location of subsidiary

UK
Italy
Rest of Europe
US
Other Americas
China
Rest of World

Non-current assets:
– Goodwill
– Intangible assets
– Property, plant and equipment

Non-current assets:
– Goodwill
– Intangible assets
– Property, plant and equipment

2019

2018

70,779
68,448
121,118
140,965
40,732
69,682
157,620

71,458
80,772
127,960
149,180
42,235
57,506
166,602

669,344

695,713

Rest of
World
2019

Group
2019

40,949
4,789
18,221

222,052
40,848
89,062

Rest of
World
2018

Group
2018

UK
2019

Europe
2019

US
2019

61,342
27,585
30,402

63,955
4,336
30,271

55,061
4,138
8,230

UK
2018

Europe
2018

US
2018

Other
Americas
2019

745
–
1,938

Other
Americas
2018

61,342
36,154
23,651

67,424
7,380
28,762

57,040
8,761
8,596

742
–
969

43,609
9,222
17,360

230,157
61,517
79,338

128
128
128

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

4.  Other Adjustments
The other adjustments are adjustments that management consider to be significant and where separate disclosure enables stakeholders to assess 
the underlying trading performance of the Group on a consistent basis.

The other adjustments to profit included in statutory profit are as follows:

Curtailment gain from the closure of defined benefit pension schemes to future accrual 
Guaranteed Minimum Pension (GMP) equalisation expense

Consultancy costs associated with the Growth Acceleration Programme
Gain/(loss) on disposal of businesses
Redundancy and executive change costs
Other restructuring costs

2019

–
–

–

–
2,539
(2,791)
(4,902)

(5,154)

(5,154)

2018

8,575
(920)

7,655

(4,052)
(658)
(2,896)
(2,862)

(10,468)

(2,813)

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Gain/(loss) on disposal of business
The gain on disposal of £2,539,000 (2018: £658,000 loss on disposal) relates to the sale of the Pittsburgh business. The assets of £1,639,000 
disposed of included goodwill (£452,000) and working capital (£1,187,000). Other costs incurred totalled £93,000. Proceeds of £4,271,000 were 
contractually agreed and included in other receivables at the balance sheet date.

Redundancy and executive change costs
On 28 February 2019 it was announced that the Group’s operations in Taunton, UK would cease during the second half of 2019 and the 
production would transfer to the Group’s manufacturing plant in Manchester, UK. The closure of the Taunton facility resulted in redundancy 
costs of £798,000.

The operations in Tulsa, US ceased on 30 June 2019 and the production transferred to other manufacturing plants in the US. The closure of the 
Tulsa facility has resulted in redundancy costs of £415,000.

A further £1,578,000 (2018: 2,896,000) redundancy and executive change costs have been incurred as a result of the progress made with the 
Growth Acceleration Programme.

Other restructuring costs
Other restructuring costs include £1,046,000 related to the closure of the Taunton facility and £2,096,000 related to the closure of the Tulsa 
facility, including asset write-downs of £1,657,000. £200,000 (2018: £700,000) relates to ending development and sales of products for the 
containment area of nuclear power plants and £1,560,000 (2018: £1,350,000) relates to the ongoing review of the global footprint, including a 
£413,000 loss on disposal of a property.

Income statement disclosure 
The gain on disposal of business is included in other income and the loss on disposal of property is included in other expenses. All other 2019 
adjustments are included in administrative expenses. In 2018 all adjustments were included in administrative expenses, with the exception of the 
credit related to the closure of the defined benefit pension scheme to future which was included in other income. The adjustments are taxable or 
tax deductible in the country in which the expense is incurred.

129
129
129

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

5.  Other income and expense

Curtailment gain from the closure of defined benefit pension schemes to future accrual (note 4)
Gain on disposal of business (note 4)
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Other

Other income

Loss on disposal of business
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Other

Other expense

6.  Personnel expenses

Wages and salaries (including bonus and incentive plans)
Social security costs
Pension costs (note 24)
Share-based payments (note 25)
Increase in liability for long term service leave

During the year, the average monthly number of employees, analysed by business segment was:
Controls
Fluid Systems
Gears
Instruments

UK
Overseas

2019

–
2,539
178
158

2,875

2019

–
599
50

649

2019

153,879
20,947
7,363
4,702
632

187,523

2019
Number

1,854
718
421
619

3,612

971
2,641

3,612

2018

8,575
–
120
295

8,990

2018

658
58
82

798

2018

159,914
21,747
7,882
4,674
95

194,312

2018
Number

1,953
766
470
664

3,853

1,033
2,820

3,853

130
130
130

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

7.  Finance Income and Expense
Recognised in the income statement

Interest income
Foreign exchange gains

Finance income

Interest expense
Interest charge on pension scheme liabilities (note 24)
Foreign exchange losses

Finance expense

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

2019

1,803
284

2,087

2019

(3,117)
(750)
(1,173)

(5,040)

2018

1,618
660

2,278

2018

(3,072)
(1,055)
(321)

(4,448)

Included within interest expense in 2019 is £431,000 of interest payable resulting from the adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019 (see note 1).

Recognised in other comprehensive income

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to income statement
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

Recognised in:
Hedging reserve
Translation reserve

8.  Profit before tax
Profit before tax is stated after charging the following:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment:
– Owned assets
– Assets held under lease contracts
Amortisation:
– Other intangibles
– Development costs
Impairment of development cost assets
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Inventory write downs recognised in the year
Research and development expenditure 
Exchange differences realised 

Audit fees and expenses paid to Deloitte:
– Audit of the Group financial statements
– Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company

Other auditors of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company

Total audit fees and expenses

Amounts paid to Deloitte and its associates in respect of:
– Other assurance services

These costs can be found under the following headings in the income statement:
i)  Both within cost of sales and administrative expenses;
ii)  Within cost of sales;
iii)  Within administrative expenses;
iv)  Within finance income and expenses.

131
131
131

2019

1,125
1,423
(12,643)

(10,095)

2,548
(12,643)

(10,095)

2018

(1,423)
1,399
3,164

3,140

(24)
3,164

3,140

Notes

2019

2018

i
i

iii
iii
iii
iii
ii
iii
iv

11,924
4,435

18,841
2,874
–
1,935
3,102
11,272
889

886
268

1,154
10

1,164

56

56

11,148
494

20,284
2,575
699
1,350
3,483
11,715
(339)

869
231

1,100
22

1,122

49

49 

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

9.  Income tax expense

Current tax:
UK corporation tax on profits for the year
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Overseas tax on profits for the year
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of other temporary differences
Impact of rate change
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge for year

Profit before tax
Profit before tax multiplied by the blended standard rate of corporation tax in
the UK of 19.0% (2018: 19.0%)
Effects of:
Different tax rates on overseas earnings
Permanent differences
Losses not recognised
Tax incentives
Impact of rate change
Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior years

Total tax charge for year

Effective tax rate

Adjusted profit before tax (note 2b)
Total tax charge for the year
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Defined benefit pension schemes (note 4)
Restructuring costs (note 4)

Adjusted total tax charge for the year

Adjusted effective tax rate

2019

2019

2018

2018

3,777
(570)

28,082
(235)

(1,135)
173
(135)

3,207

27,847

31,054

(1,097)

29,957

124,057

23,571

6,856
1,537
(66)
(1,174)
173
(940)

29,957

24.1%

148,052
29,957
4,070
–
838

34,865

23.5%

3,476
(851)

27,646
(223)

(1,307)
30
233

2,625

27,423

30,048

(1,044)

29,004

120,748

22,942

7,107
1,015
(90)
(1,159)
30
(841)

29,004

24.0%

143,845
29,004
4,499
(1,301)
1,827

34,029

23.7%

A tax charge of £8,000 (2018: £98,000 credit) in respect of share-based payments has been recognised directly in equity in the year. 

The effective tax rate for the year is 24.1% (2018: 24.0%). The adjusted effective tax rate is 23.5% (2018: 23.7%) and is lower than the 
effective tax rate for the year principally because of the tax treatment of expenses included in exceptional items.

The adjusted effective tax rate has fallen from 23.7% in 2018 to 23.5% in 2019, principally because of the reduction in the Indian corporate tax 
rate from 35% to 25%, which came into effect on 1 April 2019. This has resulted in a reduction in the Indian tax charge because of the lower 
rate of tax. The Group expects its adjusted effective tax rate to continue to fall in line with the current trend in corporate tax rates where Rotork 
operates. However, the adjusted effective tax rate will still be higher than the standard UK rate due to higher rates of tax in China, the US, 
South Korea, Germany, India, Canada and Australia.

There is an unrecognised deferred tax liability for temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries. Rotork plc controls the 
dividend policies of its subsidiaries and the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences. The value of temporary differences associated 
with unremitted earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred tax has not been recognised is £312,364,000 (2018: £321,281,000).

132
132
132

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

10.  Goodwill

Cost
At 1 January
Derecognised on disposal of business
Exchange adjustments

At 31 December

Provision for impairment
At 1 January
Exchange adjustments

At 31 December

Net book value

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

2019

2018

251,848
(452)
(7,700)

243,696

21,691
(47)

21,644

249,622
(2,239)
4,465

251,848

21,594
97

21,691

222,052

230,157

Cash generating units
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to the lowest level of cash generating unit (CGU). Where the acquired 
entity’s growth into new markets is through the Group’s existing sales network and/or where manufacturing of certain products is transferred to 
other businesses within a division, the lowest level of CGU is considered to be at a divisional sub-group level. During the year, following the 
merger of businesses, the Mastergear Italy CGU was consolidated with the Gears Italy CGU and the Dallas CGU was consolidated with the Rotork 
Controls Inc CGU. In each case this is the lowest level at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. The disposal relates 
to the goodwill attributable to the Hiller nuclear business which was sold during the year.

Cash generating unit

Schischek 
Rotork Fluid Systems
Rotork Controls Inc
Bifold
Instruments sub-group 
Other cash generating units

Total Group

Discount rate

2019

2018

13.7% (2018: 13.3%)
13.4% (2018: 12.9%)
11.0% (2018: 10.7%)
12.1% (2018: 11.6%)
11.6% (2018: 11.2%)

19,514
15,019
16,057
47,467
104,327
19,668

222,052

20,506
15,782
14,527
47,467
103,454
28,421

230,157

Impairment testing
The Group is required to test, on an annual basis, whether goodwill has suffered any impairment.

The key assumptions used in the annual impairment review which are common to all CGUs are set out below:

i)  Discount rates
The discount rates for the significant CGUs presented above are pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the CGU for which the future cash flows have not been adjusted. Discount rates are based on estimations that market 
participants operating in similar sectors to Rotork would make, using the Group’s economic profile as a starting point. For each CGU we adjusted 
the risk premium on a weighted average basis to reflect the region in which the CGU carries out the majority of its business, applied a premium 
based on the size of the CGU and applied a market participant tax rate in the region the CGU operates. In calculating the discount rates, 
consideration was given to exclude risks that were not relevant or which had already been reflected in the cash flows.

ii)  Growth rates
Value in use calculations are used to determine the recoverable amount of goodwill allocated to each of the CGUs. These calculations use cash 
flow projections from management forecasts which are based on the budget and the Group’s three year strategic plan. The three year plan is a 
bottom up process which takes place as part of the annual budget process. Once the budget for the next financial year is finalised, years two and 
three of the three year plan are prepared by each reporting entity’s management reflecting their view of the local market, known projects and 
experience of past performance. The Group annual budget and the three year plan are reviewed and approved by the Board each year. The 
compound annual revenue growth forecast for the Group during years one to three, used within the impairment models, is 5.5% (2018: 7.5%).

In the period after the three year plan growth rates are forecast at 5% (2018: 5%) per annum for the next two years and at 2% (2018: 2%) for 
the long-term growth rate. The 5% rate reflects a realistic market forecast for the flow control market up until 2024.

133
133
133

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

10.  Goodwill continued
Sensitivity analysis
The Group has conducted an analysis of the sensitivity of the impairment test to changes in the key assumptions used to determine the 
recoverable amount for each of the CGUs to which goodwill is allocated. 

For all CGUs the sensitivity analysis shows that if pre-tax discount rates are raised by 1%; short term growth rates are lowered by 10% in years 
one to three; or long term growth rates are lowered by 1% then no impairment would arise. Each of these sensitivities are considered to be a 
reasonably possible change. 

11.  Intangible assets

Cost
31 December 2017
Internally developed
Disposal of business
Disposals
Exchange Adjustments

31 December 2018
Internally developed
Disposal of business
Disposals
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2019

Amortisation
31 December 2017
Charge for the year
Impairment charge
Disposal of business
Disposals
Exchange Adjustments

31 December 2018
Charge for the year
Impairment charge
Disposal of business
Disposals
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2019

Net book value
31 December 2018

31 December 2019

Research and
development
costs

Brands

Customer
relationships

Other

Total

Acquired intangible assets

23,705
3,831
(1,434)
(4,447)
52

21,707
1,937
–
(3,114)
(128)

20,402

14,324
2,575
699
(568)
(4,455)
23

12,598
2,874
–
–
(3,114)
(61)

12,297

9,109

8,105

52,070
–
(775)
–
1,304

52,599
–
–
–
(1,727)

50,872

31,552
5,753
–
(775)
–
1,061

37,591
6,035
–
–
–
(1,479)

42,147

15,008

8,725

120,480
–
(2,471)
–
2,182

120,191
–
–
–
(3,498)

116,693

74,721
12,636
–
(2,471)
–
1,826

86,712
10,767
–
–
–
(2,960)

94,519

33,479

22,174

24,934
–
(2,733)
–
312

22,513
–
–
–
(643)

21,870

19,136
1,895
–
(2,733)
–
294

18,592
2,039
–
–
–
(605)

20,026

3,921

1,844

221,189
3,831
(7,413)
(4,447)
3,850

217,010
1,937
–
(3,114)
(5,996)

209,837

139,733
22,859
699
(6,547)
(4,455)
3,204

155,493
21,715
–
–
(3,114)
(5,105)

168,989

61,517

40,848

Other acquired intangible assets represent order books and intellectual property.

The amortisation charge is recognised within administrative expenses in the income statement. The impairment charge in 2018 relates to the 
cost of ending development and sales of products for the containment area of nuclear power plants. 

134
134
134

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

12.  Property, plant and equipment 

Cost
31 December 2017
Additions
Disposals
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2018
Recognition of right-of-use asset on initial application of IFRS 16

Adjusted balance at 1 January 2019
Additions
Disposals
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2019

Depreciation
31 December 2017
Charge for the year
Disposals
Impairment charge
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2018
Charge for the year
Disposals
Impairment charge
Exchange adjustments

31 December 2019

Net book value
31 December 2018

31 December 2019

Net book value of land and buildings can be analysed between:

Land
Buildings

Net book value at 31 December

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Land and
buildings

Plant and
equipment

63,654
772
(464)
962

64,924
8,978

73,902
2,557
(163)
(1,862)

107,684
9,656
(5,035)
1,535

113,840
3,316

117,156
17,066
(7,385)
(4,043)

Total

171,338
10,428
(5,499)
2,497

178,764
12,294

191,058
19,623
(7,548)
(5,905)

74,434

122,794

197,228

15,304
2,030
(8)
1,312
461

19,099
4,882
(128)
1,883
(868)

74,309
9,612
(4,768)
38
1,136

80,327
11,477
(6,101)
52
(2,457)

89,613
11,642
(4,776)
1,350
1,597

99,426
16,359
(6,229)
1,935
(3,325)

24,868

83,298

108,166

45,825

49,566

33,513

39,496

79,338

89,062

2019

7,060
42,506

49,566

2018

7,385
38,440

45,825

It is the Group’s policy to test assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not 
be recoverable. The impairment charge of £1,935,000 (2018: £1,350,000) arose as a result of the ongoing review of the global footprint (note 4).

135
135
135

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

13.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Employee benefits
Inventory
Other items

Net tax assets/(liabilities)
Set off of tax

Assets
2019

618
3
7,723
4,648
4,344

Liabilities
2019

(1,072)
(7,970)
–
–
(4,457)

17,336
(2,754)

(13,499)
2,754

14,582

(10,745)

Net
2019

(454)
(7,967)
7,723
4,648
(113)

3,837
–

3,837

Assets
2018

450
4
7,481
5,896
5,231

19,062
(1,725)

Liabilities
2018

(1,346)
(12,530)
–
–
(3,571)

(17,447)
1,725

17,337

(15,722)

Movements in the net deferred tax balance during the year are as follows:

Balance at 1 January
Credited to the income statement

(Charged)/credited directly to equity in respect of share-based payments

Credited/(charged) directly to equity in respect of pension schemes

(Charged)/credited directly to hedging reserves in respect of cash flow hedges

Exchange differences

Balance at 31 December

2019

1,615
1,086
(8)
1,353
(467)
258

3,837

Net
2018

(896)
(12,526)
7,481
5,896
1,660

1,615
–

1,615

2018

1,839
1,044
98
(1,446)
18
62

1,615

A deferred tax asset of £14,582,000 (2018: £17,337,000) has been recognised at 31 December 2019. The directors are of the opinion, based on 
recent and forecast trading, that the level of profits in the current and future years make it more likely than not that these assets will 
be recovered. 

A deferred tax asset has not been recognised in relation to capital losses of £7,632,000 (2018: £6,936,000). This asset may be recovered if 
sufficient capital profits are made in future in the companies concerned. There is no expiry date in relation to this asset.

14.  Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods

2019

2018

58,153
3,751
12,001

70,866
6,897
16,976

73,905

94,739

Included in cost of sales was £196,265,000 (2018: £235,708,000) in respect of inventories consumed in the year. 

136
136
136

 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

15.  Trade and other receivables

Non-current assets:
Other non-trade receivables

Other receivables

Current assets:
Trade receivables
Less provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net

Corporation tax

Current tax

Other non-trade receivables
Other taxes and social security
Prepayments

Other receivables

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

2019

–

–

135,333
(5,943)

129,390

4,830

4,830

7,674
13,373
6,511

27,558

2018

352

352

152,089
(6,580)

145,509

1,429

1,429

3,299
11,747
8,115

23,161

Included within non-trade receivables is £Nil (2018: £89,000) which relates to collateral held by a third party in respect of the Group’s 
outstanding forward exchange contracts.

16.  Cash and cash equivalents

Bank balances
Cash in hand
Short term deposits

Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdraft

Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows

2019

78,560
108
38,944

117,612
–

117,612

2018

73,136
56
31,297

104,489
–

104,489

137
137
137

 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

17.  Capital and reserves

At 1 January
Issued under employee share schemes

At 31 December

Number of shares (000)

0.5p Ordinary
shares
issued
and fully
paid up
2019

4,358
5

4,363

872,538

£1 Non-
redeemable
preference
shares
2019

40
–

40

0.5p Ordinary
shares
issued
and fully
paid up
2018

4,352
6

4,358

871,625

£1 Non-
redeemable
preference
shares
2018

40
–

40

The ordinary shareholders are entitled to receive dividends as declared and are entitled to vote at meetings of the Company. 

The Group received proceeds of £1,501,000 (2018: £1,837,000) in respect of the 912,549 (2018: 1,197,838) ordinary shares issued during the 
year: £4,563 (2018: £5,980) was credited to share capital and £1,496,647 (2018: £1,831,000) to share premium. Further details of the share 
awards are shown in note 25.

The preference shareholders take priority over the ordinary shareholders when there is a distribution upon winding up the Company or on a 
reduction of equity involving a return of capital. The holders of preference shares are entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company if a 
preference dividend is in arrears for six months or the business of the meeting includes the consideration of a resolution for winding up the 
Company or the alteration of the preference shareholders’ rights.

Within the retained earnings reserve are own shares held. The investment in own shares held is £3,485,000 (2018: £4,227,000) and represents 
1,136,000 (2018: 1,387,000) ordinary shares of the Company held in trust for the benefit of directors and employees for future payments under 
the Share Incentive Plan and Long Term Incentive Plan. The dividends on these shares have been waived.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve arises when the Company redeems shares wholly out of distributable profits.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments that are 
determined to be an effective hedge.

Dividends
The following dividends were paid in the year per qualifying ordinary share:

3.70p final dividend for 2018 (final dividend for 2017: 3.35p) 
2.30p interim dividend for 2019 (interim dividend for 2018: 2.20p) 

2019
Payment date

22 May
27 September

2019

32,248
20,039

52,287

2018

29,154
19,134

48,288

After the balance sheet date the following dividends per qualifying ordinary share were proposed by the directors. The dividends have not been 
provided.

Final proposed dividend per qualifying ordinary share
3.90p 

3.70p

2019

2018

34,029

32,250

138
138
138

 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

18. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Earnings per share is calculated for both the current and previous years using the profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders for the year. The 
earnings per share calculation is based on 871.0m shares (2018: 869.9m shares) being the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
(net of own ordinary shares held) for the year.

Net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares
Issued ordinary shares at 1 January
Effect of own shares held
Effect of shares issued under Sharesave plans

Weighted average number of ordinary shares during the year 

Basic earnings per share

2019

94,100

870,238
387
401

871,026

10.8p

2018

91,744

869,863
(115)
123

869,871

10.5p

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Adjusted basic earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share is calculated for both the current and previous years using the profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders 
for the year after adding back the after tax impact of the adjustments. The reconciliation showing how adjusted net profit attributable to 
ordinary shareholders is derived is shown in note 2.

Adjusted net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares during the year 

Adjusted basic earnings per share

2019

2018

113,187

871,026

13.0p

109,816

869,871

12.6p

Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share is based on the profit for the year attributable to the ordinary shareholders and 873.6m shares (2018: 874.0m shares). 
The number of shares is equal to the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (net of own ordinary shares held) adjusted to assume 
conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares. The Company has two categories of potentially dilutive ordinary shares: those share options 
granted to employees under the Sharesave plan where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares 
during the year and contingently issuable shares awarded under the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

Net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the year 
Effect of Sharesave options 
Effect of LTIP share awards 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) during the year 

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Adjusted net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) during the year

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

2019

94,100

871,026
1,214
1,347

873,587

10.8p

2018

91,744

869,871
1,583
2,514

873,968

10.5p

2019

2018

113,187

873,587

13.0p

109,816

873,969

12.6p

139
139
139

 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

19. Interest bearing loans and borrowings
This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group’s interest bearing loans and borrowings. For more information about 
the Group’s exposure to interest rate, liquidity and currency risks, see note 26.

2019

2018

Non-current liabilities
Preference shares classified as debt
Bank loans
Lease liabilities

Current liabilities
Bank loans
Lease liabilities

Terms and debt repayment schedule
The terms and conditions of outstanding bank loans and preference shares were as follows:

Non-redeemable preference shares
Bank loans and overdrafts
Bank loans and overdrafts

Repayment profile
Bank loans are payable as follows:

Bank loans less than one year
Bank loans more than one and less than five 

years

Bank loans more than five years

Currency

Interest rates

Year of maturity

Sterling
Sterling
Euro

9.5%
–
2.35%

–
–
2032

Principal
2019

66

762
–

828

Interest
2019

19

105
–

124

Minimum 
payments
2019

85

867
–

952

Principal
2018

30,008

30,831
–

60,839

During the year the Group repaid £60,000,000 of its committed facilities.

The debt repayment profile for leases is disclosed in note 27.

20. Employee benefits

Recognised liability for defined benefit obligations:
– Present value of funded obligations
– Fair value of plan assets

Other pension scheme liabilities
Employee bonuses
Long term incentive plan
Employee indemnity provision
Other employee benefits

Non-current
Current

Defined benefit pension scheme disclosures are detailed in note 24.

140
140
140

40
762
5,989

6,791

66
4,686

4,752

2019

40
–
828

868

Interest
2018

275

131
–

406

40
30,831
–

30,871

30,008
2

30,010

2018

40
59,899
940

60,879

Minimum 
payments
2018

30,283

30,962
–

61,245

2019

2018

223,222
(193,646)

207,021
(179,728)

29,576
241
20,399
542
2,227
5,325

58,310

33,576
24,734

58,310

27,293
409
21,703
641
2,677
5,040

57,763

31,274
26,489

57,763

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

21. Provisions

Balance at 1 January 2019
Exchange differences
Charge to the income statement
Provisions utilised during the year
Disposal of business

Balance at 31 December 2019

Maturity at 31 December 2019
Non-current
Current

Maturity at 31 December 2018
Non-current
Current

Contingent
consideration

299
(14)
–
–
–

285

–
285

285

–
299

299

Warranty
provision

6,511
(164)
1,763
(2,255)
96

5,951

1,964
3,987

5,951

2,149
4,362

6,511

Restructuring 
provision

1,576
(3)
3,360
(4,354)
–

579

–
579

579

–
1,576

1,576

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Total

8,386
(181)
5,123
(6,609)
96

6,815

1,964
4,851

6,815

2,149
6,237

8,386

The warranty provision is based on estimates made from historical warranty data associated with similar products and services. The provision 
relates mainly to products sold during the last 12 months and the typical warranty period is 18 months.

The restructuring provision relates to amounts outstanding in respect of redundancy and other restructuring costs associated with the Growth 
Acceleration Programme.

22.  Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Corporation tax

Current tax

Other taxes and social security
Payments on account
Other payables and accrued expenses

Other payables

23.  Derivative financial instruments

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange swaps – cash flow hedges

Total 

Less non-current portion:
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges

Current portion

2019

41,195

13,270

13,270

11,101
6,587
22,893

40,581

2018
Assets

–
308

308

–

308

2018

47,332

11,792

11,792

10,600
6,586
22,964

40,150

2018
Liabilities

1,407
1,275

2,682

–

2,682

2019
Assets

1,275
921

2,196

–

2,196

2019
Liabilities

176
–

176

(124)

52

The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 
12 months and, as a current asset or liability, if the maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

There was no ineffectiveness to be recorded from the use of foreign exchange contracts.

The hedged forecast transactions denominated in foreign currency are expected to occur at various dates. Gains and losses in respect of these 
derivatives recognised in the hedging reserve in equity at 31 December 2019 are recognised in the income statement in the period or periods 
during which the hedged forecast transaction affects the income statement.

141
141
141

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

24.  Pension schemes
i) Defined benefit pension schemes
The Group operates two defined benefit pension arrangements – the Rotork Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (UK Scheme) and the Rotork 
Controls Inc. Pension Plan (US Pension Plan). On retirement, leaving service or death, the Schemes provide benefits based on final salary and 
length of service. 

The UK Scheme is subject to the Statutory Funding Objective under the Pensions Act 2004. A valuation of the Scheme is carried out at least 
once every three years to determine whether the Statutory Funding Objective is met. As part of the process the Company must agree with the 
trustees of the Scheme the contributions to be paid to address any shortfall against the Statutory Funding Objective.

The UK Scheme is managed by a Trustee, with directors appointed in part by the Group and part from elections by members of the Scheme. 
The Trustee has responsibility for obtaining valuations of the fund, administering benefit payments and investing the Scheme’s assets. The 
Trustee delegates some of these functions to its professional advisers where appropriate. The UK Scheme which was closed to new entrants in 
2003 was closed to future accrual from 1 April 2018.

The US Pension Plan is subject to the ERISA funding requirements. A valuation of the Plan is carried out annually to ensure the Funding 
Objective is met under ERISA by contributing at least the Minimum Required Contribution. As part of this process the Company must contribute 
to the Plan enough contributions to ensure at least the Minimum Contribution is deposited in the Trust to pay for the accrual of benefits. The 
US Pension plan which was closed to new entrants in 2009 was closed to future accrual on 31 December 2018.

The two defined benefit pension arrangements expose the Group to a number of risks:
• 

Investment risk – the Schemes hold investments in asset classes, such as equities, which have volatile market values and while these assets 
are expected to provide real returns over the long-term the short-term volatility can cause additional funding to be required if a deficit 
emerges. The Schemes have a relatively balanced investment in equities, debt instruments and property. Due to the long-term nature of the 
plan liabilities, the Trustees of the pension funds consider it appropriate that a reasonable portion of the plan assets should be invested in 
equities and in property to leverage the return generated by the funds.
Interest rate risk – the Schemes’ liabilities are assessed using market yields on high quality corporate bonds to discount the liabilities. As the 
Schemes hold assets such as equities the value of the assets and liabilities may not move in the same way. A decrease in the bond interest 
rate will increase the Schemes’ liabilities but this will be partially offset by an increase in the return of the Schemes’ debt investments.
Inflation risk – a significant proportion of the benefits under the UK Scheme is linked to inflation. Although the UK Scheme’s assets are 
expected to provide a good hedge against inflation over the long term, movements over the short-term could lead to deficits emerging.

• 

• 

•  Mortality risk – in the event that members live longer than assumed a deficit will emerge in the Schemes.

Upon the closure to future accrual of the UK and US defined benefit pension scheme the members were invited to join the relevant defined 
contribution scheme. The total gain of £8,575,000 from the two curtailments is disclosed in other income in the income statement in 2018. 

The High Court judgement in the case of Lloyds Banking Group on 26 October 2018 clarified that pension benefits under the UK Scheme need 
to be equalised for the effects of unequal GMPs. The impact of GMP equalisation was estimated to be £920,000 In 2018 and is shown as a 
past service cost in the income statement for that year.

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations

Liabilities at 1 January
Current service costs
Administration costs
Member contributions
Interest cost
Benefits paid
Actuarial loss/(gain)
Curtailment gain from scheme closures to future accrual
Past service cost – Guaranteed minimum pension equalisation 
Currency (gain)/loss 

Liabilities at 31 December

2019

2018

207,021
–
330
–
5,984
(15,951)
26,527
–
–
(689)

223,222

237,054
1,427
208
152
5,864
(10,818)
(20,795)
(8,575)
920
1,584

207,021

142
142
142

 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Movements in fair value of plan assets

Assets at 1 January
Interest income on plan assets
Employer contributions
Member contributions
Benefits paid
Return on plan assets, excluding interest income on plan assets
Currency (loss)/gain

Assets at 31 December

Expense recognised in the income statement

Current service costs
Administration costs
Curtailment gain from scheme closures to future accrual
Past service cost – Guaranteed minimum pension adjustment
Net interest cost

The expense is recognised in the following line items in the income statement

Cost of sales
Administrative expenses
Other income
Net finance expense 

Remeasurements over the year

Experience adjustments on plan assets
Experience adjustments on plan liabilities
Actuarial (loss)/gain from changes to financial assumptions
Actuarial gain from changes to demographic assumptions
Curtailment gain from scheme closures to future accrual
Past service cost – Guaranteed minimum pension adjustment
Experience adjustments on currency

i) Defined benefit pension schemes continued
Reconciliation of net defined benefit obligation

Net defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
Current service costs
Administration costs
Net financing expense
Remeasurements over the year
Employer contributions

143
143
143

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

2019

2018

179,728
5,234
6,622
–
(15,951)
18,469
(456)

193,646

188,844
4,809
7,187
152
(10,818)
(11,294)
848

179,728

2019

–
330
–
–
750

1,080

2019

112
218
–
750

1,080

2019

18,469
(3,926)
(23,586)
985
–
–
233

(7,825)

2018

1,427
208
(8,575)
920
1,055

(4,965)

2018

571
1,984
(8,575)
1,055

(4,965)

2018

(11,294)
(451)
19,781
1,465
8,575
(920)
(736)

16,420

2019

2018

27,293
–
330
750
7,825
(6,622)

48,210
1,427
208
1,055
(16,420)
(7,187)

29,576

27,293

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

24.  Pension schemes continued
Liability for defined benefit obligations
The principal actuarial assumptions at 31 December 2019 (expressed as weighted averages):

Discount rate
Rate of increase in salaries
Rate of increase in pensions (post May 2000)
Rate of increase in pensions (pre May 2000)
Rate of inflation

UK scheme 
(% per annum)

US scheme 
(% per annum)

Weighted average 
(% per annum)

2019

2.1
n/a
2.8
4.6
2.9

2018

2.8
n/a
3.1
4.6
3.2

2019

3.4
n/a
0.0
0.0
n/a

2018

4.4
n/a
0.0
0.0
n/a

2019

2.2
n/a
2.5
4.1
2.9

2018

3.0
n/a
2.8
4.1
3.2

In the UK the Retail Price Index is used as the rate of inflation as it is a requirement of the UK Scheme’s rules.

The split of the Schemes’ assets were as follows:

Equities (quoted)
Targeted return (quoted)
Property
Corporate bonds (quoted)
LDI/absolute return bonds (quoted)
US deposit administration contract

Total

Actual return on the Schemes’ assets

2019
Fair value

35,588
50,409
11,683
47,526
31,940
16,500

2018
Fair value

30,581
45,243
17,326
41,740
29,892
14,946

193,646

179,728

23,703

(6,485)

The UK Scheme has a strategic asset allocation which was agreed after considering its liability profile, funding position, expected return of the 
various asset classes and the need for diversification. The level of interest rate and inflation hedging is being gradually increased by the use of 
LDI funds. Currently the Scheme has hedged around 27% of its liabilities, as measured on a low risk gilts basis, and this will automatically 
increase by 3% each year. A series of triggers have also been agreed so that, if/when gilt yields rise, the pace of hedging will be accelerated.

The demographic assumptions for the UK Scheme have been changed in three areas. The allowance for cash commutation now assumes that 
members will commute 70% of the maximum possible amount at retirement (2018: 90%), whilst the proportion of members with a dependant 
at retirement or on earlier death is assumed to be 80% (2018: 90%). 

As a result of longevity analysis carried out for the 2019 valuation of the UK Scheme, the mortality base table is now 90% of the S3PMA table 
for males and 115% of the S3PFA table for females (2018: 100% of S2NXA for males and females). Future changes in mortality are now based 
on the CMI_2018 projections with an initial addition parameter of +0.5% (2018: CMI_2017 projections) with a long-term rate of improvement 
of 1.25% per annum (2018: 1.25%).

By way of example the respective mortality tables indicate the following life expectancy:

Current age

65
45

2019 
Life expectancy at age 65

2018 
Life expectancy at age 65

Male

22.9
24.2

Female

23.3
24.8

Male

22.1
23.5

Female

24.1
25.6

144
144
144

 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Sensitivity analysis on the Schemes’ liabilities

 Adjustments to assumptions

Discount rate
Plus 0.5% pa
Minus 0.5% pa
Inflation
Plus 0.5% pa
Minus 0.5% pa
Life expectancy
Decrease mortality rates by a factor of 10%
Increase mortality rates by a factor of 10%

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Approximate effect 
on liabilities

 (21,200)
23,600

12,900
(12,200)

7,300
(6,200)

The above sensitivities are approximate and only show the likely effect of an assumption being adjusted whilst all other assumptions remain 
the same. 

For the life expectancy sensitivity we have increased/decreased the mortality rates by a factor of 10%. Broadly speaking this decreases/increases 
the assumed life expectancy by slightly less than one year. 

The sensitivity analysis shown above was determined using the same method as per the calculation of liabilities for the balance sheet disclosures, 
but using assumptions adjusted as detailed above. 

Effect of the Schemes on the Group’s future cash flows
The Group is required to agree a Schedule of Contributions with the Trustees of the UK Scheme following a valuation which must be carried out 
at least once every three years. Following the valuation of the UK Scheme as at 31 March 2016, the Group is continuing to pay deficit 
contributions of £5,500,000 a year. The next valuation is ongoing and is being carried out with an effective date of 31 March 2019.

The Group estimates that cash contributions to the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes during 2020 will be £6,643,000 
(2019: £6,622,000).

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is approximately 21 years.

ii)  Other pension plans
The Group makes a contribution to a number of defined contribution plans around the world to provide benefits for employees upon retirement. 
Total expense relating to these plans in the year was £7,363,000 (2018: £6,455,000). 

145
145
145

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

25.  Share-based payments
The Group awards shares under the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), the save as you earn scheme (Sharesave plan), the overseas profit linked 
share plan (OPLSS) and the share incentive plan (SIP). The equity settled share-based payment expense included in the income statement for 
each of the plans can be analysed as follows:

Sharesave plan (a)
Long Term Incentive Plan (b)
OPLSS/SIP profit linked share scheme (c)

Total expense recognised as employee costs (note 6)

2019

577
1,513
2,612

4,702

2018

637
1,385
2,652

4,674

Volatility assumptions for equity-based payments
The expected volatility of all equity compensation benefits is based on the historic volatility (calculated based on the weighted average 
remaining life of each benefit), adjusted for any expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information.

Volatility assumptions for equity-based payments continued
a)  Sharesave plan
UK employees are invited to join the Sharesave plan when an offer is made each year. All the offers to date were made at a 20% discount to 
market price at the time. There are no performance criteria for the Sharesave plan. Employees are given the option of joining either the 3 year 
or the 5 year scheme.

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Shares granted under scheme
Vesting period
Expected volatility
Risk free rate
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield
Probability of ceasing employment before vesting
Fair value

3 year scheme

5 year scheme

2019

2018

2019

2018

10 October
300p
255p
656,347
3 years
29.0%
0.34%
2.00%
2%
70p

1 October
333p
272p
711,745
3 years
30.2%
0.95%
1.67%
2%
91p

10 October
300p
255p
184,145
5 years
29.0%
0.32%
2.00%
2%
77p

1 October
333p
272p
178,422
5 years
27.8%
1.17%
1.67%
2%
97p

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their weighted average prices are as follows:

At 1 January 
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

At 31 December 

2019

Average 
option price 
per share

189p
255p
166p
199p

149p

Options

4,082,962
840,492
(912,549)
(319,796)

3,691,109

2018

Average
 option price 
per share

163p
272p
154p
172p

189p

Options

4,547,201
890,167
(1,197,838)
(156,568)

4,082,962

Of the 3,691,109 outstanding options (2018: 4,082,962), 121,000 are exercisable (2018: 380,000). 

The Group received proceeds of £1,501,000 in respect of the 912,549 options exercised during the year: £5,000 was credited to share capital 
and £1,497,000 to share premium. The weighted average share price at date of exercise was 279p (2018: 269p).

The weighted average remaining life of 1,743,456 (2018: 2,036,424) awards outstanding under the 3 year plan is 1.9 years. The weighted 
average remaining life of 1,947,653 (2018: 2,046,538) awards outstanding under the 5 year plan is 1.9 years.

146
146
146

 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

b)  Long Term Incentive Plan
The Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) is a performance share plan under which shares are conditionally allocated to selected members of senior 
management at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee on an annual basis. Following shareholder approval of the LTIP at the Company’s 
AGM on 18 May 2000, awards over shares are made to executive directors and senior managers each year. 

2010 LTIP plan
Following shareholder approval of the 2010 LTIP plan at the Company’s AGM on 23 April 2010, awards of shares have been made annually to 
executive and senior managers. For 2016 awards, half of these awards vested under a TSR performance condition and half under an EPS 
performance condition. A Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) performance condition was introduced in the 2017, 2018 and 2019 LTIP awards, 
details of which are shown in the 2016 Annual Report & Accounts. A third of the awards vest under each performance condition.

TSR measures the change in value of a share and reinvested dividends over the period of measurement. The actual number of shares transferred 
will be determined by the number of shares initially allocated multiplied by a vesting percentage. The actual number of shares transferred will be 
25% at the 50th percentile rising to 100% at the 75th percentile.

The EPS performance condition is satisfied with 15% of the awards vesting if the EPS growth is 9% over the vesting period up to a maximum of 
100% vesting if EPS growth exceeds 35%.

Vesting of awards under the ROIC condition is determined by calculating the growth in ROIC, on a cumulative basis, over the performance 
period. For the 2017, 2018 and 2019 awards, the awards will vest by comparing the average ROIC over the performance period against a set of 
pre-defined targets.

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

The performance period for the 2016 awards ended on 31 December 2018. Messrs. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as independent actuaries 
certified to the Remuneration Committee that there was a 79.2% vesting of this award as the Company was in the 85th percentile relative to the 
comparator group and the Group’s EPS growth was 22.3% over the performance period. These awards vested during 2019.

The performance period for the 2017 awards ended on 31 December 2019. Messrs. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as independent actuaries 
certified to the Remuneration Committee that there was a 84.4% vesting of this award as the Company was in the 73rd percentile relative to the 
comparator group, the Group’s EPS growth was 39.6% over the performance period and the Group’s growth in economic profit was 14.3%. 
These awards will vest during 2020.

2019

2018

Grant date
Share price at grant date
Shares granted under scheme
Vesting period
Expected volatility
Risk free rate
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield
Probability of ceasing employment before vesting
Fair value of awards under TSR performance conditions
Fair value of awards under EPS and ROIC performance conditions

16 May 2019
292p
1,354,671
3 years
27.3%
0.7%
0.0%
5% p.a.
147p
292p

2016 Award
2017 Award
2018 Award
2019 Award

Outstanding 
at start 
of year

1,351,468
741,484
1,051,756
–

Granted 
during year

–
–
–
1,354,671

Vested 
during year

(1,067,541)
–
–
–

Lapsed

(283,927)
(51,183)
(64,699)
(104,090)

7 Mar 2018
264p
1,301,159
3 years
30.9%
0.8%
2.0%
5% p.a.
149p
250p

Outstanding 
at end 
of year

–
690,301
987,057
1,250,581

3,144,708

1,354,671

(1,067,541)

(503,899)

2,927,939

The weighted average remaining life of awards outstanding is one year.

c)  Overseas profit linked share plan (OPLSS) and the share incentive plan (SIP)
These discretionary profit linked shares schemes are annual schemes based on the prior year profit of participating Rotork companies. The value 
of the award to each employee is based on salary and length of service and can be up to £3,600. 

147
147
147

 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

26.  Financial instruments
Financial risk and treasury policies
The Treasury department maintains liquidity, identifies and manages foreign exchange risk, manages relations with the Group’s bankers and 
provides a treasury service to the Group’s businesses. Treasury dealings such as investments, borrowings and foreign exchange are conducted 
only to support underlying business transactions.

The Group has clearly defined policies for the management of credit, foreign exchange and interest rate risk. The Group Treasury department is 
not a profit centre and, therefore, does not undertake speculative foreign exchange dealings for which there is no underlying exposure. 
Exposures resulting from sales and purchases in foreign currency are matched where possible and the net exposure may be hedged.

a)  Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and cash on deposit with financial institutions. 

Management has a credit policy in place and exposure to credit risk is both monitored on an ongoing basis and reduced through the use of 
credit insurance covering over 80% of trade receivables at any time. Credit evaluations are carried out on all customers requiring credit above a 
certain threshold, with varying approval levels set around this depending on the value of the sale. At the balance sheet date there were no 
significant concentrations of credit risk.

Goods are sold subject to retention of title clauses, so that in the event of non–payment the Group may have a secured claim.

The Group maintains an allowance for impairment in respect of non-insured receivables where recoverability is considered doubtful.

The Group Treasury Committee meets regularly and reviews the credit risk associated with institutions that hold a material cash balance.  
As well as credit ratings, counterparties and instruments are assessed for credit default swap pricing and liquidity of funds.

Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting 
date was:

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Carrying amount

2019

2018

129,390
27,558
117,612

274,560

145,509
23,513
104,489

273,511

Other receivables consist principally of tax receivables and prepayments. These items do not give rise to significant credit risk.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by currency was:

Sterling
US dollar
Euro
Other

Provisions against trade receivables
The following table shows the expected credit loss (ECL) that has been recognised for trade receivables:

Carrying amount

2019

17,910
30,948
43,395
37,137

2018

18,964
36,617
54,236
35,692

129,390

145,509

Not past due
Past due 0-30 days
Past due 31-60 days
Past due 61-90 days
Past due more than 91 days

Gross
2019

98,833
17,738
7,035
3,467
8,260

135,333

Provision
2019

(20)
(7)
–
(59)
(5,857)

(5,943)

Gross
2018

96,719
27,425
10,629
5,050
12,266

152,089

Provision
2018

(26)
–
(38)
(93)
(6,423)

(6,580)

148
148
148

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

b)  Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing 
liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed 
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The Group is highly cash generative, and uses monthly cash flow forecasts to monitor cash requirements and to optimise its return on 
investments. Typically the Group ensures that it has sufficient cash on hand to meet foreseeable operational expenses; it also maintains a  
£7m overdraft facility (2018: £7m) on which interest would be payable at base rate plus 1.5% and a €5m overdraft facility (2018: €5m) on  
which interest would be payable at base rate plus 1.1%.

During 2019 the Group repaid the remaining £30,000,000 of its £90,000,000 term facility. The Group has a £60,000,000 Revolving Credit 
Facility which matures in August 2020. At year end none of the committed facilities were drawn, resulting in £60,000,000 being available.

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments and excluding the impact of netting agreements:

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

31 December 2019

Bank loans and overdrafts
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Contingent consideration
Foreign exchange contracts
Non-redeemable preference shares

31 December 2018

Bank loans and overdrafts
Finance lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Contingent consideration
Foreign exchange contracts
Non-redeemable preference shares

Carrying amount

Contractual cash 
flows

Less than 
12 months

1-2 years

2-5 years

More than 
5 years

Analysis of contractual cash flow maturities

828
10,675
81,776
285
176
40

93,780

953
11,641
81,776
285
176
40

94,871

85
5,185
81,776
285
176
–

87,507

84
3,103
–
–
–
–

3,187

784
3,069
–
–
–
–

3,853

–
284
–
–
–
40

324

Analysis of contractual cash flow maturities

Carrying amount

Contractual cash 
flows

Less than 
12 months

60,840
2
87,482
299
1,407
40

61,245
2
87,482
299
1,407
40

30,284
2
87,482
299
1,407
–

150,070

150,475

119,474

1-2 years

30,049
–
–
–
–
–

30,049

2-5 years

More than 
5 years

912
–
–
–
–
–

912

–
–
–
–
–
40

40

Where a counterparty experiences credit stress then the foreign exchange contracts may be settled on a net basis but standard practice is to 
settle on a gross basis and the undiscounted gross outflow in respect of these contracts is £168,714,000 (2018: £182,855,000) and the gross 
inflow is £170,735,000 (2018: £180,480,000).

c)  Market risk
Market risk arises from changes in market prices, such as currency rates and interest rates, and may affect the Group’s results. The objective of 
market risk management is to manage and control market risk within suitable parameters.

i)  Currency risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the business unit’s 
functional currency. The currencies primarily giving rise to this risk are the US dollar and related currencies and the euro. The Group hedges up to 
75% of forecast US dollar or euro foreign currency exposures using forward exchange contracts. In respect of other non-sterling monetary assets 
and liabilities the exposures may also be hedged up to 75% where this is deemed appropriate.

As part of the Group’s cash management some of the overseas subsidiaries have loan and deposit balances where their intra-group counterparty 
is in the UK. The balances are typically in local currency for the subsidiary so the UK holds a foreign currency current asset or liability which is 
usually hedged through the use of foreign exchange swaps. At the balance sheet date only the ‘forward’ part of the swap remains and this is 
designated as a cash flow hedge to match the currency exposure of the intercompany loan asset.

The Group classifies its forward exchange contracts (that hedge both the forecast sale and purchase transactions and the intercompany loan and 
deposit balances) as cash flow hedges and states them at fair value. The net fair value of foreign exchange contracts used as hedges at 
31 December 2019 was a £2,020,000 asset (2018: £2,374,000 liability) comprising an asset of £2,196,000 (2018: £308,000) and a liability of 
£176,000 (2018: £2,682,000). Forward exchange contracts in place at 31 December 2019 mature in 2020.

149
149
149

 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

26.  Financial instruments continued
Financial risk and treasury policies
Changes in the fair value of foreign exchange contracts that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, and for 
which no hedge accounting is applied, are recognised in the income statement. 

Sensitivity analysis
It is estimated that, with all other variables held equal (in particular other exchange rates), a general change of one cent in the value of euro 
against sterling would have had an impact on the Group’s operating profit for the year ended 31 December 2019 of £300,000 (2018: 
£400,000) and a change of one cent in the value of US dollar against sterling would have had an impact on the Group’s operating profit for the 
year ended 31 December 2019 of £700,000 (2018: £600,000). The method of estimation, which has been applied consistently, involves 
assessing the transaction impact of US dollar and euro cash flows and the translation impact of US dollar and euro profits.

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

US dollar
Euro

ii)  Interest rate risk
The Group does not undertake any hedging activity in this area. 

Average rate

Closing rate

2019

1.28
1.14

2018

1.34
1.13

2019

1.31
1.17

2018

1.28
1.11

All cash deposits are made at prevailing interest rates and the majority is available with same day notice, though deposits are sometimes made 
with a maturity of no more than three months. The main element of interest rate risk concerns sterling, US dollar, euro and renminbi deposits, 
all of which are on a floating rate basis.

The interest rate profile of the Group’s financial liabilities (excluding leases) at 31 December was as follows:

Fixed rate financial liabilities
Floating rate financial liabilities

2019

40
828

868

2018

40
60,839

60,879

The fixed and floating rate financial liabilities comprise preference shares and bank loans. The floating rate obligations bear interest at rates 
determined by reference to the relevant LIBOR or equivalent rate.

The weighted average interest rate of the fixed rate financial liabilities is 9.5% (2018: 9.5%).

The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities (excluding leases) at 31 December was as follows:

In one year or less
In more than one year but not more than two years
In more than two years but not more than five years
In more than five years

Total

2019

66
66
696
40

868

2018

30,010
30,030
209
632

60,881

150
150
150

 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

d)  Capital risk management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure it maintains sufficient capital in order to support its business and maximise 
shareholder value. The Group has an asset-light business model and uses cash generated from operations to either invest organically or by 
acquisition. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic and market conditions. To 
maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders or issue new shares. 

The Group defines capital as net debt plus equity attributable to shareholders. There are no externally imposed restrictions on the Group’s capital 
structure. The reconciliation of the Group’s definition of capital employed is shown in note 2. The Group’s reconciliation of net debt to net cash is 
shown below.

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Total borrowings
Total cash and cash equivalents

Group net cash/(debt)

Reconciliation of changes in cash and cash equivalents to movements in net debt 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Repayment of borrowings
Net (increase)/decrease in lease liabilities
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations

Movement in net debt
Net cash/(debt) at start of year

Net cash at end of year

Notes

19
16

2019

2018

(11,543)
117,612

106,069

10,874
60,013
(10,673)
2,247

62,461
43,608

106,069

(60,881)
104,489

43,608

39,573
15,087
66
1,497

56,223
(12,615)

43,608

e)  Fair values
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, were as follows:

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables
Other receivables

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Designated cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange contracts:
  Financial assets
  Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Bank loans
Trade and other payables
Contingent consideration
Preference shares
Lease liabilities

Carrying 
amount
2019

Fair value 
2019

Carrying 
amount
2018

Fair value 
2018

129,390
27,558

129,390
27,558

145,509
23,513

145,509
23,513

117,612

117,612

104,489

104,489

2,196
(176)

2,196
(176)

12
(2,387)

12
(2,387)

(828)
(81,776)
(285)
(40)
(10,675)

(828)
(81,776)
(285)
(40)
(10,675)

(60,840)
(87,482)
(299)
(40)
(2)

(60,840)
(87,482)
(299)
(40)
(2)

182,976

182,976

122,473

122,473

151
151
151

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2019

26.  Financial instruments continued
Fair value hierarchy
The fair value of the Group’s outstanding derivative financial assets and liabilities consisted of foreign exchange contracts and swaps and were 
estimated using year end spot rates adjusted for the forward points to the appropriate value dates, and gains and losses are taken to other 
comprehensive income estimated using market foreign exchange rates at the balance sheet date. All derivative financial instruments are 
categorised at Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The other financial instruments are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy and are valued as follows:

i)  Trade and other receivables/payables
As the majority of receivables/payables have a remaining life of less than one year, the notional amount is deemed to reflect the fair value.

ii)  Contingent consideration
As all the contingent consideration is contractually due for payment within 12 months (2018: 12 months), the carrying amount is equal to the 
fair value. Further information on the contingent consideration is shown in note 21.

27.  Leases
The Group leases many assets including land and buildings, vehicles, machinery and IT equipment. Information about leases for which the 
Group is a lessee is presented below.

Right-of-use assets
The right-of-use assets are disclosed as a non-current asset and are part of the property, plant and equipment balance of £89,062,000 at 
31 December 2019.

2019 

Balance at 1 January
Depreciation charge for the year
Impairment
Additions to right-of-use assets
Derecognition of right-of-use assets
Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 December 

Lease liabilities

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows
Less than one year
One to five years
More than 5 years

Total undiscounted lease liability at 31 December 
Interest cost associated with future periods

Lease liabilities included in statement of financial position at 31 December

Current
Non-current

Land and buildings

8,978
(2,871)
(695)
1,638
(16)
(47)

6,987

Plant and 
equipment

3,316
(1,564)
–
1,434
(44)
(32)

3,110

Total

12,294
(4,435)
(695)
3,072
(60)
(79)

10,097

2019

5,185
6,172
284

11,641
(966)

10,675

4,686
5,989

Amounts recognised In profit and loss
The Group has elected not to recognise a lease liability for short term leases (leases with an expected term of 12 months or less) or for leases of 
low value assets. Payments made under such leases are expensed on a straight-line basis. In addition, certain variable lease payments are not 
permitted to be recognised as lease liabilities and are expensed as incurred.

2019 – Leases under IFRS16
Interest on lease liabilities
Expenses relating to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
Impairment of right-of-use assets
Depreciation of right-of-use assets

2018 – Operating leases under IAS17 
Lease expense

152
152
152

2019

431
1,910
695
4,435

2019

6,368

 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Amounts recognised In statement of cash flows

Total cash outflow for leases

28.  Capital commitments
Capital commitments at 31 December for which no provision has been made in these accounts were:

Contracted

29.  Contingencies

Performance guarantees and indemnities

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

2019

7,058

2018

2,313

2018

9,138

2019

8,225

2019

9,695

The performance guarantees and indemnities have been entered into in the normal course of business. A liability would only arise in the event of 
the Group failing to fulfil its contractual obligations.

30. Related parties
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries and with its directors and key management. A list of subsidiaries is shown on page 
158 of these financial statements. Transactions between two subsidiaries for the sale and purchase of products or the subsidiary and parent 
Company for management charges are priced on an arm’s length basis.

Evoqua Water Technologies LLC is a related party of Rotork plc by virtue of M Lamb’s non-executive chairmanship. Sales to subsidiaries and 
associates of Evoqua Water Technologies LLC totalled £2,000 during the year, none of which was outstanding at 31 December 2019.

Drax Group plc was a related party of Rotork plc by virtue of T Cobbold’s non-executive directorship which ended in September 2019. Sales to 
subsidiaries and associates of Drax Group plc totalled £714,000 for the period to September 2019. 

TechnipFMC plc is a related party of Rotork plc by virtue of A Andersen’s employment with the company which ended in July 2019. Sales to 
subsidiaries and associates of TechnipFMC plc totalled £378,000 for the period to July 2019. 

All the transactions above were on an arm’s length basis and on standard business terms.

Key management emoluments
The emoluments of those members of the management team, including directors, who are responsible for planning, directing and controlling the 
activities of the Group were:

Emoluments including social security costs
Post-employment benefits
Pension supplement
Share-based payments

2019

4,242
71
344
941

5,598

2018

4,199
73
294
788

5,354

153
153
153

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rotork plc Company balance sheet
At 31 December 2019

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Trade receivables
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Retained earnings

Non-current liabilities
Preference share capital

Current liabilities
Trade payables
Current tax
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other payables

Total equity and liabilities

Notes

c
d
e

f

i

g

2019
£000

–
43,205
283

43,488

–
264,212
 816
1,695

266,723

310,211

4,363
14,521
1,644
277,957

298,485

40

40

601
1,449
5,089
4,547

11,686

310,211

2018
£000

–
43,205
293

43,498

54
199,990
718
4,366

205,128

248,626

4,358
13,024
1,644
222,737

241,763

40

40

267
835
1,052
4,669

6,823

248,626

The Company reported a total comprehensive income for the financial year of £107,775,000 (2018: £71,252,000).

These Company financial statements, company number 00578327, were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 March 2020 and were signed 
on its behalf by:  

—
KG Hostetler and JM Davis 
Directors

154
154
154

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Rotork plc Company statement of changes in equity
At 31 December 2019

Balance at 31 December 2017
Total comprehensive income for the year
Equity settled share-based payment transactions 
Share options exercised by employees
Own ordinary shares acquired
Own ordinary shares awarded under share schemes
Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2018
Total comprehensive income for the year
Equity settled share-based payment transactions 
Share options exercised by employees
Own ordinary shares acquired
Own ordinary shares awarded under share schemes
Dividends

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Share 
capital
£000

Share 
premium
£000

Capital
redemption
reserve
£000

4,352
–
–
6
–
–
–

4,358
–
–
5
–
–
–

11,193
–
–
1,831
–
–
–

13,024
–
–
1,497
–
–
–

1,644
–
–
–
–
–
–

1,644
–
–
–
–
–
–

Retained
earnings
£000

199,949
71,252
2,457
–
(4,850)
2,217
(48,288)

222,737
107,775
(1,011)
–
(5,287)
6,030
(52,287)

Total  

equity
£000

217,138
71,252
2,457
1,837
(4,850)
2,217
(48,288)

241,763
107,775
(1,011)
1,502
(5,287)
6,030
(52,287)

Balance at 31 December 2019

4,363

14,521

1,644

277,957

298,485

155
155
155

 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Company financial statements

a)  Accounting policies
The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in dealing with items which are considered material in relation to the financial 
statements. Notes a to i relate to the Company rather than the Group. Except where indicated, values in these notes are in £000.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention. 

The Company has applied Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (FRS 101) issued by the Financial Reporting 
Council (FRC) incorporating the Amendments to FRS 101 issued by the FRC in July 2015, and the amendments to Company law made by  
The Companies, Partnerships and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2015. In these financial statements, the Company has applied  
the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures:
•  A Cash Flow Statement and related notes; 
•  Comparative period reconciliations for share capital and tangible fixed assets; 
•  Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries; 
•  Disclosures in respect of capital management;
•  The effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs; and
•  Disclosures in respect of the compensation of Key Management Personnel. 

The Company produces consolidated financial statements which are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards. 
As the consolidated financial statements of the Company include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also taken the exemptions under 
FRS 101 available in respect of the following disclosures:
• 
•  The disclosures required by IFRS 7 and IFRS 13 regarding financial instrument disclosures have not been provided.

IFRS 2 Share Based Payments in respect of Group settled share based payments; and

Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within the Group, the 
Company considers these to be insurance arrangements, and accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats the guarantee 
contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the 
guarantee. The Company accounts for intra-Group cross guarantees under IAS 37.

As permitted by s408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account or statement of 
comprehensive income for the year. The profit attributable to the Company is disclosed in the footnote to the Company’s balance sheet.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded using the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date and the gains or losses on translation are 
included in the profit and loss account.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments are measured at cost less any provision for impairment and comprise investments in subsidiary companies.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Plant and machinery is depreciated by equal annual instalments by reference to their estimated useful lives and residual values at annual rates  
of between 10% and 33%. Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each balance sheet date.

Post-retirement benefits
The Company participates in a UK Group pension scheme providing benefits based on final pensionable salary. The assets of the scheme are 
held separately from those of the Company. The sponsoring employer for the Group pension scheme is Rotork Controls Ltd. No contractual 
agreement or policy is in place for charging to individual Group entities the net defined benefit cost for the plan as a whole. As a result, in 
accordance with IAS 19, the amount charged to the profit and loss account represents the contributions payable to the scheme in respect of 
the accounting period.

Classification of preference shares
In line with the requirements of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, the cumulative redeemable preference shares issued by the Company are 
classified as long term debt. The preference dividends are charged within interest payable.

Share-based payments
The Company has adopted IFRS 2 and its policy in respect of share-based payment transactions is consistent with the Group policy shown in 
note 1 to the Group financial statements. Costs in relation to share-based awards made to other Group company employees are recharged to 
each subsidiary company.

156
156
156

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial 
recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination, and differences relating 
to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is 
based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary 
difference can be utilised.

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Dividends
Interim dividends are recorded in the financial statements when they are paid. Final dividends are recorded in the financial statements in the 
period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Estimates and judgements are regularly evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future 
events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Company makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the actual 
results. The estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the 
next financial year are listed below.

There are no critical accounting estimates or judgements requiring evaluation.

b) Personnel expenses in the Company profit and loss account

Wages and salaries (including bonus and incentive plans)
Social security costs
Pension costs
Share-based payment charge

2019

5,122
786
101
717

6,726

2018

4,449
708
100
656

5,913

During the year there were 23 (2018: 19) employees of Rotork plc plus the two (2018: two) executive directors.

Disclosures required by paragraph 1 of schedule 5 of SI2008/410 are set out in the director’s remuneration report on pages 82 to 102.

Share-based payments
The share-based payment charge relates to employees of the Company participating in the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). The disclosures 
required under IFRS 2 can be found in note 25 to the Group Financial Statements. The table below sets out the movement of share options under 
the LTIP for employees of the Company.

2016 Award
2017 Award
2018 Award
2019 Award

Outstanding 
at start 
of year

541,741
232,404
540,421
–

1,314,566

Granted 
during year

–
–
–
504,714

504,714

Vested 
during year

(429,057)
–
–
–

Lapsed

(112,684)
–
–
–

Outstanding 
at end 
of year

–
232,404
540,421
504,714

(429,057)

(112,684)

1,277,539

The weighted average remaining life of awards outstanding at the year end is one year.

157
157
157

 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

c) Property, plant and equipment in the Company balance sheet

Cost
At 1 January 2019

At 31 December 2019

Depreciation
At 1 January 2018
Charge for year

At 31 December 2019

Net book value
At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2018

d) Investments in the Company balance sheet
Shares in Group companies

At 1 January and 31 December

The Company has the following investments in wholly owned subsidiaries:

Subsidiary

Incorporated in

Registered address

100% owned by Rotork plc
GH Chaplain & Co (Engineers) Limited
Rotork Analysis Limited
Rotork Cleaners Limited
Rotork Control and Safety Limited
Rotork Instruments Limited
Rotork Nominees Limited
Widcombe (Developments) Limited
Rotork Controls Limited
Rotork Overseas Limited

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ

Plant and
equipment

221

221

221
–

221

–

–

Total

221

221

221
–

221

–

–

2019

43,205

2018

43,205

100% owned by Rotork Controls Limited
Rotork Actuation (Shanghai) Co Limited

Rotork Trading (Shanghai) Co Limited

Rotork Controls (India) Private Limited

China

China

India

Rotork UK Limited
Valvekits Limited
Rotork Americas Holdings Limited

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

100% owned by Rotork Overseas Limited
Rotork Australia Pty Limited
Rotork Controls Comercio De Atuadores LTDA Brazil

Australia

Rotork Controls (Canada) Limited
Rotork Chile SpA
Bifold Group Limited
Rotork Midland Limited
Rotork Motorisation SAS
Rotork Controls (Deutschland) GmbH
Rotork Germany Holdings GmbH
Rotork Limited
Eltav Wireless Monitoring Limited

Canada
Chile
England and Wales
England and Wales
France
Germany
Germany
Hong Kong
Israel

Building G, No.260 Liancao Road, Minhang District, Shanghai,  
PRC 201108
Room 1177,No.400,Middle Zhejiang Road, HuangPu District,  
Shanghai, China
28B, Ambattur Industrial Estate (North Phase), Ambattur, Chennai 600 
098, India
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ

Level 26, 181 William Street, Melbourne, VIC, 3000, Australia
Rodovia SP 73, 4509 – Armazem Modulo 14 – NR Cond.,  
Indaiatuba – SP, Brazil
#4-2850 Argentia Road, Mississauga, Ontario, L5N-8G4, Canada
Rotork es Presidente Kennedy 4700, Oficina 1001, Vitacura, Chile
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
75, rue Rateau 93126 La Courneuve Cedex, France
Siemensstr. 33, 40721 Hilden, Germany
Mühlsteig 45, 90579 Langenzenn, Germany
Level 54, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Hong Kong
15 Hata'asia St. Ra'anana, Israel 4365408

158
158
158

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Incorporated in

Registered address

Subsidiary

Rotork Italy Holdings Srl
Rotork Japan Co Limited
Rotork Middle East FZE

Rotork (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

Rotork Actuation Sdn Bhd

Rotork BV
Rotork Gears Holding BV
Robusta Miry Brook BV
Rotork Norge AS
Rotork Polska zoo
Rotork Rus Limited
Rotork Controls (Singapore) Pte Limited
Rotork Africa (Pty) Limited
Rotork Controls (Korea) Co Limited

Young Tech Co Limited

Rotork Controls (Iberia) SL
Rotork Sweden AB
Rotork AG
Rotork Inc

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Italy
Japan
Jebel Ali Free Zone

Malaysia

Malaysia

Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Norway
Poland
Russia
Singapore
South Africa
South Korea

South Korea

Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
USA

Corso di Porta Vittoria 9 (Milano) Italy
2-2-24 Sengoku, Koto-ku, Tokyo, 135-0015 Japan
PUB-LC 07, near R/A 08, PO Box 262903, Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai, 
United Arab Emirates
1-17-1, Menara Bangkok Bank, Berjaya Central Park, No 105, Jalan 
Ampang, 50450 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
No 32, Jln anggerik Mokara 31/47, Kota Kemuning, 40460 Shah Alam, 
Malaysia
Mandenmakerstraat 45, 3194 DA Hoogvliet, The Netherlands
Nijverheidstraat 25, 7581 PV Losser, The Netherlands
Strawinskylaan 3127, 8th floor, 1077 ZX Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Ormahaugvegen 3, 5347 Ågotnes, Norway
Tarnogórska 241, 44-100 Gliwice, Poland
Offices 203-205, ul. Otradnaya 2B, bld. 3, 127273 Moscow, Russia
426 Tagore Industrial Ave, Singapore 787808
136 Kuschke Street, Meadowdale Ext3, Germiston, 1601 South Africa
509, 5th Floor Leader's Bldg 342-1, Yatap-Dong, Bundang-gu, Seong-
nam si, Gyeonggi-do, South Korea 463-828
81, Hwanggeum-ro, 89beon-gil, Yangchon-eup, Gimpo-si, Gyeonggi-do, 
Korea 10048
Larrondo Beheko Etorbidea, Edificio 2 – 48180 Loiu (Bizkaia) Spain
Box 80, 791 22 Falun, Sweden
Fuchsacker 678, 9426 Lutzenberg, Switzerland
The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange 
St., Wilmington, DE 19801 USA
Av. Casanova Torre banco plaza, piso 3 Ofic. 3D. Sabana Grande. Caracas 
– Venezuela
Aydinli Mahallesi Melodi Sok. Bilmo Küçük Sanayi Sitesi No:35/2 Tuzla, 
Turkey

Rotork Controls de Venezuela SA

Venezuela

Rotork Turkey Akış Kontrol Sistemleri Ticaret 
Limited Şirketi 

Turkey

100% owned by Valvekits Limited
Circa Engineering Limited

England and Wales

Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ

100% owned by Rotork Trading (Shanghai) Co Limited
Centork Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

China

Rotork Instruments Chengdu Co. Ltd

China

Room C-02, 1/F, West Area No. 2 Building, No. 29 Jiatai Road, Free Trade 
Zone, Shanghai, China
Room 1201, 12/F, Unit no.1, Building No. 1, Building I, 88 Shenghe No.1 
Road, High Tech Zone, Chengdu, Sichuan, China 610041

100% owned by Rotork UK Limited
Prokits Limited
Flowco Limited

England and Wales
England and Wales

Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ

100% owned by Rotork Italy Holdings Srl
Rotork Controls Italia Srl
Rotork Instruments Italy Srl
Rotork Fluid Systems Srl
Rotork Gears Srl

Italy
Italy
Italy
Italy

Viale Europa n.17 – 20090 Cusago (Milano) Italy
Viale Europa n.17 – 20090 Cusago (Milano) Italy
Via Padre Jacques Hamel, 138/B – 55016 Porcari (Lucca) Italy
Viale Europa n.17 – 20090 Cusago (Milano) Italy

100% owned by Rotork Gears Holding BV
Rotork Gears BV

Netherlands

Nijverheidstraat 25, 7581 PV, Overijssel, The Netherlands

100% owned by Rotork Inc
Rotork (Thailand) Limited

Rotork Controls Inc
Remote Control Inc
Ranger Acquisition Corporation

Thailand

US
US
US

35/8 Soi Ladprao124(Sawasdikarn) Ladprao Road, Plubpla, 
Wangtonglang, Bangkok 10310 Thailand
675 Mile Crossing Blvd., Rochester, NY 14624, US
77 Circuit Dr. North Kingstown, RI 02852, US
The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange 
St., Wilmington, DE 19801 US

159
159
159

 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

d) Investments in the Company balance sheet continued
Shares in Group companies continued
Subsidiary

Incorporated in

Registered address

100% owned by Rotork Controls Inc
Rotork Pittsburgh LLC
6005 Enterprise Drive LLC

100% owned by Ranger Acquisition Corp
Fairchild Industrial Products Company
Rotork Tulsa Inc

US
US

US
US

6005 Enterprise Drive, Export, PA 15632, US
6005 Enterprise Drive, Export, PA 15632, US

3920 West Point Blvd, Winston-Salem, NC 27103, US
4433 W 49th Suite D, Tulsa, OK 74017, US

100% owned by Fairchild Industrial Products Company
Fairchild Industrial Products (Sichuan) Company 
Limited
Fairchild India Private Limited

China

India

Room 1201, Complex Square, No.88 West Shenghe No.1 Road, High Tech 
Zone, Chengdu, Sichuan, China. 610041
56-C / Bb , Janakpuri, New Delhi-110058

100% owned by Bifold Group Limited
Bifold Fluidpower (Holdings) Limited

England and Wales

Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ

100% owned by Bifold Fluidpower (Holdings) Limited
Bifold Fluidpower Limited
MTS Precision Limited
Marshalsea Hydraulics Limited
Bifold Company (Manufacturing) Limited

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ

100% owned by Bifold Fluidpower Limited
Fluidpower (Stainless Steel) Limited

England and Wales

Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ

100% owned by Rotork Germany Holdings GmbH
Max Process GmbH 
Schischek GmbH
Rotork GmbH

Germany
Germany
Germany

Rastenweg 10, 53489 Sinzig
Mühlsteig 45, 90579 Langenzenn
Mühlsteig 45, 90579 Langenzenn

100% owned by Rotork AG
Schischek Limited
Schischek EURL
Schischek Srl

England and Wales
France
Italy

Rotork House, Brassmill Lane, Bath BA1 3JQ
49 avenue du Président Salvador Allende, 77100 Meaux, France
Ranica (BG) – Via Adelasio 22, Italy

100% owned by Schischek GmbH (Germany)
Schischek Sales Europe Ltd

England and Wales Mühlsteig 45, 90579 Langenzenn

100% owned by Robusta Miry Brook BV
Rotork Servo Controles de Mexico S.A de C.V Mexico

Centeotl 223, Col. Industrial San Antonio, C.P. 02760, Azcapotzalco, 
Ciudad de Mexico, Mexico

100% owned by Rotork Controls (Iberia) SL
Actuation Iberia S.L
Centork Valve Control S.L

Spain
Spain

C/ Ercilla, 21. , 48009 , Bilbao (Vizcaya), Spain
Pol. Ind. Ipintza 110, Txatxamendi 24-26 – 20100 Lezo (Gipuzkoa) – Spain

160
160
160

Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

e) Deferred tax assets and liabilities in the Company balance sheet 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Tangible fixed assets
Provisions

Movements in the net deferred tax balance during the year are as follows:

Balance at 1 January
(Debited)/credited to the income statement

Assets
2019

10
273

283

Liabilities
2019

–
–

–

Net
2019

10
273

283

Assets
2018

11
282

293

Liabilities
2018

–
–

–

2019

293
(10)

283

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

Net
2018

11
282

293

2018

150
143

293

There is an unrecognised deferred tax liability for temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries. Rotork plc controls the 
dividend policies of its subsidiaries and subsequently the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences. The value of temporary differences 
associated with unremitted earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred tax has not been recognised is £312,364,000 (2018: £321,281,000).

f) Other receivables in the Company balance sheet

Prepayments
Other receivables

g) Other payables in the Company balance sheet

Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals

2019

256
560

816

2019

152
3,043
1,352

4,547

2018

210
508

718

2018

44
3,218
1,407

4,669

The Company has a £17,000,000 gross overdraft facility (2018: £17,000,000) and is part of a UK banking arrangement, see note h.

h) Contingencies in the Company
The UK banking arrangements are subject to cross-guarantees between the Company and its UK subsidiaries. These accounts are subject to a 
right of set-off. The performance guarantees and indemnities have been entered into in the normal course of business. A liability would only arise 
in the event of the Group failing to fulfil its contractual obligations.

During 2019 the Company repaid the remaining £30,000,000 of its term facility. The Company has a £60,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility 
(2018: £60,000,000) which matures in August 2020. The facilities are available to the Company, Rotork Controls Limited and Rotork Overseas 
Limited. At year end none of the committed facilities were drawn, resulting in £60,000,000 being available.

i) Capital and reserves in the Company balance sheet
Details of the number of ordinary shares in issue and dividends paid in the year are given in note 17 to the Group financial statements.

161
161
161

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Ten year trading history

2019
£000

2018
£000

2017
£000

2016
£000

2015
£000

2014
£000

2013
£000

2012
£000

2011
£000

2010
£000

Revenue

669,344

695,713

642,229

590,078

546,459

594,739

578,440

511,747

447,833

380,560

Cost of sales

Gross profit

(357,718)

(384,253)

(358,090)

(328,410)

(296,944)

(309,280)

(304,066)

(272,199)

(236,359)

(199,742)

311,626

311,460

284,139

261,668

249,515

285,459

274,374

239,548

211,474

180,818

Overheads

(184,616)

(188,542)

(198,167)

(167,891)

(145,129)

(143,232)

(135,109)

(115,081)

(99,474)

(83,094)

Operating profit

127,010

122,918

85,972

93,777

104,386

142,227

139,265

124,467

112,000

97,724

  Adjusted* operating 

profit 

151,005

146,015

130,162

120,588

125,272

157,167

151,412

131,866

115,921

99,442

  Amortisation of 

acquired intangible 
assets

  Disposal of property
  Other adjustments

(18,841)
–
(5,154)

(20,284)
–
(2,813)

(27,183)
–
(17,007)

(26,811)
–
–

(20,886)
–
–

(14,940)
–
–

(12,147)
–
–

(7,399)
–
–

(3,921)
–
–

(1,718)
–
–

  Operating profit

127,010

122,918

85,972

93,777

104,386

142,227

139,265

124,467

112,000

97,724

Net interest 

(2,953)

(2,170)

(5,386)

(2,707)

(2,517)

(1,062)

(1,268)

(273)

550

131

Profit before taxation
Tax expense

124,057
(29,957)

120,748
(29,004)

80,586
(24,973)

91,070
(23,897)

101,869
(27,012)

141,165
(37,963)

137,997
(38,488)

124,194
(34,879)

112,550
(32,149)

97,855
(28,334)

Profit for the year

94,100

91,744

55,613

67,173

74,857

103,202

99,509

89,315

80,401

69,521

Dividends
Dividends per share

52,287
6.2p

48,288
5.9p

45,218
5.4p

43,876
5.1p

43,765
5.1p

42,702
5.0p

38,735
4.8p

33,924
4.3p

49,534
3.7p

35,912
3.3p

Basic EPS
Adjusted* EPS
Diluted EPS

10.8p
13.0p
10.8p

10.5p
12.6p
10.5p

6.4p
10.6p
6.4p

7.7p
10.0p
7.7p

8.6p
10.4p
8.6p

11.9p
13.2p
11.9p

11.5p
12.5p
11.4p

10.3p
10.9p
10.3p

9.3p
9.6p
9.3p

8.1p
8.2p
8.0p

*  Adjusted is before the amortisation of acquired intangible assets, the disposal of property and other adjustments.

162
162
162

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Share register information

The tables below show the split of shareholder and size of shareholding in Rotork plc

Ordinary shareholder by type

Individuals
Bank or nominees
Other company
Other corporate body

Range

1-1,000
1,001-2,000
2,001-5,000
5,001-10,000
10,001-50,000
50,001-100,000
100,001 +

Source: Equiniti

Number of holdings

% Number of shares

e
s
c
t
n
n
a
e
n
m
r
e
e
v
t
o
a
t
G
S
e
l
a
t
a
i
c
r
n
o
a
p
n
r
o
i
F
C

%

2.5
96.8
0.5
0.2

%

0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
1.5
1.1
96.7

75.5
22.7
1.0
0.8

22,117,855
844,148,714
4,429,292
1,856,050

100.0

872,551,911

100.0

29.1
12.0
17.6
11.5
16.4
3.6
9.8

427,238
646,469
2,098,601
2,977,231
12,923,200
9,366,008
844,113,164

100.0

872,551,911

100.0

2,700
813
35
28

3,576

1,041
429
628
411
588
127
352

3,576

Number of holdings

% Number of shares

Dividend information
The table below details the amounts of interim, final and additional dividends declared in respect of each of the last five years. 

2019
2018
2017
2016
2015

Interim  

dividend
(p)

2.30
2.20
2.05
1.95
1.95

Final  

dividend
(p)

3.90
3.70
3.35
3.15
3.10

Total  

dividends
(p)

6.20
5.90
5.40
5.10
5.05

Financial calendar
3 March 2020 
9 April 2020 
14 April 2020 
24 April 2020 
24 April 2020 
4 August 2020 

Preliminary announcement of annual results for 2019
Ex-dividend date for final proposed 2019 dividend
Record date for final proposed 2019 dividend
Announcement of trading update
Annual General Meeting held at Bailbrook House Hotel, Eveleigh Avenue, London Road, Bath, BA1 7JD 
Announcement of interim financial results for 2020

163
163
163

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rotork Annual Report 2019
Rotork Annual Report 2019

Corporate directory

Company Secretary
Helen Barrett-Hague

Registered Office
Rotork plc
Rotork House
Brassmill Lane
Bath BA1 3JQ

Company Number
00578327

Registrars
Equiniti
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex BN99 6DA

Stockbrokers
J.P. Morgan Cazenove
25 Bank Street
Canary Wharf
London E14 5JP

Morgan Stanley
20 Bank Street
Canary Wharf
London E14 4AD 

Financial Advisors
Rothchild & Co
New Court
St Swithin's Lane
London EC4N 8AL

J.P. Morgan Cazenove
25 Bank Street
Canary Wharf
London E14 5JP

Morgan Stanley
20 Bank Street
Canary Wharf
London E14 4AD 

Auditors
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

Financial Public Relations
FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate
Aldersgate Street
London EC1A 4HD

164
164
164

www.rotork.com